Leviticus

Leviticus front

Introduction to Leviticus

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
   • Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
   • Grain offerings (2:1–16)
   • Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
   • Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1–5:13)
   • Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
2. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
   • Burnt offerings (6:8–13)
   • Grain offerings (6:14–23)
   • Purification offerings (6:24–30)
   • Guilt offerings (7:1–10)
3. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
   • Peace offerings (7:11–21)
   • Eating fat and blood is forbidden (7:22–27)
   • The portion for the priests (7:28–7:38)
4. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
   • Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
   • Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
   • Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
5. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
   • Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
   • Women are purified after giving birth (12:1–8)
   • Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
   • Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
6. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
7. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
8. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
9. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
10. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: tabernacle and How to Translate Names)

Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider as separate the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if it were physically clean. In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of as if it were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, made acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the appropriate sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for 33 days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The monthly flow of blood made the woman unclean (Leviticus 12:7). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow the Israelites to eat certain kinds of animals; this was one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On 17 occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used 38 times.

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What was the “tent of meeting”

[TEXT]

Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The various kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from rules of the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

“the sons of Aaron”

At the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the “sons of Aaron.” But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's “descendants.” If it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors. However, in chapters 8–10, only the literal sons of Aaron are in view, so the term “sons” would be appropriate there.

“To the face of Yahweh”

Throughout the book as a whole, the author of Leviticus uses the common idiom “to the face of Yahweh” as a metaphor that means “where Yahweh can see” or “in the sight” or “in the presence of Yahweh,” similar to the English preposition “before.” Sight, in turn, means attention, perspective, and judgment. In the context of Leviticus, "in the presence" or "sight of Yahweh" means to be within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting. You can translate this expression as “from Yahweh’s perspective,” “in Yahweh's presence,” or simply as “before Yahweh.”

“Unblemished” or “perfect”

When the book of Leviticus calls something "perfect" (in the ULT), it refers to a sacrificial animal that is the best representative animal of that species. As such, the word "perfect" refers to wholeness, completeness, and perfection. This is often translated with negative terms like “unblemished.” If it would be more natural in your language, consider using terms that carry these same meanings. Alternate translation: “a whole male” or “a complete male” or “a healthy male”

What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented the life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses”?

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.”

Leviticus 1

Leviticus 1 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “And,” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). This connection not only implies that the first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit; it also situates Leviticus in the narrative setting of the book of Exodus, during the thirteenth month of the Israelite's wandering in the wilderness of Sinai.

The first chapter of Leviticus is comprised of two hypothetical scenarios representing three variations of the burnt offering: The Burnt Offering (1:1–17) - 1) a livestock animal (1:2–13) - a) a bovine (1:3–9) - b) a sheep or goat (1:10–13) - 2) a bird (1:14–17)

As such, the initial heading verse of each section begins with "If" and is followed by the prescribed steps of the sacrifice. Presumably, they are the same for each burnt offering, but more prescriptions are explicit for the first type of burnt offering, the bovine, probably because they are implied for the other two possible burnt offerings. The steps of the sacrificial process for burnt offerings are:

• 1) Selecting a perfect, unblemished, and otherwise completely healthy animal (1:3, 10, 14)
• 2) Presenting the animal at the entrance to the tent of meeting (1:3)
• 3) Laying hands on the head of the animal (1:4)
• 4) Killing the animal (1:5, 11, 15)
• 5) Presenting and sprinkling the animal's blood on the altar (1:5, 11, 15)
• 6) Skinning the animal (1:6)
• 7) Butchering the animal into its appropriate pieces, usually the head, fat, intestines, and legs (1:6, 12, 16–17)
• 8) Putting fire on the altar and arranging the wood (1:7)
• 9) Arranging the pieces, specifically the head and the fat, of the sacrifice over the burning wood of the altar (1:8, 12)
• 10) Washing the legs and the intestines (1:9, 13)
• 11) Burning the entire animal in a way that causes smoke to go up (1:9, 13, 17

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Several concepts are crucial for understanding the instructions in this chapter. They include: 1) technical sacrificial terminology, 2) atonement, 3) the importance of blood, and 4) the nature of symbolic action.

Technical sacrificial terminology

Throughout the book of Leviticus, the author employs several terms that have a specialized technical meaning in the context of sacrifices or that are only used in this context. In this chapter, such terms are 1) the "burnt offering" and 2) the "gift."

• 1) The “burnt offering” The burnt offering was a particular sacrifice that could be offered by anyone for a variety of reasons. Its name is related to a verb that means "to go up" or ”to ascend,” suggesting that the sacrifice was to be converted into smoke by the fire and ascend to Yahweh in heaven, as the discussion on the verb phrase "to cause to become smoke" will suggest. Its function was to provide a sacrifice intended to bring about forgiveness for a wide variety of sins and unintentional mistakes that were not specifically covered by the other sacrifices discussed in the first seven chapters of Leviticus. The sacrifice required a perfect, male animal that would be completely burned on the altar over a fire that was to be kept burning continually (see 6:9–13 for more details ). The sacrifice, when accepted by Yahweh, would provide "atonement" for the individual who offered it.

• 2) The “gift” or “offering made by fire” The word translated "gift" in 1:9, 13, and 17 is variously translated in modern English versions, usually with reference to ”an offering made by fire,” based on the word's presumed relationship with the word for ”fire.” However, some of the sacrifices referred to by this word are not burned on the altar (like the portions of the sacrifices that belonged to the priests in 7:30, 35–36), and many sacrifices, such as the purification offering, that are burned on the altar are not referred to by this term. Instead, this term simply refers to a "gift" offered to Yahweh that consists of food items. While you may see the phrase ”fire offering” or ”offering made by fire” in modern English translations, we suggest that you retain the term "gift."

Atonement

The word translated "atone" in the ULT is a technical term expressing the act of atonement that was carried out by the priest but always accomplished by Yahweh. Traditionally, it has been understood as a metaphor with the basic meaning of “to cover,” but more recently, some scholars have understood it to express the image of “to wipe.” If the former is correct, then the metaphor pictures the blood of the sacrifice as covering up the defiling impurity caused by sin. If the latter is correct, then the metaphor pictures the blood of the animal as a sort of ritual detergent that cleanses the person or object from the defiling presence of sin's impurity. Either way, the sacrifice offered by the priest on behalf of the individual or community is accepted in order to restore the relationship between the individual or community and Yahweh that has been damaged or defiled because of sin. This is why so many of the instructions concerning sacrifice end with the mention of the forgiveness of sins, which was the means by which the relationship with Yahweh could be restored. (See: atonement, atone, atoned and priest, priesthood).

The importance of blood

In Leviticus 1, the "blood" of the animal is collected and applied via sprinkling or splattering to the sides of the altar upon which the burnt offering is placed (see 1:5, 11, 15). This act, as explained above, has been variously understood, but pictures the blood as cleansing the altar from the effects of sin. Blood was able to cleanse sacred space and God's people from the impurities of sin because of its ability to accomplish atonement by means of "the life" of the animal (see (17:10–12). Because the blood contained "the life" of the animal, Yahweh forbade the eating of any animal blood (see (7:26–27, (17:10–14, and (19:26).

Ritual or symbolic action

Three actions in this chapter and throughout Leviticus are symbolic in nature and picture important theological realities.

• 1) The language of "presenting" throughout this chapter means not only bringing the sacrifice to the altar or to the priest, but also displaying the sacrifice "to the face of Yahweh," that is, to Yahweh himself. This pictures the reality that these sacrifices were performed in the presence of Yahweh, literally in the vicinity of the sacred precincts where Yahweh lived among the Israelites while they were in the wilderness.

• 2) This chapter features the symbolic act of laying one's hands on the head of the sacrificial animal. This action is linked to the acceptance of the animal as an appropriate sacrifice on the individual's behalf (see (1:4). As a symbolic act, the laying of hands apparently identifies the individual with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed.

• 3) The language of "causing the sacrifice to become smoke on the altar" pictures the sacrifice as being converted to smoke by the fire of the altar and arising to Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the pleasant aroma of the burning sacrifice. As such, the pleasant smell was either a sign that Yahweh approved the sacrifice and would atone for the individual's sins and forgive him, or it functioned as a necessary requirement for the acceptance of the individual's offering.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

This chapter includes three primary figures of speech that may prove difficult to translate but are important to understanding the chapter. These include 1) the phrase, "to the face of Yahweh," 2) the phrase, "a pleasing smell to Yahweh," and 3) the way of referring to the priests as "the sons of Aaron."

“To the face of Yahweh”

Throughout this chapter and the book as a whole, the author of Leviticus uses the common idiom “to the face of Yahweh” as a metaphor that means “where Yahweh can see” or “in the sight” or “in the presence of Yahweh,” similar to the English preposition “before.” Sight, in turn, means attention, perspective, and judgment. In the context of Leviticus, "in the presence" or "sight of Yahweh" means to be within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, either in the sense of the location directly in front of the tent in which Yahweh resided (see 1:3, 12), or in the sense of being in the presence of Yahweh within the precincts of the tent of meeting (see 1:5). You can translate either sense of this expression as “in the presence of Yahweh" or simply as ”before Yahweh.”

“Pleasing smell to Yahweh”

As mentioned previously, throughout this chapter, the priest is instructed to cause the sacrifice to become smoke on the altar. This refers to burning the sacrifice in a way that causes smoke to go up, picturing the sacrifice as being converted to pleasant-smelling smoke by the fire and arising to Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased. That the sacrifice was accompanied by the gift of the pleasant-smelling smoke of the sacrifice was apparently crucial to the acceptance of the offering as an appropriate sacrifice on the individual's behalf, as it is mentioned several times in this chapter (see 1:9, 13, 17).

"The sons of Aaron"

Throughout Leviticus, but especially in this chapter, the priests are referred to by the expression "the sons of Aaron." Occasionally, the expression is "the sons of Aaron, the priests" (as in 1:5, 8, 11). Once in this chapter, the expression is altered to emphasize that it is Aaron who is the original priest, through the phrase "the sons of Aaron" (see 1:7](../01/07.md)). As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the “sons of Aaron,” who was the first high priest. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's descendants (with the exception of Leviticus chapters 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use the term “descendants,” which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

In addition to these important figures of speech, this chapter features several translation difficulties, including 1) the unclear referent of pronouns, 2) the switching between second and third-person address, 3) the use of a verb and a related noun (cognate-accusatives), 4) the use of a future form to indicate a request or command, and 5) the use of specific, technical sacrificial language.

The referent of the pronouns

Throughout this chapter, the author of Leviticus uses a third-person pronoun to refer to both the individual who offers the sacrifices and to the priest who performs the sacrifice. As such, it is often difficult (but not impossible) to infer which party performs which actions. In general, the sacrifice is presented to the priest, but the individual who presents the sacrifice is responsible for killing, properly butchering, and presenting the portions of the sacrificial animal to the priest, who will then arrange them on the altar's fire. The only exception to this pattern can be found in the instruction for offering a bird (1:14–17), which specifies that it is the priest who brings the bird to the altar (1:14) before, presumably, completing the preparation for its being burned on the altar as a burnt offering. When there is ambiguity in which party is the proper referent of the pronoun, the notes will specify who is being referred to.

Second and third-person address

The entirety of chapters 1 through 7 are written as direct addresses to the people of God through Moses. As mentioned previously, chapter 1 describes two hypothetical scenarios when an individual might offer three variations of the burnt offering. However, the form of the verb used to refer to the individual in this chapter varies in the second verse (1:2). Initially, Yahweh addresses "a man from you" in the third-person, but then switches to a second-person address ("you shall offer") to indicate the imperatival force of the statement. The ensuing string of third-person verbs (1:3–17) carry the same imperatival weight of the initial second-person verb. Thus, because in this chapter "his" and "he" refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh, it can be translated in the second person as it is in 1:2 and as modeled by the UST. The pronoun used to refer to the individual who offers the sacrifice switches as follows:

• Third-person: ”When a man from you, when he presents” (1:2)
• Second-person: ”you shall present” (1:2)
• Third-person: ”If his offering” (1:3–17)

As previously discussed, if the switch from third-person forms to second-person and back would be confusing in your language, consider using either the second or third-person forms throughout. The UST models use second-person forms for the entirety of this chapter, but the notes will often offer translation possibilities with third-person alternatives.

The use of a verb with a related noun (Cognate-accusatives)

For emphasis, the author of Leviticus often uses a verb with a related noun. In this chapter, the verb "to present" is related to the noun translated "offering." If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate in this context to repeat these words in a similar manner.

The use of a future form to indicate a command

Often in this chapter and throughout the first seven chapters of Leviticus, a future form will be used to indicate a command or instruction. For example, Lev 1:2 says, "you shall present your offering.” This is equivalent to saying, "you should present” or ”you must present.” Throughout these chapters, these forms could be translated with a modal form, as the UST models, or simply with an imperative or instruction form.

Leviticus 1:1

from the tent of meeting

Quote: מֵ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵ֖ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The author of Leviticus is using the possessive to describe Yahweh's meeting with Moses (and, by extension, the whole people) within the physical location of the tent. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an adjective that better describes the locale of divine presence. Alternative translation: “from the tent where Yahweh met with Moses and lived among the Israelites”

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 1:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them”

Leviticus 1:2

Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses is to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. (The speech makes up the first seven chapters of the book.) If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you say to the people of Israel”

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the sons of Israel. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel”

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word translated sons is masculine and plural, it has a generic sense that applies to both men and women. In your translation, you may wish to use a term that is clearly inclusive of men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”

and you shall say

Quote: וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, here and throughout the book, the author of Leviticus uses a future form to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these verbs using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “and say”

A man from you, when he presents

Quote: אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word translated A man is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “When one of you presents” or “When someone presents”

A man from you, … you shall present your offering

Quote: אָדָ֗ם & מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם & תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ אֶת־קָרְבַּנְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address to them. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could either (1) use the second person in your translation. Alternate translation: “One of you Israelites ... you shall present your offering” or (2) use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “An Israelite ... he shall present his offering”

from you, … you shall present your offering

Quote: מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם & תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ אֶת־קָרְבַּנְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The words you and your here are plural. These words apply to the entire Israelite community. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

he presents an offering

Quote: יַקְרִ֥יב & קָרְבָּ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The word presents translates a verb that is related to the noun translated offering. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

the livestock— … the cattle … the flock

Quote: הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה & הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ & הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions the livestock, the cattle, and the flock do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his livestock … his cattle … his flock”

from the livestock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word translated livestock refers generally to land animals as opposed to birds or fish. In the context of Leviticus, it refers specifically to domesticated bovines, sheep, goats, and all other animals used for commercial and agrarian purposes, including work and food. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the animals he is raising”

from the cattle

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word translated cattle refers to a subgroup of the word translated livestock. It describes a group of bovines—whether cows, bulls, or oxen. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “either from his bovines”

or from the flock

Quote: וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word translated flock refers to a subgroup of the word translated livestock. It describes a group of sheep or goats. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “or from his sheep or goats”

you shall present

Quote: תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ (1)

Alternate translation: “you must present”

Leviticus 1:3

his offering {… he shall present it, … he shall present

Quote: קָרְבָּנ⁠וֹ֙ & יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ & יַקְרִ֣יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The ULT translates with the noun offering and the verb present. Your language may have comparable terms that you can use in your own translation.

he shall present it, a perfect male

Quote: זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)

Alternate translation: “he shall present a perfect male”

a perfect male

Quote: זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the phrase a perfect male here refers to a male bovine that is an exemplary representative of its species. Alternate translation: “an unblemished male” or "a male without blemish"

he shall present it, a perfect male. At the entrance of the tent of meeting he shall present it for its acceptance to the face of Yahweh

Quote: זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ אֶל־פֶּ֝תַח אֹ֤הֶל מוֹעֵד֙ יַקְרִ֣יב אֹת֔⁠וֹ לִ⁠רְצֹנ֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal

The word translated for indicates the goal or purpose for offering a sacrifice in the manner prescribed here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could put the last of these phrases first, since the last phrase gives the reason for the actions that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “in order for Yahweh to consider the offering acceptable, he shall present a perfect male at the entrance of the tent of meeting”

for its acceptance

Quote: לִ⁠רְצֹנ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word translated its could refer to (1) the offering. Alternate translation: “for the acceptance of the animal” or (2) the worshiper. Alternate translation: “for the acceptance of the one offering the animal”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “where Yahweh can see” and, by extension, “from Yahweh’s perspective” or “in Yahweh’s judgment.” Alternate translation: “from Yahweh’s perspective” or “in Yahweh's judgment” or “before Yahweh”

Alternate translation: “But the rest of the meat and bread”

Leviticus 1:4

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֣ךְ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall lay his hand on the head of the burnt offering. He should do this to ritually place his sins on the animal”

And it shall be accepted

Quote: וְ⁠נִרְצָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will accept it”

in order to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal

The words in order to introduce the purpose of the animal's acceptance as an appropriate sacrifice. Use an expression in your language that makes it clear that what follows is the purpose.

in order to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

For the metaphors potentially lying behind the idea of atonement, refer back to the General Introduction to Leviticus. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of atonement, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to restore him to a relationship with Yahweh”

Leviticus 1:5

the son of the cattle

Quote: אֶת־בֶּ֥ן הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression son of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this animal as the son of the cattle because it is a male animal that shares the distinguishing qualities characteristic of the class of bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bull” or “the bovine”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, face represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh's presence” or “within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the sons of Aaron. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's “descendants” (with the exception of Leviticus chs. 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors.

And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall present the blood

Quote: וְ֠⁠הִקְרִיבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן הַֽ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “And after catching the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal, the sons of Aaron, the priests, will present the blood to Yahweh”

and they shall splash the blood all around on the altar that {is at} the entrance of the tent of meeting

Quote: וְ⁠זָרְק֨וּ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּ֤ם עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ סָבִ֔יב אֲשֶׁר־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The act of splashing the blood on the sides of the altar is a ritual action. The blood of the animal, being its life (see Leviticus 17:11), was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. Here, the blood is splashed against the side of the altar to keep it free from sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. Alternate translation: “and they shall splash the blood all around on the holy altar that is at the entrance of the tent of meeting in order to keep the altar clean from sin”

Leviticus 1:6

And he shall skin

Quote: וְ⁠הִפְשִׁ֖יט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the person making the offering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the subject explicit. You could also keep using a second-person pronoun if you have been doing that. Alternate translation: “And the one offering the sacrifice shall skin”

and he shall cut it into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֥ח אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠נְתָחֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The author of Leviticus assumes his audience will know what portions of the animal constituted its pieces. These would have included, but perhaps not been limited to, the legs and entrails, as 1:9 suggests. If the phrase its pieces would not be clear in your context, consider listing what pieces these are. Alternate translation: “and he shall cut it into its appropriate portions, removing the legs and entrails”

and he shall cut it into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֥ח אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠נְתָחֶֽי⁠הָ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. The word cut translates a verb that comes from the same root as the noun pieces. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.

Leviticus 1:7

And the sons of Aaron the priest shall give fire on the altar

Quote: וְ֠⁠נָתְנוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֵ֖שׁ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression to give fire on the altar means “to put a fire on top of the altar.” It may mean that the priests were to place hot coals on the altar and perhaps kindling, on top of which they would place the wood. If the phrase give fire does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an expression in your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Aaron the priest will light a fire on the altar”

fire … the fire

Quote: אֵ֖שׁ & הָ⁠אֵֽשׁ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word fire represents the coals that produce fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “burning coals ... those burning coals” or “live coals ... those live coals”

Leviticus 1:8

and the suet

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑דֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The term fat refers to suet, that is, the hard, lumpy fat that surrounds the kidneys and liver of sheep, goats, and bovines. If your language has a word for this portion of fatty tissue, consider using it here.

Leviticus 1:9

And he shall wash its innards and its legs with water

Quote: וְ⁠קִרְבּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠כְרָעָ֖י⁠ו יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

It might seem that the expression and he shall wash its innards and its legs with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And he shall wash its innards and its legs”

he shall wash

Quote: יִרְחַ֣ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he could refer either to the worshiper or to the priest. But given that every other reference to the priest has been explicit, it is likely that it refers to the worshiper. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit or continue using the same second-person pronoun used thus far. Alternate translation: “the one offering the sacrifice shall wash”

he shall wash

Quote: יִרְחַ֣ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The implication seems to be that the worshiper must wash the innards and legs before the priest arranges them on the wood, as 1:8 describes. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “before the priest arranges the pieces, the one offering the sacrifice shall wash”

And the priest shall cause everything to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The act of burning the offering in such a way that it rises as smoke allows for the sacrifice to go up to Yahweh in heaven, where he would then smell the smoke and be pleased. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause everything on the altar to become smoke and ascend toward God in heaven”

Leviticus 1:10

from the flock— from the lambs or from the goats

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֨אן & מִן־הַ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֛ים א֥וֹ מִן־הָ⁠עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions, the flock, the lambs, and the goats, do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from his flock, whether from his sheep or from his goats”

a perfect male

Quote: זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

See how you translated the expression a perfect male in 1:3. Alternate translation: “an unblemished male” or “a male without blemish”

Leviticus 1:11

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall splash its blood on the altar all around

Quote: וְ⁠זָרְק֡וּ בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you handled the symbolic action involving the blood in 1:5.

Leviticus 1:12

And he shall cut it

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “And the one offering the sacrifice shall cut it”

And he shall cut it into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ לִ⁠נְתָחָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:6.

on the wood that {is} on the fire that {is} on the altar

Quote: עַל־הָֽ⁠עֵצִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the word fire in 1:7.

Leviticus 1:13

he shall wash with water

Quote: יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you translated the expression wash with water in 1:9. Alternate translation: “he shall wash thoroughly”

And the innards and the legs he shall wash with water

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication seems to be that the worshiper must wash the innards and legs before the priest arranges them on the altar, as 1:12 describes. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Before the priest arranges the pieces, the one offering the sacrifice shall wash the innards and legs with water”

and he shall cause {them} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The act of burning the offering in such a way that it rises as smoke depicts the sacrifice as going up to Yahweh in heaven, where he would then smell the smoke and be pleased. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “and he shall cause everything to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”

and he shall cause {them} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and that same priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar”

Leviticus 1:14

from the birds {… from the turtledoves or from the sons of the pigeon

Quote: מִן־הָ⁠ע֛וֹף & מִן־הַ⁠תֹּרִ֗ים א֛וֹ מִן־בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions from the birds, from the turtledoves, and from the sons of the pigeon do not refer to specific birds, that is, to a specific group of turtledoves or pigeons. Rather, these expressions describe any birds (that is, any turtledoves or pigeons) that an Israelite might own or be able to purchase for sacrifice. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from his birds … from his turtledoves or from his pigeons”

from the sons of the pigeon

Quote: מִן־בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression sons of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. The author of Leviticus uses this phrase to describe a group of birds as the sons of the pigeon since they were birds that shared the essential qualities of that class of birds. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the pigeons”

Leviticus 1:15

and he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The act of burning the offering in a way that causes smoke to rise depicts the sacrifice as going to God in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “and he shall cause it to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”

and he shall twist off its head

Quote: וּ⁠מָלַק֙ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he is ambiguous and could refer to either the worshiper or the priest. However, because it is explicitly the priest who brings the bird to the altar before it is sacrificed and prepared for burning, it is likely that throughout this verse and the next one, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and that same priest shall twist off its head”

and he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As the previous note explains, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and that same priest shall cause everything to become smoke on the altar”

and he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The object that is to be burned on the altar is not specified. However, because the blood has not yet been removed from the bird and the burning of blood is expressly forbidden in Leviticus, it seems likely that the supplied pronoun it here refers to the head of the bird. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and he shall cause the head that he removed to become smoke on the altar”

And its blood shall be drained

Quote: וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall drain its blood”

Leviticus 1:16

And he shall remove

Quote: וְ⁠הֵסִ֥יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall remove”

its craw

Quote: אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A craw is a pouch in a bird’s throat where pre-digested food is stored. If your language has its own term for this anatomical feature, consider using that word here. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the bird’s throat pouch”

and he shall cast it

Quote: וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word it refers to the craw, but since the worshiper is supposed to throw it beside the altar along with the feathers, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural pronoun “them,” as modeled by the UST.

and he shall cast it

Quote: וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he is ambiguous, but appears to continue the action taken by the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the priest shall cast it”

the place of the fatty ashes

Quote: מְק֖וֹם הַ⁠דָּֽשֶׁן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The place of the fatty ashes is the specified spot where the priest would dump the ashes that had accumulated from previous sacrifices, along with the rendered fat from the altar. If your language has a technical term for such a place, consider using it here. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the spot where the ashes and the burnt fat are dumped” or “the location where the ashes and the burnt fat are dumped”

Leviticus 1:17

And he shall tear it open

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁסַּ֨ע אֹת֣⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

Given the action taken by the priest in 1:15-16, the pronoun he likely refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall tear it open”

he shall not divide {it

Quote: לֹ֣א יַבְדִּיל֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The pronoun he is ambiguous but likely refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall not divide it”

And the priest shall cause it to become smoke on the altar, on the wood that {is} on the fire

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר אֹת֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה עַל־הָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause it to become smoke on the altar, on the wood that is on the fire, and ascend towards God in heaven”

Leviticus 2

Leviticus 2 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering. The and of 2:1 indicates that the instructions of Lev 1 are continuing. Yahweh continues telling Moses how the people should offer sacrifices. In outline form, the structure of the chapter can be displayed as follows:

• 1) The Grain Offering (2:1–16)
  • I. Offerings of Raw Flour (2:1–3)
  • II. Offerings that are Baked, Pan-fried, or Deep-fried (2:4–10)
    • i. Baked (2:4)
    • ii. Pan-fried on the Griddle (2:5–6)
    • iii. Deep-fried in a Pan (2:7)
    • iv. Instruction for Offering (2:8–10)
  • III. Instructions regarding Leaven, Honey, and Salt (2:11–13)
    • i. Prohibition against burning leaven or honey (2:11–12)
    • ii. Prescription for including salt (2:13)
  • IV. Offerings of Grains (2:14–16)

Translation Issues in this Chapter

The number and person of pronouns

In the address to the Israelites, the author of Leviticus is known for abuptly switching the person, number, and occassionaly gender, of pronouns and verbal forms that refer to the person offering sacrifices. In chapter 1, it was suggested that any third-person singular pronouns that refer to the worshiper (and not to the priest) could be changed to second-person plural pronouns, based on the nature of the direct address and the presence of a second-person plural pronoun in 1:2 and several times in the current chapter.

The pronouns referring to the worshiper switch person, gender, and number frequently. Verses 1–3 address the worshiper with a third-person singular pronoun. This swiches to the second-person, singular pronoun in 2:4–8. The worshiper is addressed in the third-person in verse 8, but verse 11 marks a shift to the second-person, this time in the plural. The plural pronouns continue throughout verses 11 and 12, but the author of Leviticus swtiches back to the second-person singular from verse 13 to the end of the chapter.

1. Third-Person (2:1–3)
2. "...when a person [third-person, feminine singular] presents..." (2:1)
3. "...his [third-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:1)
4. "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall pour ..." (2:1)
5. "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall put..." (2:1)

6. "...and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall bring..." (2:2)

7. Second-Person (2:4–8)

8. "And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present..." (2:4)
9. "And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:5)
10. "Piece [second-person, singular imperative] it..." (2:6)
11. "...and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall pour..." (2:6)
12. "And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering..." (2:7)

13. "And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall bring..." (2:8)

14. Third-Person (2:8–10)

15. "And he [third-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:8)

16. Second-Person (2:11–15)

17. "Any grain offering that you [second-person, masculine plural] present..." (2:11)
18. "...you [second-person, masculine plural] shall not cause to become smoke..." (2:11)
19. "You [second-person, masculine plural] shall present..." (2:12)
20. "...your [second-person, masculine singular] grain offerings..." (2:13)
21. "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall salt..." (2:13)
22. "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall not omit..." (2:13)
23. "...the covenant of your [second-person, masculine singular] God..." (2:13)
24. "...your [second-person, masculine singular] offerings..." (2:13)
25. "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:13)
26. "And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present..." (2:14)
27. "...you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present..." (2:14)
28. "...your [second-person, masculine singular] first ripe grains..." (2:14)
29. "And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall put..." (2:15)
30. "...and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall place..." (2:15)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

This chapter introduces several key concepts that are relevant to proper translation, including the sacrifice of the grain offering, including the offering of flour, oil, and incense, the concept of the memorial portion, and the identification of yeast and leaven.

Grain offering

The grain offering was a specialized sacrifice consisting of an offering of harvest grain, usually wheat or barley. The grain offering sometimes accompanied the burnt offering (see 14:20), but it is unclear whether the grain offering provided atonement by itself, or whether it could only accomplish atonement when presented with the burnt offering or as a substitute for the purification offering for those who could not afford the animals required for that sacrifice (see 5:11–13). In any case, the grain offering could be offered ”dry“ (that is, not mixed with olive oil, see 7:10) or mixed with olive oil, or it could be baked in an oven or prepared in a griddle or pan. If the offering of grain was something baked in an oven, the prescribed offering consisted of a loaf of unleavened bread that had been made by kneading the flour with olive oil or a wafer that had been copiously covered in olive oil (see 2:4). Alternatively, grain offerings could be prepared by pan-frying the flour and olive oil on a griddle (2:5) or deep-frying the flour and olive oil in a pan (2:7). Furthermore, crushed portions of fresh grain that had been roasted with fire constituted an acceptable grain offer (see 2:14–16). A portion of the offering was crumbled and completely burned on the altar, resulting in pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. The remainder of the grain offering, however, belonged to the priests and the male descendants of Aaron for food (see 2:3, 10 and 7:14–18).

Flour

The term translated flour in the ULT and wheat flour in the UST is the agricultural product made from the production of wheat grains (see Exodus 29:2, and 2 Kings 7:16, where is it contrasted with barley). However, according to some rabbinic sources, the precise commodity referred to in this chapter and elsewhere in Leviticus is the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains have been dried, winnowed, and crushed. Since “flour” would connote the fine powder that falls through the sieve, what remains is more accurately called “grits” or “semolina” (see 1 Kings 5:2, where “grits” or “semolina” is contrasted with “flour”). However, since this culinary term is not present in many cultures, the term “flour” has been retained. We suggest that you use in your translation whatever word your language has to describe the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains have been dried, winnowed, and crushed.

Oil

The term translated oil in the ULT and olive oil in the UST refers to the agricultural product made from crushing large quantities of olives into a fine, smooth oil. This oil was used for cooking and baking (see 2:4–7) and for providing fuel for lanterns (see Exod 35:8, 14–15), but also retained symbolic importance as a way of anointing and dedicating sacred object (see Genesis 28:18), priests (see Exodus 29:7 and Leviticus 8:12, 30 and Leviticus 21:10), and kings (see 1 Samuel 10:1 and 1 Sam 16:13). In this chapter, in addition to being present in most of the grain offerings, olive oil was presented with the grain offering in whatever form it took.

Incense

Scholarly sources suggest that the substance that was burned in ritual spaces for its fragrance was an expensive fragrant gum-resin tapped from three species of the Boswellia tree native only to southern Arabia (see Jer 6:20) and Somaliland. The burning of this substance was required with all grain offering, regardless of the manner of their preparation. Apparently, because both grain offerings and animal offerings provided a pleasing aroma to Yahweh, the addition of incense with the grain offering was to distinguish them from the animal sacrifices or burnt offerings (see chapter 1. Whereas the olive oil was to be poured all over the grain offerings, the incense was to be “placed” on top of it, apparently in a large lump. Then the raw flour (or other kind of grain offering) would be mixed together with the olive oil and the lump of incense in the priest’s hand as he took a large handful (2:2). These ingredient would then be completely burned on the altar and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke, which, when it went up to Yahweh, would “please” Yahweh and so mark the completion of an acceptable sacrifice.

The memorial portion

The memorial portion of the grain offering refers to the portion that the priest designates will be burned completely on the altar as a sacrifice to Yahweh, as opposed to the portion which will remain over as food for the priests to eat. In the offering was raw flour, the priest would lift out a handful of the flour, mixed with olive oil, and all the incense that was place on it. If the offering was baked, pan-fried, or deep-fried, the priest would take a portion and crumble it on the altar. These portions that were designated to be burned on the altar constituted the memorial protion As such, this portion represented the entire offering by being completely burned on the altar.

Yeast and leaven

In Leviticus 2, the word leaven refers to a lump of dough made from flour and other common ingredients, usually salt and oil, that contains a live leaven culture as its raising agent in the form of wild, natural yeast. The term yeast refers to the microscopic organism consisting of single oval cells that reproduce by budding and are capable of converting sugar into alcohol and carbon dioxide. In the ancient world, yeast was a common household raising agent used in the baking of bread. However, because store-bought, commercial yeast in the form of a dried, deactivated culture that is routinely added to individual batches of dough is a modern invention, the ULT has chosen the less anachronistic term leaven culture. This term reflects the slow process of growing wild, naturally occurring yeast from a single, small batch of dough, forming a leaven that would be added to other larger batches of dough. The wild yeast in the leaven would multiply and fill the rest of the larger batch of dough until the entire batch was considered ”leavened.”

In Leviticus, grain offerings, whether baked or fried, that were made using leaven or included leaven culture were expressly forbidden to be burned on the altar, along with grain offerings made with honey. Instead, as Lev 2:12 expresses, grain offerings that included either leaven culture or honey could be offered as firstfruit offerings that were not burned on the altar. Eating or baking with leaven is proscribed during the events of the first Passover in Egypt before the Exodus and, specifically, during the annual festival of Unleavened Bread (See: Passover). Yahweh informs Moses that the practice of excluding leaven and leaven culture from one's diet should serve as a ”sign” and ”memorial” to the people of Israel that reminds them of God's mighty acts of salvation in the Exodus and encourages them to obey his commandements. (See Exodus 13:5-10). It should be noted that it was not always unlawful to eat food products made with leaven or leaven culture, but that the proscription only applied during special feasts and holidays associated with the Exodus.

Leviticus 2:1

And a person, when he presents an offering of a grain offering to Yahweh, his offering

Quote: וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The word presents translates a verb that is related to the noun translated offering. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

And a person, when he presents an offering of a grain offering to Yahweh, his offering

Quote: וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation.

And a person, when he presents

Quote: וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word translated as a person is feminine, but it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “And when one of you presents” or “And when someone presents”

an offering of a grain offering

Quote: קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The expression a grain offering refers to a sacrifice that consists of grain products, usually dried wheat or barley. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of offering or this type of agricultural produce, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an offering of dried wheat or barley produce”

his offering shall be flour. And he shall pour oil on it and he shall give incense to it

Quote: סֹ֖לֶת יִהְיֶ֣ה קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠יָצַ֤ק עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ שֶׁ֔מֶן וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ לְבֹנָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

As the General Introduction discusses, Leviticus often uses future statements to give instructions or commands. If it would be helpful in your language, here and throughout the book you could translate these future statements using command or instruction forms. Alternate translation: “his offering should be flour. And he should pour oil on it, and he should put incense on it”

flour

Quote: סֹ֖לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the term translated flour refers to the food product made from grinding roasted and dried grains of wheat. Here, flour could mean: (1) the finely ground grain that falls through a sieve when sifted. Alternate translation: “fine wheat flour” or (2) the large lumps of crushed grain that remain on top of a sieve when sifted. Alternate translation: “wheat semolina”

oil

Quote: שֶׁ֔מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, oil here refers to the agricultural product made from pressing ripe olives. If your language has a specific word for this term, consider using it here.

and he shall give incense to it

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ לְבֹנָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he shall give incense to it is an idiom that means to place or put incense on top of the grain offering. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall put incense on it”

incense

Quote: לְבֹנָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word incense refers to an expensive, fragrant gum resin tapped from specific trees. It would be routinely burned in ritual settings, such as grain offerings, for its fragrance. If your language has a word for this kind of religious item, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “a lump of frankincense”

Leviticus 2:2

And he shall bring it

Quote: וֶֽ⁠הֱבִיאָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the grain offering, that is, the mixture of oil and wheat flour with the lump of incense, that 2:1 describes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the mixture of flour, oil, and incense”

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹן֮  (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the same expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Aaron”

and he shall grab from there, {with} the fullness of his handful

Quote: וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם מְלֹ֣א קֻמְצ֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The word grab translates a verb that is related to the noun translated handful. The use of related words adds clarity to the statement. If your language can use related words for clarity and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.

and he shall grab

Quote: וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he is ambiguous in the context and could refer either to the priest or the worshiper. However, based on the description in 2:9, it is likely that he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall grab”

some of its flour and some of its oil, in addition to all its incense

Quote: מִ⁠סָּלְתָּ⁠הּ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠שַּׁמְנָ֔⁠הּ עַ֖ל כָּל־לְבֹנָתָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun translated its refers to the grain offering that 2:1 describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “some of the flour and oil of the grain offering and all of the incense on it”

And the priest shall cause its memorial portion to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause the memorial portion to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”

its memorial portion

Quote: אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The pronoun translated its refers to the grain offering that 2:1 describes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the memorial portion of the grain offering”

Leviticus 2:3

a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the phrase a holy thing of holy things uses the possessive form to describe an offering that should be considered even more holy than those offerings that are also called holy; it is set apart for the special use of the priests. If this form would not express the idea of unique holiness in your language, consider a more generic way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “a most holy offering” or “an exceptionally holy offering”

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

In this possessive form, Yahweh is the object rather than the subject of gifts. That is, this does not mean gifts that Yahweh gives, it means gifts that are given to Yahweh. Alternative translation: “from the gifts that people offer to Yahweh”

Leviticus 2:4

And when you present an offering of a grain offering

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֥י תַקְרִ֛ב קָרְבַּ֥ן מִנְחָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2 and 2:1.

you present

Quote: תַקְרִ֛ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, to this point the author of Leviticus has been using third-person singular pronouns. In this verse, the author of Leviticus starts using second-person singular pronouns. If you have been using the third-person pronouns and the switch to the second-person pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use the third-person pronouns in your translation.

a baked item of the oven

Quote: מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

The term baked item may seem like a passive verbal form that your language would not use. If so, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an item that you baked in the oven” or, in the third person: “an item that a person baked in the oven”

a baked item of the oven

Quote: מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In the world of ancient Israel, an oven was a cylindrical object likely made of clay or rock. A wood fire was lit under or at the bottom portion of the oven, and the resulting heat would bake the dough inside. If your readers would not be familiar with what an oven is, you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture or you could use a general expression.

flour of loaves of unleavened bread {shall be} mixed with oil or wafers of unleavened bread {shall be} anointed with oil

Quote: סֹ֣לֶת חַלּ֤וֹת מַצֹּת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֥ים בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן׃ס\n (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall mix flour of unleavened loaves with oil or you shall anoint unleavened wafers with oil” or, in the third person, “he shall mix flour of unleavened loaves with oil or he shall anoint unleavened wafers with oil”

flour of loaves of unleavened bread {shall be} mixed with oil

Quote: סֹ֣לֶת חַלּ֤וֹת מַצֹּת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This possessive form describes flour that has been kneaded and formed into loaves that, once baked, would consist of unleavened bread. If your language would not use a possessive form in this way, you could express the same meaning in another way. Alternative translation: “flour that you have mixed with oil and shaped into unleavened loaves” or, in the third person, “flour that he mixed with oil and shaped into unleavened loaves”

or wafers of unleavened bread

Quote: וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This wafer was a thin, cracker-like cake made from wheat flour. If your language has a word for a breaded loaf of this kind, consider using it here.

Leviticus 2:5

And if your offering {is} a grain offering on the griddle

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחָ֥ה עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrase a grain offering on the griddle leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “And if your offering is a grain offering that you have prepared on a griddle” or, in the third person, “And if his offering is a grain offering that he has prepared on a griddle”

the griddle

Quote: הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This griddle was a thick but shallow plate made of either clay or metal that was placed over a fire. The dough was placed on the shallow plate; the heat from the fire would cook or lightly fry or toast the dough on top of the plate. If your readers would not be familiar with what a griddle is, in your translation, you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression.

flour shall be mixed with oil {into} unleavened bread

Quote: סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן מַצָּ֥ה תִהְיֶֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall mix flour with oil and then shape it into unleavened loaves” or, in the third person “he shall mix flour with oil and then shape it into unleavened loaves”

Leviticus 2:6

Piece it {into} pieces

Quote: פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ פִּתִּ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The word piece translates a verb that comes from the same root as the noun pieces. The use of related words adds clarity and emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.

Piece it {into} pieces

Quote: פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ פִּתִּ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the grain offering, whether baked in an oven (see 2:4) or cooked on a griddle (see 2:5). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Place either kind of grain offering into pieces”

Leviticus 2:7

And if your offering is a grain offering of a pan

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחַ֥ת מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrase a grain offering of a pan leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “And if your offering is a grain offering that you have prepared in a pan” or, in the third person, “And if his offering is a grain offering that he has prepared in a pan”

a pan

Quote: מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word pan refers to a plate of metal or clay with rounded edges, possibly with a lid. This plate was deeper than the griddle described in 2:5, and, as a result, the dough was placed into the pan and cooked over a hot fire in the oil, resulting in something like deep-frying. If your readers would not be familiar with what a pan is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression.

flour shall be made with oil

Quote: סֹ֥לֶת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן תֵּעָשֶֽׂה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should prepare flour with oil” or, in the third person, “he should prepare flour with oil”

Leviticus 2:8

And you shall bring the grain offering that is made from these to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֣ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The expression to Yahweh refers to bringing the sacrifice to the altar that was located inside the tent of meeting. Because of the altar's proximity to the Holy of Holies where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, bringing the offering to the altar was considered bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall bring the grain offering that is made from these things to the altar that is inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” or, in the third person, “And he shall bring the grain offering that is made from these things to the altar that is inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

that is made from these

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you made from these” or, in the third person, “that he made from these”

from these

Quote: מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The phrase from these could mean: (1) the ingredients described in 2:4-7. Alternate translation: “from these ingredients” or (2) the methods described in 2:4-7. Alternate translation: “in these ways”

And he shall present it

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִיבָ⁠הּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, at this point Leviticus switches from using second-person singular pronouns to using a third-person singular pronoun. If you have been using the second person in your translation and the switch to the third person would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use the second person here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person pronouns, you could continue to do so here.

Leviticus 2:9

and he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and he shall burn it on the altar and cause it to become smoke and ascend toward God in heaven”

Leviticus 2:10

a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3. Alternate translation: “a most holy offering” or “an exceptionally holy offering”

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this phrase in 2:3. Alternative translation: “from the gifts that people offer to Yahweh”

Leviticus 2:11

Any grain offering that you present to Yahweh shall not be made {with} leaven

Quote: כָּל־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א תֵעָשֶׂ֖ה חָמֵ֑ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not present to Yahweh any grain offering that you have made with leaven” or, in the third person, “He shall not present to Yahweh any grain offering that he has made with leaven”

you present … you shall not cause to become smoke

Quote: תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ & לֹֽא־תַקְטִ֧ירוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, at this point Leviticus starts using second-person plural forms. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer grain offerings at the altar located at the entrance to the tent of meeting. If you have been using second-person singular forms in your translation and the switch to the plural form would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use singular forms here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms, you could continue to do so throughout this chapter.

with} leaven; … leaven culture

Quote: חָמֵ֑ץ & שְׂאֹר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the word leaven refers to a combination of flour and water (and sometimes salt or oil) that contains a live leaven culture as its raising agent in the form of wild, natural yeast. If your readers would not be familiar with leaven or leaven culture, in your translation you could use the names of comparable substances in your culture, or you could use general expressions. Alternate translation: “with yeast … yeast” or “with a natural raising agent … natural raising agent”

for

Quote: כִּ֤י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated for indicates that what follows is the reason or grounds for what came before. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider using a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “For this reason”

from it, a gift to Yahweh

Quote: מִמֶּ֛⁠נּוּ אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to a grain offering that is designated to be burned on the offering as a sacrifice to Yahweh and, thus, will be considered a gift to Yahweh. If this is not clear in your language, consider making the referent of the pronoun explicit. Alternate translation: “from such a grain offering that you present as a gift to Yahweh” or, in the third person, “from such a grain offering that people present as a gift to Yahweh”

Leviticus 2:12

You shall present them to Yahweh {as} an offering of first {things

Quote: קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2, possibly using a verb and a noun that come from the same root in your language.

You shall present them

Quote: תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to grain offerings that are prepared with leaven or honey, as described in 2:11. Alternate translation: “You may offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey” or, in the third person, “Anyone may offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey”

as} an offering of first {things

Quote: קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The expression offering of first things refers to a grain offering that consists of the best produce of the first harvest of a particular crop. If your language and culture have a word for this concept, consider using it here, or consider using a general term.

but on the altar, they shall not go up as a pleasing smell

Quote: וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֥חַ לֹא־יַעֲל֖וּ לְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹֽחַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

When Leviticus says of grain offerings that contain leaven or honey, on the altar they will not go up, it means that the Israelites should not give them to the priests to burn on the altar in a way that causes smoke from the altar to go up to Yahweh in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the priests shall not burn them on the altar in a way that causes them to become smoke and go up to Yahweh in heaven as a pleasant smell”

Leviticus 2:13

you shall salt with salt

Quote: בַּ⁠מֶּ֣לַח תִּמְלָח֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase you shall salt translates a verb that is related to the noun translated salt. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

you shall salt

Quote: תִּמְלָח֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Leviticus uses second-person singular forms in this verse and for the rest of the chapter. If you have been using second-person plural forms in your translation and switching to singular forms would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use plural forms in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, you could consider using these forms in your translation.

the salt of the covenant of your God

Quote: מֶ֚לַח בְּרִ֣ית אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

When Leviticus speaks of the salt of the covenant of your God, given the parallel expression covenant of salt in Numbers 18:19, the implication seems to be that the use of salt on grain offerings should remind the Israelites of Yahweh's covenant, likely because of salt’s association with preservation and, by extension, permanence. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the salt that preserves food and so should remind you of the binding and permanent nature of God’s covenant with you”

Leviticus 2:14

a grain offering of first ripe grains … of … a grain offering … your first ripe grains

Quote: מִנְחַ֥ת בִּכּוּרִ֖ים & אֵ֖ת מִנְחַ֥ת בִּכּוּרֶֽי⁠ךָ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A grain offering of first ripe grains was an offering that consisted of the first harvest of ripened grains, whether wheat or barley. If your language and culture have a term for this portion of the harvest, consider using it here. If not, you could use a general expression. The UST models one way to do that.

a tender ear roasted with fire

Quote: אָבִ֞יב קָל֤וּי בָּ⁠אֵשׁ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a tender ear that you have roasted over a fire”

a tender ear

Quote: אָבִ֞יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, a tender ear refers to an intermediate stage, between fruitless stalks and fully ripened ears, in the growth of wheat or barley grain. If your culture and language have a word for this stage of grain ripening, consider using it here.

crushed grain … a ripe ear, … of

Quote: גֶּ֣רֶשׂ כַּרְמֶ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, crushed grain refers to harvest grain, whether wheat or barley, that has been roughly crushed into large lumps. If your culture and language have a word for this stage of grain ripening, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “groats of a ripe ear”

a ripe ear

Quote: כַּרְמֶ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, a ripe ear refers to the freshly ripened ear of wheat or barley grain. If your culture and language has a word for this stage of grain ripening, consider using it here.

Leviticus 2:15

And you shall give oil on it

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ שֶׁ֔מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression you shall give oil on it is an idiom that means to put oil on top of the grain offering. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And you shall put oil on top of it”

Leviticus 2:16

And the priest shall cause its memorial portion, … to become smoke

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־אַזְכָּרָתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2 and 2:2. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause the memorial portion to become smoke on the altar and ascend towards God in heaven”

from its crushed grains

Quote: מִ⁠גִּרְשָׂ⁠הּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this word in 2:14.

Leviticus 3

Leviticus 3 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a peace offering. In a similar fashion to Leviticus 1, here Yahweh provides options for sacrifices of peace offerings consisting of a bovine, whether male or female (3:1–5), or a flock animal, whether a lamb (3:6–11) or a goat (3:12–16). The chapter ends with an “enduring statute,” applicable to any Israelite, regardless of age or location. This statute entails the proscription of consuming any fat or blood (3:17). In outline form, the structure of chapter 3 is as follows:

• 1) The Peace Offering (3:1–17)
  • I. Offering a bovine (3:1–5)
  • II. Offering a flock animal (3:6–16)
    • i. a sheep (3:6–11)
    • ii. a goat (3:12–16)
  • The proscription against eating blood or fat (3:17)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The peace offering

The peace offering, sometimes called the "restitution offering" or the "fellowship offering," CONTINUE!!

• can everyone eat the peace offering?
• what is the relationship of the peace offering to the wave offering? (cf. 7:28–34)
• mention the thanksgiving peace offering (7:11–15), which accompanied bread and animal sacrifices, votive peace offerings and the freewill peace offerings (7:16–21).

Fat

In ancient times, the fat of an animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, the fat portions of a sacrifice belonged to Yahweh and were to be offered on the fire and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. The fat portions and internal organs that were to be removed for burning that are referred to in this chapter include:

• 1) For bovine, sheep and goats:
• the fat covering the innards, that is, the caul fat that covers all of the internal organs (see 3:3, 9, 14)
• the fat that is on the innards, that is, the visceral fat that is directly connected to the internal organs (see 3:3, 9, 14)
• the fat that is connected to the two kidneys (see 3:4, 10, 15)
• the two kidneys themselves (see 3:4, 10, 15)
• the lobe on the liver, that is, one of the four bunches of liver tissue on the animal's liver (see 3:4, 10, 15)
• the liver itself (see 3:4, 10, 15)

-2) For sheep only, in addition to the portions listed above: * the entirety of the fat of the sheep (see 3:9) * the fatty tail, that is, the portion of fat attached to the short tail of the sheep, which was to be removed in one piece near the end of the spine (see 3:9)

These portions of fat were to be carefully removed by the person offering the sacrifice and presented to the priest to be burned on the altar.

Sprinkling blood

The symbolic action of splashing or "sprinkling” the blood of the animal on the the altar is frequent in animal sacrifices in Leviticus. The blood, being the life of the animal (see 17:11), was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. In this chapter, the blood acts as a ritual detergent with the special ability to cleanse people, sacred objects, and sacred spaces from the impurity generated by sin. As such, it was splashed on the sides of the altar in a symbolic act that removed the impurities of sin.

Consuming blood or fat

Leviticus 3:17 prohibits any Israelite, regardless of age or location, from eating any fat or blood of any animal. Because the blood contained "the life" of the animal, it had the special ability to cleanse people, sacred objects, or sacred space from the impurity caused by sin. As such, Yahweh forbid the eating of any animal blood (see (7:26–27, (17:10–14, and (19:26). While the reason for forbidding the consumption of fat is not given in this chapter, it is presumed that these choice portions of rich fat were especially coveted and so belonged exclusively to Yahweh.

Leviticus 3:1

his offering {… he is presenting … he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

For this and similar expressions throughout this chapter, see how you translated the expression in 1:2.

his offering {… he is presenting … he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, consider continuing to do so here. Alternate translation: “your offering … you are presenting … you shall present it”

peace offerings

Quote: שְׁלָמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the general introduction to this chapter discusses, a peace offering is a sacrifice that was intended to promote friendship and fellowship either between an individual and God or between two individuals or parties. As 7:11–21 describes, peace offerings could take a variety of forms, including as an offering of thanksgiving for God’s generosity or deliverance, or as an auxiliary to the fulfillment of a vow.

if he is presenting from the cattle, whether male or female

Quote: אִ֤ם מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב אִם־זָכָר֙ אִם־נְקֵבָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word translated cattle refers to a group of bovines—whether cows, bulls, or oxen. If your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “if he is presenting from his bovines, whether male or female”

from the cattle

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase from the cattle does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any groups of bovines that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the bovines that he owns”

perfect, he shall present it

Quote: תָּמִ֥ים יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the word perfect here refers to a male or female bovine that is completely healthy and an exemplary representative of its species. Alternate translation: “he should offer an unblemished bovine” or “he should offer a bovine without blemish”

he shall present it to the face of Yahweh

Quote: יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: “he shall present it in the presence of Yahweh” or “he shall present it within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh is”

Leviticus 3:2

And he shall lay his hand on the head of his offering and he shall slaughter it {at} the entrance of the tent of meeting

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁחָט֕⁠וֹ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and throughout this chapter, the pronoun he refers to the worshiper and not to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the one offering the sacrifice shall lay his hand on the head of his offering, and that individual shall slaughter it at the entrance of the tent of meeting”

And he shall lay his hand on the head of his offering

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall lay his hand on the head of his offering in order to place his sins on the animal, that they may be removed from him”

And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall splash the blood on the altar all around

Quote: וְ⁠זָרְק֡וּ בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים אֶת־הַ⁠דָּ֛ם עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As in 1:5, splashing the blood of the animal on the altar is a ritual action. The blood, being the life of the animal (see 17:11), was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. Here, the blood is splashed on the sides of the altar to keep it free from sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. If your language has a specific word for applying liquids in a religious context, consider using that word here. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall splash the blood all around on the holy altar in order to keep the altar clean from sin”

And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall splash the blood

Quote: וְ⁠זָרְק֡וּ בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the bovine. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information, here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “And after catching the blood as it drains from the bovine, the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall splash the blood”

the sons of Aaron, the priests

Quote: בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Aaron, who are priests”

Leviticus 3:3

the fat covering the innards

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the fat covering the innards refers to caul fat, or the thin, lacy membrane that surrounds the internal organs of some animals, such as cows, sheep, and pigs. If your language has a word for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term.

and all the fat that {is} on the innards

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, all the fat that is on the innards refers to visceral fat, or the fat accumulated within the abdominal wall, which surrounds internal organs such as the stomach, intestines, and liver of animals. If your language has a word for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term.

Leviticus 3:4

and the fat that {is} on them that {is} near the loins

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the fat that is on them that is near the loins refers to suet, that is, the hard, lumpy fat that surrounds the kidneys and liver of sheep, goats, and bovines. If your language has a word for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term. Alternate translation: “and the leaf lard that is accumulated on the loins”

the loins

Quote: הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the word loins refers to that part of a animal’s muscles that resides between the upper part of the hipbone and the last of the false ribs on either side of the backbone. If your language has a word for this choice portion of meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term.

and the lobe on the liver

Quote: הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The the lobe on the liver refers to one of the four curved portions of the liver. Although which of the four lobes of the liver is left unspecified, in the ancient world, the liver’s lobe was considered a delicacy and the choice part of the liver. If your language has a word for this choice portion of meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general term. Alternate translation: “the choice part of the liver”

he shall remove it with the kidneys

Quote: עַל־הַ⁠כְּלָי֖וֹת יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the lobe of the liver. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “he shall remove the lobe of the liver with the kidneys”

Leviticus 3:5

And the sons of Aaron shall cause it to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨ירוּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ בְנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although the pronoun it here is singular, it refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were described in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider using a plural pronoun as 3:16 does, or making the referents explicit, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Aaron shall cause them to become smoke on the altar”

And the sons of Aaron shall cause it to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨ירוּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ בְנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 3:6

his offering … he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ & יַקְרִיבֶֽ⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:2.

peace offerings

Quote: שְׁלָמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 3:1.

is} from the flock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this expression in 1:10.

is} from the flock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the flock does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it describes any groups of sheep or goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is from the sheep or goats that he owns”

perfect

Quote: תָּמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this term in 1:3.

Leviticus 3:7

he is presenting his offering, … then he shall present it

Quote: הֽוּא־מַקְרִ֖יב אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled the emphatic use of a verb and a related noun in 1:2. Specifically, see how you translated the similar form of this expression in 3:1.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:8

And he shall lay his hand on the head of

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action. See how you translated this phrase in 1:4.

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to the face of the tent of meeting is an idiom that means “before the tent of meeting” and is synonymous with the expression “at the entrance of the tent of meeting” (see 3:2). If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before the tent of meeting” or “in front of the tent of meeting”

And the sons of Aaron shall splash its blood on the altar all around

Quote: וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As in 3:2, splashing the blood of the animal on the the altar is a ritual action. See how you translated this phrase in 1:5.

And the sons of Aaron shall splash its blood

Quote: וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 3:2, it is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. See how you handled this implied information in 1:5.

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this description of the priests in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:9

And from the sacrifice of the peace offerings he shall present

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֨יב מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the worshiper and not to the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And from the sacrifice of the peace offerings, the one offering the sacrifice shall present”

its fat

Quote: חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The possessive pronoun its refers to the lamb described in 3:7-8. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the fat of the lamb that he sacrificed”

the entire fatty tail

Quote: הָ⁠אַלְיָ֣ה תְמִימָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the fatty tail refers to the fat that accumulates in the hind parts of a sheep on both sides of its tail and on the first few vertebrae of the tail. If your language has a special term for this portion of fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic phrase, as the UST models.

and the fat covering the innards

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 3:3.

and all the fat that {is} on the innards

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב׃\n (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 3:3.

Leviticus 3:10

and the fat that {is} on them that {is} by the loins and the lobe on the liver

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד\n (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 3:4.

Leviticus 3:11

And the priest shall cause it to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

And the priest shall cause it to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although the word it here is singular, it refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were described in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider using a plural pronoun as 3:16 does, or making this explicit, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar”

a food gift to Yahweh

Quote: לֶ֥חֶם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the phrase food of a gift to Yahweh uses the possessive form to describe a gift to Yahweh that consists of edible food. This does not mean that Yahweh eats the food, but only that the offering to Yahweh takes the form of food. If it would be helpful, consider making this more explicit. Alternate translation: “food that is offered to Yahweh as a gift” or “a gift to Yahweh that consists of food”

Leviticus 3:12

his offering {… then he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִקְרִיב֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:2.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:13

And he shall lay his hand on its head

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 3:8.

And the sons of Aaron shall splash its blood

Quote: וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. See how you translated this phrase in 1:5.

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this description of the priests in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:14

And from it, he shall present

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֤יב מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word he refers to the worshiper and not to the priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And from it, the one offering the sacrifice shall present”

the fat covering the innards and all the fat that {is} on the innards

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 3:3.

Leviticus 3:15

and the fat that {is} on them that {is} by the loins and the lobe on the liver

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 3:4.

Leviticus 3:16

And the priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ֥⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

a food gift

Quote: לֶ֤חֶם אִשֶּׁה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 3:11.

Leviticus 3:17

An enduring statute for your generations in all your dwelling places

Quote: חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression An enduring statute for your generations in all your dwelling places leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. It implies that every Israelite should always obey this commandment wherever they live. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No matter where they live, every generation should always obey this statute”

for your generations in all your dwelling places

Quote: לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

In this verse, the words your and you are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of age or location. If you have been using second-person singular forms in your translation and the switch to the plural form would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use singular forms here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language.

or any blood

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־ דָּ֖ם (1)

Alternate translation: “or consume any blood”

Leviticus 4

Leviticus 4 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

This chapter begins with a new introduction that continues the narrative framing at the beginning of the book. As such, Leviticus 4:1–5:13 should be taken as a discrete unit, continuing on from Leviticus 1–3.

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins, called a purification offering because of its ability to purify the sacred space and sacred objects that are dedicated to Yahweh from the impurities generated by unintentional sin. The structure of the chapter offers can be mapped out as follows:

• 1) The Purification Offering (4:1–5:13)
  • I. Unintentional Sins (4:1–35)
    • i. scenario #1: The High Priest (4:3–12)
    • ii. scenario #2: The Community (4:13–21)
    • iii. scenario #3: A Leader (4:22–26)
    • iv. scenario #4: An Individual (4:27–35)

The chapter addresses four hypothetical situations where this kind of sacrifice is needed:

• 1) the high priest unintentionally sins (4:3–12)
• 2) the whole community unintentionally sins (4:13–21)
• 3) a leader in the community unintentionally sins (4:22–26)
• 4) an ordinary individual unintentionally sins (4:27–35)
  • that individual offers a goat (4:27–31)
  • that individual offers a sheep (4:32–35)

As in Leviticus 1, the instructions offer a detailed outline of the procedure for the sacrifice. The instructed steps include:

• 1) presenting a perfect animal to the priest (4:3, 14)
  • for the high priest, a young bull (4:3)
  • for the community, a young bull (4:13)
  • for the leader, a male goat (4:23)
  • for the individual, a male goat (4:28) or a female sheep (4:32)
• 2) bringing the animal to the tent of meeting (4:4, 14, 23, 28, 32)
• 3) laying hands on the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)
• 4) killing the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)
• 5) bringing the blood into the tent of meeting (4:5, 16)
• 6) sprinkling the blood seven times before Yahweh towards the curtain (4:6, 17)
• 7) putting some blood on each of the four horns of an altar (4:7, 18, 25, 30, 34)
  • for the high priest and the community, the blood is applied to the horns of the incense altar (4:7, 18)
  • for the leader and the individual, the blood is applied to the horns of the burnt-offering altar (4:25, 30, 34)
• 8) pouring the rest of the blood out on the base of the burnt-offering altar (4:8, 18, 25, 30, 34)
• 9) properly butchering the animal into the fat portions (4:9–10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)
• 10) burning the fat portions and creating the pleasant-smelling smoke (4:10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)
• 11) bringing the rest of the sacrificed animal portions outside the camp to burn them (4:11–12, 21)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Unintentional sins

[INSERT TEXT]

Guilt

[INSERT TEXT]

Sprinkling Blood

[INSERT TEXT]

The various altars and the sacred curtain

Disposing of the portions of the sacrifice that are not burned

[INSERT TEXT]

Leviticus 4:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 4:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel”

Leviticus 4:2

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the sons of Israel. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel”

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word translated sons is masculine and plural, it has a generic sense that applies to both men and women. In your translation, you may wish to use a term that is clearly inclusive of men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

A person, when he sins

Quote: נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word translated A person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. As the General Introduction to this chapter suggests, the people of Israel are here referred to by using a generic feminine noun, which intentionally balances the use of the generic masculine noun in 1:2. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “When any person offers” or “When someone offers”

when he sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh, which shall not be done

Quote: כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression which shall not be done could refer to: (1) the commands of Yahweh, that is, to commandments that proscribe certain actions or behaviors. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake from all the commands of Yahweh that say what you should not do” or (2) the act of sinning against God by violating any of the commands of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake from all the commands of Yahweh, which is something that you should not do”

when he sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh

Quote: כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh could refer to: (1) doing wrong against God by mistakenly not doing something that the commands of Yahweh say to do. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake, unintentionally not doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should do” or (2) doing wrong against God by mistakenly doing something that the commands of Yahweh expressly forbid. Alternate translation: “when he sins by mistake by doing something that the commands of Yahweh say you should not do”

and he does from one from them

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֕ה מֵ⁠אַחַ֖ת מֵ⁠הֵֽנָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The expression from one from them uses repetition to refer to any individual command from the body of the commands of Yahweh. If your language can use repetition for emphasis in this manner, consider using a similar expression here. If not, then consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he does any one of them”

Leviticus 4:3

if the anointed priest sins to the guilt of the people

Quote: אִ֣ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ יֶחֱטָ֖א לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result

The expression sins to the guilt of the people refers to an act of wrongdoing against Yahweh that results in the collective guilt of the people in some way. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate explanation: “if the anointed priest sins in such a way that it causes the people to become guilty”

the anointed priest

Quote: הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The anointed priest refers to the high priest, or the member of the priest who has been anointed to lead the priesthood. If your language has a similar way of referring to a leading spiritual figure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the priest whom Yahweh anointed to be the high priest”

to the guilt of the people

Quote: לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The abstract noun guilt refers both to the emotional experience of feeling guilty and to the legal status of having done wrong and needing to offer restitution for the wrongdoing. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of guilt, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “so as to cause the people to be guilty”

then he shall present

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֡יב (1)

Alternate translation: “then he should present”

for his sin that he sinned

Quote: עַ֣ל חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he sinned translates a verb that is related to the noun translated sin. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

a bull

Quote: פַּ֣ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A bull is a domesticated, adult male ox or bullock. If your language has a word for this animal, consider using it here. If not, then consider using a generic noun. Alternate translation: “a male bovine”

a perfect son of the cattle

Quote: בֶּן־בָּקָ֥ר תָּמִ֛ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression son of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this bull as a son of the cattle because it is a male animal that shares the essential qualities of the class of domesticated bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a perfect male bovine”

the cattle

Quote: בָּקָ֥ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the word cattle in 1:2. Alternate translation: “the domesticated bovines”

the cattle

Quote: בָּקָ֥ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the cattle does not refer to specific groups of animals. It describes any group of bovines that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cattle that he owns or can buy”

perfect

Quote: תָּמִ֛ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this word in 1:3.

as a sin offering

Quote: לְ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a sin offering is a sacrifice that was offered by an individual person or the community as a whole to purify the sacred altar, the sanctuary, and the sacred objects from impurity caused by sin.

Leviticus 4:4

And he shall bring the bull

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to the anointed priest, that is, to the high priest who has unintentionally sinned and made the people guilty. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the anointed priest shall bring the bull”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: “into the presence of Yahweh” or “to the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the bull

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

and he shall slaughter the bull to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar phrase in 1:5.

Leviticus 4:5

And the anointed priest shall take some of the blood of the bull

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the anointed priest would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the bull. Then he would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar, before applying it to the altar in the manner that 4:6–7 describes. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information, here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “After catching the blood in a bowl as it drains from the bull that he slaughtered, the anointed priest shall take some of the blood of the bull”

the anointed priest

Quote: הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this way of referring to the high priest in 4:3.

Leviticus 4:6

and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to sprinkle the blood of the bull to the face of Yahweh means to sprinkle the blood in the direction of the curtain of the holy place, which separated the worshiper from the Holy of Holies, the location where Yahweh was enthroned above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times toward the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Just as the blood is splashed against the altar in 1:5 and elsewhere, here, in a similar ritual action, the high priest sprinkles the blood on the altar and the curtain with his finger. The blood, being the life of the animal (see 17:11), was given by God to purify and remove the defiling impurities caused by the high priests’ unintentional sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. If your language has a word for sprinkling liquids in a religious context, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times in order to clean the sacred place from the defiling impurities of sin”

toward the face of the curtain of the holy {place

Quote: אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The face of the curtain is an idiom that means the front of the curtain. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the front of the curtain”

toward the face of the curtain of the holy {place

Quote: אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The curtain of the holy place was a thick cloth of blue, purple, and scarlet linen that hung between the holy place of the altar and the Holy of Holies, concealing the Holy of Holies from view, as described in Exodus 26:31–35. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the front of the sacred screen that separates the Holy of Holies from the rest of the tent”

Leviticus 4:7

And the priest shall give some of the blood on the horns of the altar of incense of the spices

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַן֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם עַל־קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action. By daubing the blood on the extremities of the altar, the priest is ritually removing from the sacred altar the impurities caused by the unintentional sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. Alternate translation: “And the priest should put some of the blood on the horns of the altar of incense of the spices in order to purify the altar from the defiling impurities caused by the priest’s unintentional sin”

And the priest shall give some of the blood on the horns of the altar of incense of the spices

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַן֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם עַל־קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he shall give ... on is an idiom that means to put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And he shall put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar of incense of the spices”

the horns of the altar of incense of the spices

Quote: קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The horns of the altar refer to the four projections at the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. Alternate translation: “the horn-shaped projections at the corners of the altar of incense of the spices”

the altar of incense of the spices

Quote: מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The altar of incense of the spices refers to the place where priests burned fragrance incense twice a day, located directly in front of the curtain which separated the Holy of Holies from the rest of the tent of meeting. It is described in detail in Exodus 30:1–10. Alternate translation: “the altar of the fragrant incenses”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Because this verse specifies that the incense altar is located inside the tent of meeting, here the expression to the face of Yahweh means directly in front of the Holy of Holies, the location where Yahweh was enthroned above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “in the sacred vicinity of the tent of meeting where Yahweh ” or “directly in front of Yahweh’s presence in the Holy of Holies”

And all the blood of the bull

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ כָּל־דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Given that the priest has just sprinkled some of the blood and dripped some of the blood on the horns of the altar, the phrase all the blood of the bull refers to the blood that remains after these first two applications. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And any remaining blood of the bull”

Leviticus 4:8

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he here refers to the anointed priest because he is both the one offering the sacrifice and the one performing the sacrificial rite. If this is unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the anointed priest shall lift up from it”

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he shall lift up is an idiom that means to carefully remove and set aside. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a word or phrase that expresses the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he shall trim from it and set aside”

the fat covering over the innards

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֣ה עַל־הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 3:3.

and all the fat that {is} on the innards

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠חֵ֔לֶב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 3:3.

Leviticus 4:9

and the fat that is on them that is near the loins and the lobe on the liver

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 3:4.

he shall remove it

Quote: יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 3:4, 3:10, and 3:15, the one who removes the fat from the sacrificial animal is the worshiper, not the priest. However, because here the anointed priest is both the one offering the sacrifice and the one performing the sacrifice, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the anointed priest shall remove it”

Leviticus 4:10

just as it is lifted up from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם מִ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to all the fat that was described in the instructions about peace offerings in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “just as the fat is removed from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering”

just as it is lifted up from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם מִ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as it would be removed from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering”

just as it is lifted up

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as people remove the fat”If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as the individual removed the fat” or, if you used the second-person form in chapter 3, “just as you removed the fat”

And the priest shall cause them to become smoke

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to all the pieces of fat and the internal organs described in 4:8–9. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause all the fat pieces and the internal organs to become smoke”

And the priest shall cause them to become smoke

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall cause them to become smoke and ascend toward God in heaven by burning them”

Leviticus 4:11

And the skin of the bull and all its meat, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־ ע֤וֹר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־ כְּרָעָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠קִרְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פִרְשֽׁ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This list of animal parts tells the reader what is meant by the expression “all of the bull” in 4:12. If this would be unclear, consider using a phrase to indicate that this list introduces the subject of the verse, which will be restated in 4:12. Alternate translation: “As for the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung”

and all its meat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “all of the bull’s meat”

Leviticus 4:12

and he shall bring out

Quote: וְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he cannot refer to the priest making the sacrifice, because this action would cause the priest to become impure. Rather, it refers to another, unspecified Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “someone else should bring out”

all of the bull

Quote: אֶת־כָּל־הַ֠⁠פָּר (1)

Alternate translation: “all these pieces of the bull”

to the pouring out place of the fatty ash. … on the pouring out place of the fatty ash

Quote: אֶל־שֶׁ֣פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֔שֶׁן & עַל־שֶׁ֥פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֖שֶׁן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The pouring out place of the fatty ashes is equivalent to the “place of the fatty ashes” referenced in 1:16. See how you translated the similar phrase there.

it shall be burned

Quote: יִשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone shall burn it”

Leviticus 4:13

and the matter is hidden from the eyes of the assembly

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם דָּבָ֔ר מֵ⁠עֵינֵ֖י הַ⁠קָּהָ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the assembly does not realize that they have sinned”

and they do one {thing} from all the commands of Yahweh, which shall not be done

Quote: וְ֠⁠עָשׂוּ אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2.

Leviticus 4:14

and the sin that they sinned concerning it becomes known

Quote: וְ⁠נֽוֹדְעָה֙ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and then they realize the sin that they sinned concerning it”

the sin that they sinned

Quote: הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:3.

concerning it

Quote: עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)

Alternate translation: “against it”

concerning it

Quote: עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in 4:13. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “with regards to the commands of Yahweh”

a bull, a son of the cattle

Quote: פַּ֤ר בֶּן־בָּקָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:3. Note how you handled the word bull, the idiom a son of the cattle, and the generic noun cattle.

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 3:8.

Leviticus 4:15

And the elders of the congregation shall lay their hands on the head of the bull

Quote: וְ֠⁠סָמְכוּ זִקְנֵ֨י הָ⁠עֵדָ֧ה אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

to the face of Yahweh. … to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה & לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh…in the presence of Yahweh” or “in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is…in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is”

And he shall slaughter the bull

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers not to the priest, but to an individual member of the elders of the congregation mentioned in this verse. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject plain. Alternate translation: “And one of the elders of the congregation shall slaughter the bull”

Leviticus 4:16

And the anointed priest shall bring some of the blood of the bull to the tent of meeting

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֛יא הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֑ר אֶל־אֹ֖הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 1:5, it is implied that the priest caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the bull. See how you handled the implied information in that verse.

Leviticus 4:17

And the priest shall dip his finger from the blood

Quote: וְ⁠טָבַ֧ל הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶצְבָּע֖⁠וֹ מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And the priest shall dip his finger in some of the blood”

and he shall sprinkle {it} seven times to the face of Yahweh, toward the face of the curtain

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֞ה שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠פָּרֹֽכֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these expressions in 4:6.

Leviticus 4:18

he shall give … he shall pour out

Quote: יִתֵּ֣ן & יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and in the verses 4:18–20, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall put … the priest shall pour out”

And he shall give some of the blood on the horns of the altar

Quote: וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֞ם יִתֵּ֣ן ׀ עַל־קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he shall give ... on is an idiom that means to put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And he shall put some of the blood onto the horns of the altar”

the horns of the altar

Quote: קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 4:7.

the altar that {is} to the face of Yahweh, which {is} in the tent of meeting

Quote: הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ אֲשֶׁר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The altar that is to the face of Yahweh, which is in the tent of meeting is identical to the “altar of incense of the spices” referenced in 4:7. See how you translated these expressions there.

And all the blood

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠דָּ֗ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the bull”

Leviticus 4:19

And all of its fat

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כָּל־חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression all of its fat refers to the portions of the bull’s fat and internal organs as described in 4:8–9. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the bull’s fat, including the fat covering over the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is near the loins, and the lobe on the liver”

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:8.

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although it is ambiguous, unlike 4:8, here the pronoun he likely refers to the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who slaughtered the bull in 4:15 and not to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the elder of the congregation who slaughtered the animal shall lift up from it”

and he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, he refers to the priest and not to the worshiper. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the priest shall lift up from it”

Leviticus 4:20

And he shall do with the bull just as he did with the bull of the sin offering; thus he shall do with it

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If your language can repeat phrases for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider combining the phrases. Alternate translation: “And he should do for the bull just as he did for the bull of the purification offering”

And he shall do with the bull … he did with the bull of … thus he shall do with it

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר & עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר & כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “And he shall prepare the bull ... he prepared the bull ... thus he shall prepare it”

And he shall do with the bull … thus he shall do with it

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר & כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:19, here the pronoun he refers to the worshipper, likely the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who slaughtered the bull in 4:15. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the elder who slaughtered the bull and removed its fat shall do for the bull … thus the elder who slaughtered the bull and removed its fat shall do with it”

just as he did with the bull of the sin offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Because it was the anointed priest who prepared the bull of the purification offering as described in 4:3–12, in this case, the word he refers to the anointed priest, not to the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who is the subject of the other verbs in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the subject explicit here. Alternate translation: “just as the anointed priest did with the bull of the sin offering that he offered because of his own unintentional sin”

just as he did with the bull of the sin offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the past tense to describe previous action, as if he is here referring to a specific past instance where the individual prepared a peace offering. Rather, the past tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “just as one might do with the bull of the sin offering”

And the priest shall make atonement for them

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word translated atonement may have originally indicated either the “covering” or the “wiping away” of sin. Either way, by the time of Leviticus it indicated that the sacrifice would be accepted in order to restore the relationship between the worshiper and Yahweh that had been damaged or defiled by sin. Consider using a word or phrase that conveys this idea effectively in your language. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4. Alternative translation: “And the priest shall offer the sacrifice that Yahweh will accept on behalf of the people and restore them to relationship with himself”

and it will be forgiven to them

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun it refers to the unintentional sin that the community committed that introduced the impurity of sin, which, in turn, required the purification provided by the purification sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the unintentional sin of the community will be forgiven”

and it will be forgiven to them

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the community for their sins”

Leviticus 4:21

And he shall bring out the bull

Quote: וְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:12, the pronoun he cannot refer to the priest making the sacrifice, because this action would cause the priest to become impure. Rather, it refers to another, unspecified Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person, as the UST models. Alternate translation: “And someone else shall bring out the bull”

the bull

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Because 4:20 instructs the community to prepare the bull in the same manner that the high priest prepared the bull for his sin offering (in 4:8–10), here the bull refers to the pieces of the bull that are not burned on the altar, as listed in 4:11. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung”

the first bull

Quote: אֵ֖ת הַ⁠פָּ֣ר הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the first bull refers to the bull offered and prepared by the anointed priest, as described in 4:3–12. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the bull that the high priest offered for his purification offering”

Leviticus 4:22

and does by mistake one {thing} from all the commands of Yahweh his God, which shall not be done

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֡ה אַחַ֣ת מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺת֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהָ֜י⁠ו אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֛ינָה בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2 and 4:13.

Leviticus 4:23

his sin that he sinned with it

Quote: חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The expression his sin that he has sinned with it uses repetition for emphasis. If your language can use repetition for emphasis in this manner, consider using a similar expression here. If not, then consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the sin that he committed”

or his sin that he sinned with it is made known to him

Quote: אֽוֹ־הוֹדַ֤ע אֵלָי⁠ו֙ חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned”

a buck of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִ֥יר עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression a buck of the goats refers to a male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a male goat”

the goats

Quote: עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the goats does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it refers to any goats that an Israelite might own. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the goats that he owns or can buy”

perfect

Quote: תָּמִֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this term in 1:3.

Leviticus 4:24

And he shall lay … and he … slaughter

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ & וְ⁠שָׁחַ֣ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he here refers to the “leader” whose unintentional sin requires a purification offering (see 4:22). If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the leader shall lay … and the leader shall slaughter”

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the buck

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

shall … in the place where he slaughters the burnt offering

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִשְׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he does not refer specifically to the leader whose purification offering the current section discusses, but here refers generally to any person who offers a burnt offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the place where someone might slaughter the burnt offering”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

Leviticus 4:25

And the priest shall take some of the blood of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As before, it is implied that the priest will catch the blood in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

and he shall give {it} on the horns of the altar of the burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 4:7.

the horns of the altar of

Quote: קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

While noting that here the priest drips the blood on the horns of the altar of the burnt offering rather than on the horns of the altar of fragrant incense, see how you translated these expressions in 4:7 and 4:18.

And its blood

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־דָּמ֣⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 4:7, the phrase its blood refers to the blood that remains after applying some of the blood to the horns of the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the goat”

Leviticus 4:26

And all of its fat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase all of its fat refers to the fat portions of the goat described in the instructions for peace offerings in 3:14–15. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the goat’s fat, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”

he shall cause to become smoke on the altar

Quote: יַקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this similar expression in 1:9.

like the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כְּ⁠חֵ֖לֶב זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression like the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, without the preceding comma: “in the same manner that the priest would cause the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings to become smoke on the altar”

And the priest shall make atonement for him from his sin

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20. See how you handled the term atonement in 1:4.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the unintentional sin that the leader committed that introduced the impurity of sin, which, in turn, required the purification provided by the purification sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the leader’s unintentional sin will be forgiven”

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the ruler for his unintentional sin”

Leviticus 4:27

And if one person

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־נֶ֧פֶשׁ אַחַ֛ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

As in 4:2, the word translated person is feminine, but it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If you language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “And if any person” or “And if an individual”

from the people of the land

Quote: מֵ⁠עַ֣ם הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the people of the land refers to individuals who live (or will live in the future) in the land of Israel, excluding the king, the high priest, and the leader previously referenced in this chapter. If this would be unclear in your context, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “from the common people who live in the land of Israel”

by doing it, one {thing} from the commands of Yahweh, which shall not be done

Quote: בַּ֠⁠עֲשֹׂתָ⁠הּ אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠מִּצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by doing one thing that Yahweh told the people not to do”

Leviticus 4:28

his sin that he sinned … for his sin that he sinned

Quote: חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א & עַל־חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23.

his sin that he sinned is made known to him

Quote: הוֹדַ֣ע אֵלָ֔י⁠ו חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned”

a doe of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִירַ֤ת עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression a doe of the goats refers to a female goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a female goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a female goat” or “a she-goat”

the goats

Quote: עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this expression in 4:23.

perfect

Quote: תְּמִימָ֣ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this term in 1:3.

Leviticus 4:29

And he shall lay his hand on the head of

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

in the place of the burnt offering

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֖וֹם הָ⁠עֹלָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The place of the burnt offering is identical to “the place where he slaughters the burnt offering to the face of Yahweh” in 4:24. If this is unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the location where people slaughter the burnt offering”

Leviticus 4:30

And the priest shall take some of its blood with his finger

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As before, it is implied that the priest will catch the blood in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

and he shall give {it} on the horns of the altar of the burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 4:7.

the horns of the altar of the burnt offering

Quote: קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled this expression in 4:25.

and he shall give {it} on the horns of the altar of the burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar idiom in 4:7.

And all its blood

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־דָּמָ֣⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase all the blood of the bull refers to the blood that remains after applying the blood to the horns of the altar. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood of the goat”

at the base of the altar

Quote: אֶל־יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Although unspecified, it is likely that the altar mentioned here is the same altar of the burnt offering that is referred to in this verse, which is also the place where the blood of the sacrificial animal is poured out in the similar expressions in 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, and 4:30. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the identity of the altar explicit or using an identifying adjective as the UST models. Alternate translation: “at the base of the altar of the burnt offering”

Leviticus 4:31

And all its fat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּ֣⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 4:26, the phrase all of its fat refers to the fat portions of the goat described in the instructions for peace offerings in 3:14–15. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the goat’s fat, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”

he shall remove

Quote: יָסִ֗יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:20, here, he refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “the person offering the purification offering shall remove”

just as the fat is removed

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person would remove the fat”

just as the fat is removed from on the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

As in 4:10, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense here to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as the fat would be removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings”

And the priest shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֤יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in 1:4 and 4:20.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the inidivual’s sins”

Leviticus 4:32

And if he brings a lamb {as} his offering

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־כֶּ֛בֶשׂ יָבִ֥יא קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronouns he and his refer to the individual from the people of the land referred to in 4:27–28. If it would be unclear in your language that these words refer to the same individual as the previous section, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “But if that individual brings a lamb as his offering”

perfect

Quote: תְמִימָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this term in 1:3.

Leviticus 4:33

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

in the place where he slaughters the burnt offering

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:24, he does not refer specifically to the individual whose purification offering the current section discusses, but refers generally to any person who kills an animal in order to offer a burnt offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in the location where someone would slaughter the burnt offering”

Leviticus 4:34

And the priest shall take some of the blood of the sin offering with his finger

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the information implied in the similar expressions in 4:5.

and he shall give {it} on the horns of the altar of the burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֕ן עַל־קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar idiom in 4:7.

the horns of the altar of the burnt offering

Quote: קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled this expression in 4:25 and 4:30.

And all its blood

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־דָּמָ֣⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 4:30. Alternate translation: “And all the remaining blood”

at the base of the altar

Quote: אֶל־יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Although unspecified, it is likely that the altar mentioned here is the same altar of the burnt offering that is referred to in this verse, which is also the place where the blood of the sacrificial animal is poured out in the similar expressions in 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, and 4:30. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the identity of the altar explicit, or using an identifying adjective as the UST models. Alternate translation: “toward the base of the altar of the burnt offering”

Leviticus 4:35

And all of its fat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּ֣⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 4:26 and 4:31, the phrase all of its fat refers to the fat portions of the lamb described in the instructions for peace offerings in 3:9–10. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And all of the lamb’s fat, including the entire fatty tail, the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”

he shall remove

Quote: יָסִ֗יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:31, here the pronoun he refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the subject explicit. Alternate translation: “the person offering the sin offering shall remove”

just as the fat of the lamb is removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

As in 4:10, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense here to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as the fat of the lamb would be removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings”

just as the fat of the lamb is removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person who offers a lamb as a sacrifice of peace offerings removes the fat of that lamb”

And the priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:9.

on the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: עַ֖ל אִשֵּׁ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive expressions in 2:3 and 2:10. Alternate translation: “on the sacrifices that people offer as gifts to Yahweh”

And the priest will make atonement for him for his sin

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַל־ חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in 1:4.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the individual of his sin”

Leviticus 5

Leviticus 5 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Not testifying

If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: testimony, testify, witness, eyewitness, evidence)

Sacrifices for the poor

This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices.

Leviticus 5:1

And a person, when he sins and he hears

Quote: וְ⁠נֶ֣פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֗א וְ⁠שָֽׁמְעָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the words translated a person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. See how you handled the similar phrase in 2:1 and 4:1. Alternate translation: “And when any person sins, and he hears” or “And when someone sins, and he hears”

the sound of a curse

Quote: ק֣וֹל אָלָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The sound of a curse is an idiom that refers to someone hearing a publicly spoken imprecatory curse against the perpetrator of a crime which has harmed the individual who speaks the curse (see the parallel text in Proverbs 29:24). The implication of this verse is that if the individual who hears the curse against the perpetrator of the crime fails to testify against that individual in the context of the judicial system, then he must carry his iniquity (for this phrase, see the next note). Alternate translation: “someone pronouncing a curse against someone who has wronged them”

then he shall carry his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he shall carry his iniquity refers to being responsible to make restitution for the guilt acquired by an individual’s wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he is now responsible to make restitution for his wrongdoing”

Leviticus 5:2

a person, when he touches

Quote: נֶ֗פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּגַּע֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Although the words translated A person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. See how you handled the similar phrase in 2:1 and 4:1. Alternate translation: “when any person touches” or “when someone touches”

unclean … unclean … unclean … unclean … is} unclean

Quote: טָמֵא֒ & טְמֵאָ֗ה & טְמֵאָ֔ה & טָמֵ֑א & טָמֵ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

For an object or body to be unclean means that it has acquired impurity through its perceived proximity to death. In ancient Israel, this impurity was seen to pollute the holy space where Yahweh lived among the Israelites and could desecrate the sacred items that were consecrated to him. Consequently, anything impure or unclean was not allowed to enter the sacred space or touch anything clean or holy. If your language has a similar word, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: “polluted … polluted … polluted … polluted … is polluted himself”

the unclean carcass of an animal

Quote: בְ⁠נִבְלַ֨ת חַיָּ֜ה טְמֵאָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the unclean carcass of an animal does not refer to the body of a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any wild animal that an Israelite might encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the dead body of any wild animal”

the unclean carcass of livestock

Quote: בְּ⁠נִבְלַת֙ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the unclean carcass of livestock does not refer to a the body of a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any domesticated animal that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the unclean dead body of any of a person's domesticated animals”

the carcass of an unclean creeping animal

Quote: בְּ⁠נִבְלַ֖ת שֶׁ֣רֶץ טָמֵ֑א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the carcass of an unclean swarming animal does not refer to a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any animal or insect that swarms or creeps on the ground, including winged, swarming insects, mice, rats, and lizards (see 11:20–23 and 11:24–29 for the full list of these animals). Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the dead body of any impure animal that creeps or swarms on the ground”

and it is hidden from him

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize that he touched something unclean”

and he becomes guilty

Quote: וְ⁠אָשֵֽׁם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to become guilty means both to feel the internal sense of having done wrong and to enter into a legal state of needing to make reparations for wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional. As the General Introduction to the chapter discusses, this kind of guilt resulted in the need for the guilt offering, by which a person atoned for himself and made reparation for the impurity that he brought into the sacred space by his wrongdoing. Alternate translation: “and he needs to make reparations for his wrongdoing”

Leviticus 5:3

Or when he touches the uncleanness of a man

Quote: א֣וֹ כִ֤י יִגַּע֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Or if he touches a human body in a way that makes pollutes him”

the uncleanness of a man

Quote: בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the uncleanness of a man uses the possessive form to refer to the uncleanness that is acquired from a human source. Alternate translation: “the uncleanness that comes from a person”

with regard to all of his uncleanness that he becomes unclean with it

Quote: לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he becomes unclean translates a verb that is related to the noun translated uncleanness. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

with regard to all of his uncleanness that he becomes unclean with it

Quote: לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: “with regard to all of a person's sins by which he sins”

with regard to all of his uncleanness

Quote: לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to the man mentioned earlier in the verse, which, although masculine, has a generic sense that refers to any human being, whether living or dead. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “with regard to any uncleanness that comes from a human being, whether living or dead”

the uncleanness of … his uncleanness … he becomes unclean

Quote: בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת & טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ & יִטְמָ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 5:2.

and it is hidden from him

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize it” or “and he does not know about it”

but he himself knows

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא יָדַ֖ע (1)

Alternate translation: “when he himself knows”

but he himself knows

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא יָדַ֖ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

The reflexive pronoun himself emphasizes how significant it is that the man, who had previously been unaware of having touched any uncleanness, had come to realize what he had done. Consider using a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but only when he alone knows”

but he himself knows

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא יָדַ֖ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression but he himself knows is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but when he himself knows that he has unintentionally touched something unclean”

Leviticus 5:4

a person, when he swears {an oath} by speaking thoughtlessly with two lips to do evil or to do good

Quote: נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩ לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם לְ⁠הָרַ֣ע ׀ א֣וֹ לְ⁠הֵיטִ֗יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means to swear an oath without thinking seriously about it. It implies that after the person swears the oath, he either cannot fulfill it or he does not really want to fulfill it. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person hastily swears an oath with two lips without the intention to do what he promised, to do evil or to do good”

a person, when he swears {an oath

Quote: נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you translated this similar expression in 5:2. Alternate translation “when any person swears an oath” or “when someone swears an oath”

by speaking thoughtlessly with two lips

Quote: לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, with two lips refers to the words that the person speaks. Alternate translation: “by speaking rashly with their words”

with regard to everything that the man thoughtlessly speaks in an oath

Quote: לְ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְבַטֵּ֧א הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם בִּ⁠שְׁבֻעָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word man is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who speaks rashly while swearing an oath. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: “with regard to everything that a person speaks rashly in an oath”

and it is hidden from him

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize it” or “and he does not know about it”

but he himself knows

Quote: וְ⁠הוּא־יָדַ֥ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

See how you translated this expression in 5:3.

with regard to one from these {things

Quote: לְ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵֽלֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase from these things refers to the ways of sinning unintentionally, as described in 5:1–4.

Leviticus 5:5

with regard to one from these {things

Quote: לְ⁠אַחַ֣ת מֵ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 5:4.

then he shall confess that he sinned regarding it

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֨תְוַדָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א עָלֶֽי⁠הָ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:14, the phrase regarding it refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in 4:13. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall confess that he sinned with regard to the commands of Yahweh”

Leviticus 5:6

And he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֣⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֡ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt that it did in 5:2–5. Rather, it refers to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the animal sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the required sacrifice required by Yahweh”

And he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֣⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֡ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to bring the required sacrifice to Yahweh refers to carrying the sacrifice to the altar that is located at the entrance of the tent of meeting, as described with the other sacrificial processes in the previous chapters. Because the tent of meeting was where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, taking the offering to the altar is considered the same as bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring his guilt to the altar that is located inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

his sin that he sinned

Quote: חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23 and 4:28.

from the flock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֥אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the flock does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it describes any group of sheep or goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. See how you translated this expression in 1:10 and 3:6. Alternate translation: “from the flock animals that he owns”

a lamb

Quote: כִּשְׂבָּ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A lamb is a young sheep. If your language has a specific word for young members of this animal group, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression Alternate translation: “a young sheep”

a doe of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִירַ֥ת עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A doe refers to a female goat or sheep—here, specifically, a goat. If your language has a specific word for this gender of this particular animal group, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a nanny goat”

a doe of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִירַ֥ת עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you translated the similar expressions in 4:23 and 4:28.

And the priest shall make atonement for him from his sin

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאתֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)

Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make atonement for him for his sin.”

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:4.

Leviticus 5:7

But if his hand does not touch enough flock animals

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תַגִּ֣יע יָד⁠וֹ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to offer one’s own flock animal or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if he is unable to offer his own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s”

then he shall bring his guilt that he sinned

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֜⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֗א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression his guilt that he sinned is an abbreviated form of the similar phrase found in 5:6 and leaves out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful, you could supply the missing words from 5:6. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his guilt for his sin that he sinned”

then he shall bring his guilt

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 5:6.

turtledoves … sons of a pigeon

Quote: תֹרִ֛ים & בְנֵֽי־יוֹנָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 1:14.

one … and one

Quote: אֶחָ֥ד & וְ⁠אֶחָ֥ד (1)

Alternate translation: “one of the birds … and the other bird”

for a sin offering … for a burnt offering

Quote: לְ⁠חַטָּ֖את & לְ⁠עֹלָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 1:3 and 4:3.

Leviticus 5:8

and he shall present

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֛יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and throughout the next verse, he refers to the priest. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma before: “and the priest shall present”

from the back of its neck

Quote: מִ⁠מּ֥וּל עָרְפּ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression from the back of its neck refers to the nape of the bird's neck. The priest was instructed to take hold of this location on the bird and twist it, such that the bird was killed but the head was not removed completely. If your language has a word for this part of a bird’s body, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “from the nape of the bird’s neck”

Leviticus 5:9

And he shall sprinkle some of the blood of

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֞ה מִ⁠דַּ֤ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you handled the implied information in this symbolic action in 1:5.

And the remainder in the blood

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֣ר בַּ⁠דָּ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And the remaining blood”

Leviticus 5:10

And the second one he shall make a burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֛י יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה עֹלָ֖ה (1)

Alternate translation: “And the second he shall prepare as a burnt offering”

according to the regulation

Quote: כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase according to the regulation refers to the commandments and instructions of Yahweh given to the people of Israel, likely the regulations for burnt offerings that Yahweh gave in the first chapter of Leviticus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “according to the instructions for burnt offerings that Yahweh gave to the people of Israel”

And the priest shall make atonement for him from his sin that he sinned, and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֖א וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ׃ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronouns him, his, and he refer not to the priest but to the individual who acquired guilt by sinning in the ways described in 5:1–4. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make atonement for the individual from his sin that the individual sinned, and it will be forgiven to that individual”

And the priest shall make atonement for him from his sin

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

from his sin that he sinned

Quote: מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled the poetic repetition of words in the similar expression in 5:6.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.

Leviticus 5:11

But if his hand does not reach two turtledoves or two sons of a pigeon

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־לֹא֩ תַשִּׂ֨יג יָד֜⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י תֹרִ֗ים אוֹ֮ לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י בְנֵי־יוֹנָה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Like the similar expression in 5:7, the phrase if his hand does not reach is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase one of these kinds of birds for a sacrifice. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if he is unable to purchase two turtledoves or two sons of a pigeon for himself”

turtledoves … sons of a pigeon

Quote: תֹרִ֗ים & בְנֵי־יוֹנָה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 1:14.

then he shall bring his offering that he sinned

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֜⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֗א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

As in 5:7, the expression his offering that he sinned is an abbreviated form of the similar phrase found in 5:6 and leaves out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful, you could supply the missing words from 5:6. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his offering for his sin that he sinned”

a tenth of an ephah of flour

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֧ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֛ה סֹ֖לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah is an ancient measurement of volume equivalent to approximately 22.8 liters. Consequently, a tenth of an ephah is a little more than two liters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two liters of flour”

a tenth of

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֧ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

A tenth is one part out of ten equal parts.

on it and he shall not give incense

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־יִתֵּ֤ן עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ לְבֹנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the idiom in the similar expression in 2:15.

for it {is} a sin offering

Quote: כִּ֥י חַטָּ֖את הִֽיא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period preceding: “This is because this flour is being offered as a sin offering”

Leviticus 5:12

And he shall bring it

Quote: וֶ⁠הֱבִיאָ⁠הּ֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the tenth of an ephah of flour mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the tenth of an ephah of flour”

and the priest shall grab from it, {with} the fullness of his handful

Quote: וְ⁠קָמַ֣ץ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ מִ֠מֶּ⁠נָּה מְל֨וֹא קֻמְצ֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.

And he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 5:13

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

for his sin that he sinned from one of these

Quote: עַל־חַטָּאת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֛א מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression from one from these refers to the commandments of Yahweh that the individual sinned and violated in the ways described in 5:1–4. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “for his sin that he sinned with regard to one of these ways of violating Yahweh's commandments about ways a person can unintentionally become guilty”

for his sin that he sinned

Quote: עַל־חַטָּאת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֛א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated these poetically repeated terms in 4:27 and 4:35 and the similar expression in 5:6.

from one of these

Quote: מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.

And it shall be for the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression it will be for the priest means that the portion of the tenth of an ephah of flour that is not burned as part of the memorial portion (as described in 5:12) should belong to the priest performing the sacrifice as his food, just as is the case with the portion of the grain offering that is not burnt as part of the memorial portion. Alternate translation: “And the remaining portion of the flour that was not burned as part of the memorial portion shall belong to the priest as his food”

Leviticus 5:14

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 5:15

A person, when he trespasses

Quote: נֶ֚פֶשׁ כִּֽי־ תִמְעֹ֣ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

As in 5:1 and 5:2, although the word translated A person is feminine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. See how you handled the similar phrase in 2:1 and 4:1. Alternate translation: “When any person trespasses” or “When someone trespasses”

he trespasses a trespass

Quote: תִמְעֹ֣ל מַ֔עַל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he trespasses translates a verb that is related to the noun translated trespass. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

and he sins by mistake from the holy {things} of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression sins by mistake from the holy things of Yahweh means to violate Yahweh's commands regarding the proper treatment of the sacred space and the sacred objects related to the worship of Yahweh. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and he sins by mistake with regard to Yahweh's commandments about how to behave in the sacred space and handle the sacred objects consecrated to Yahweh”

and he sins by mistake

Quote: וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2.

then he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to bring the required sacrifice to Yahweh refers to carrying the sacrifice to the altar that is located at the entrance of the tent of meeting, as described with the other sacrificial processes in the previous chapters. Because the tent of meeting was where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, taking the offering to the altar is considered the same as bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring his guilt to the altar that is located inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

then he shall bring his guilt

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 5:6 and 5:7, here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt but to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall bring the sacrifice required to make restitution for his guilt”

perfect

Quote: תָּמִ֣ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this term in 1:3.

from the flock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this expression in 5:6.

in your valuation

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression in your valuation refers to the process of determining the monetary value of the ram described in this verse through the use of weights, using the shekel of the holy place as a base measurement. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “along with your assessment of the value of the ram in silver”

in your valuation

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Yahweh is speaking to a group of people, the pronoun you is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.

in your valuation, silver shekels, in the shekel of the holy {place

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֥ים בְּ⁠שֶֽׁקֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

The silver shekel that was used in the holy place was an ancient measurement of the weight of silver that functioned as a currency, equivalent to approximately 10 grams or two-fifths of an ounce of silver. You could try to express this amount in terms of the current monetary value of silver, but that might cause your translation to become outdated and inaccurate since those values can change over time. Instead, consider using a generic phrase. Alternate translation: “in your valuation, the standard weight of silver that is used by the priests in the holy place”

the holy {place

Quote: הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The holy place is another way of saying the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the holy space of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

for a guilt offering

Quote: לְ⁠אָשָֽׁם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, the guilt offering was a special kind of sacrifice that made restitution for the desecrated object that was was mishandled by the individual who sinned unintentionally with regard to the sacred objects consecrated to Yahweh.

Leviticus 5:16

And that which he sinned from the holy {thing}, he shall restore

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר֩ חָטָ֨א מִן־הַ⁠קֹּ֜דֶשׁ יְשַׁלֵּ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression he shall restore does not mean that the guilty individual must physically replace the desecrated object in the sacred tent. Rather, the expression refers to the process of bringing the monetary value of the object in silver (in addition to one-fifth of its value) to the priest as part of the sacrifice. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall make restitution for that which he which he sinned”

And that which he sinned

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר֩ חָטָ֨א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression that which he sinned refers to the specific sacred object that the person desecrated by mishandling it according to the commandments of Yahweh regarding the proper treatment of sacred objects. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And whatever item that he desecrated by mishandling it”

from the holy {thing

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠קֹּ֜דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression from the holy thing refers to the sacred items that are consecrated to Yahweh for special use in the sacred tent. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “regarding the sacred items that are consecrated to Yahweh”

and a fifth of it he shall add to it

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun it refers to that which he sinned. However, the expressions a fifth of it and he will add to it do not refer to the addition of a physical portion of the sacred object. Rather, these expressions refer to the item’s monetary value. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and a fifth of the value of the sacred object he shall add to the value of that object”

and a fifth of it

Quote: חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The fifth is one part out of five equal parts.

and he shall give it

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן אֹת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the monetary sum of the value of the sacred item plus a fifth of it, resulting in 120% of the value of the original item. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “and he shall give the value of the sacred object, plus a fifth of its value”

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן יְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

with the ram of the guilt offering

Quote: בְּ⁠אֵ֥יל הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression the ram of the guilt offering uses the possessive form to describe a ram that is characterized by its use as a guilt offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning generically. Alternate translation: “with the ram that the individual offers as a guilt offering”

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.

Leviticus 5:17

And if a person, when he sins

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ כִּ֣י תֶֽחֱטָ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you handled the similar expression in 5:1, 5:2, and 5:14. Alternate translation: “And when anyone sins” or “And when someone sins”

and he does one {thing} from all the commands of Yahweh, which shall not be done

Quote: וְ⁠עָֽשְׂתָ֗ה אַחַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל־מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:22.

then he becomes guilty

Quote: וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 5:2.

and he shall bear his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled both this idiom and the abstract noun in 5:1.

Leviticus 5:18

a perfect ram from the flock

Quote: אַ֣יִל תָּמִ֧ים מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated the similar expression in 5:15.

in your valuation

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 5:15.

for a guilt offering

Quote: לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how your translated this term in 5:15.

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

for his mistake that he mistook

Quote: עַ֣ל שִׁגְגָת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־שָׁגָ֛ג (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he mistook translates a verb that is related to the noun translated mistake. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “for his unintentional mistake”

but he himself did not know

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase is a parenthetical aside that functions to provide essential background information for the current thought. That the individual himself did not know clarifies that he has done wrong without knowing it, as opposed to flagrantly defying Yahweh’s commandments (that is, the “sin with a high hand”). Alternate translation: “but he was unaware”

but he himself did not know

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This expression uses the reflexive pronoun himself to emphasize how significant it was that the person who previously was unaware of their unintentional sin has now come to realize what they had done. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but even he did not know”

but he himself did not know

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he himself did not know that he had previously made this mistake”

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20.

Leviticus 5:19

is} a guilt offering

Quote: אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 5:15.

he is surely guilty to Yahweh

Quote: אָשֹׁ֥ם אָשַׁ֖ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

The expression being guilty, he is guilty translates a verb that is repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh certainly considers him guilty”

Leviticus 6

Leviticus 6 General Notes

Leviticus 6:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 6:2

A person, when he sins and he trespasses a trespass

Quote: נֶ֚פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תֶחֱטָ֔א וּ⁠מָעֲלָ֥ה מַ֖עַל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you translated the similar generic use of feminine pronouns in 2:1.

and he trespasses a trespass

Quote: וּ⁠מָעֲלָ֥ה מַ֖עַל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression using repeated words in 5:15.

and he denies his fellow citizen

Quote: וְ⁠כִחֵ֨שׁ בַּ⁠עֲמִית֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As with the feminine pronouns, the pronouns he and his refer generally to any Israelite. If the switch from feminine pronouns to masculine would be confusing in your language, consider using a generic word for a person. Alternate translation: “and that person denies his fellow citizen”

and he denies his fellow citizen

Quote: וְ⁠כִחֵ֨שׁ בַּ⁠עֲמִית֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, in the context of 6:2–3, the expression denies his fellow citizen is an idiom that refers to the actions whereby someone swears a socially-binding oath with a member of their family or clan and commits himself or herself to certain actions regarding the other person, but afterward fails to behave in accordance with the stipulations of the oath. This could be done by stealing from the other individual, extorting them out of wages or any owed money, finding something that belongs to the other individual but failing to return it, or any other way of proving that the original oath was taken without intent to abide by it honestly. If the idiom here does not communicate this meaning in your language, consider using a more general expression. Alternate translation: “and he acts in such a way that breaks an oath that he made with his fellow citizen”

his fellow citizen

Quote: בַּ⁠עֲמִית֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, a fellow citizen does not refer to “citizens” in a modern sense. Rather the expression refers to another Israelite, probably a direct member of an individual’s immediate or extended family or wider clan network. If the term citizen would be misleading in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a member of his immediate or extended family or clan”

with a deposit

Quote: בְּ⁠פִקָּד֗וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This deposit refers to either (1) a monetary down payment that served to guarantee the full payment of a larger amount. Alternate translation: “with a down payment on a larger owed sum” or (2) an item that was given from one individual to another for safekeeping. Alternate translation: “with an item given to him for safekeeping”

or with a pledge of a hand

Quote: אֽוֹ־בִ⁠תְשׂ֤וּמֶת יָד֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a pledge of a hand refers to a physical item that is given from one member of a community to another. This item would commit the individual who received it to carry out the stipulations of the oath. Alternate translation: “or with a physical item that served as a reminder of the terms of the oath made between them”

or with robbery

Quote: א֣וֹ בְ⁠גָזֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word robbery, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “or by robbing him”

or he extorts his fellow citizen

Quote: א֖וֹ עָשַׁ֥ק אֶת־עֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to extort a fellow citizen refers to an employer refusing to pay an employee his or her wages or one member of a party willfully withholding a previously agreed-upon amount of money from the other. If this is not clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or he refuses to pay his employees or intentionally withholds money that he agreed to pay to his fellow citizen”

Leviticus 6:3

or he swears on a lie regarding one {thing} from all that which humanity does to sin by them

Quote: וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע עַל־שָׁ֑קֶר עַל־אַחַ֗ת מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם לַ⁠חֲטֹ֥א בָ⁠הֵֽנָּה (1)

Alternate translation: “and he swears on a lie in any of the ways people act and consequently sin”

or he swears on a lie

Quote: וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע עַל־שָׁ֑קֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression swears on a lie is an idiom that refers to taking an oath with another person deceitfully, that is, with the intention not to carry out the required actions of the oath. Alternate translation: “or he swears an oath without the intention to fulfill the conditions of the oath and so swears the oath deceitfully”

or he swears

Quote: וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression he swears does not refer to the use of profanity or taboo language. Rather, it refers to taking an oath with another person that publicly binds an individual to particular actions. If this meaning is not clear in your language or if the use of the expression he swears would be confusing, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or he makes an oath with another Israelite”

Leviticus 6:4

when he sins and he becomes guilty

Quote: כִּֽי־יֶחֱטָ֣א וְ⁠אָשֵׁם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression when he sins refers to committing any of the wrongdoings regarding taking an oath with a fellow Israelite described in 6:2–3. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he sins in any of the ways just described and so becomes guilty”

and he becomes guilty

Quote: וְ⁠אָשֵׁם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 5:2 and throughout the previous chapter.

the robbery that he robbed

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠גְּזֵלָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר גָּזָ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he robbed translates a verb that is related to the noun translated robbery. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “whatever he stole”

or the extortion that he extorted

Quote: א֤וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠עֹ֨שֶׁק֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׁ֔ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he extorted translates a verb that is related to the noun translated extortion. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “or whatever money he refused to pay”

the deposit that was deposited with him

Quote: אֶת־ הַ⁠פִּקָּד֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָפְקַ֖ד אִתּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase was deposited translates a verb that is related to the noun translated deposit. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “whatever was deposited with him”

the deposit

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠פִּקָּד֔וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this term in 6:2.

that was deposited with him

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָפְקַ֖ד אִתּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that his fellow citizen deposited with him”

Leviticus 6:5

or from all that he swore concerning it to the lie

Quote: א֠וֹ מִ⁠כֹּ֞ל אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׁבַ֣ע עָלָי⁠ו֮ לַ⁠שֶּׁקֶר֒ (1)

Alternate translation: “or in whatever way he deceitfully swore and did not fulfill his oath”

he swore concerning it to the lie

Quote: יִשָּׁבַ֣ע עָלָי⁠ו֮ לַ⁠שֶּׁקֶר֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar idiom in 6:3.

then he shall restore it

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression he will restore it refers to paying back the monetary value of whatever the individual stole, extorted, or withheld from his fellow Israelite. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he shall repay the value of whatever he has stolen, extorted, or withheld from his fellow Israelite”

in its head

Quote: בְּ⁠רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression in its head is an emphatic idiom that means “totally” or “completely.” In this context, it connotes repaying the entire value of the monetary value of whatever the individual has stolen, extorted, or withheld from his fellow Israelite. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “completely” or “in full”

and he shall add the fifth of it to it

Quote: וַ⁠חֲמִשִׁתָ֖י⁠ו יֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the monetary value of what the individual owes. See how you translated this in 5:16.

and … the fifth of it

Quote: וַ⁠חֲמִשִׁתָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The fifth is one part out of five equal parts.

To whomever it {is} to him

Quote: לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר ה֥וּא ל֛⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “To whomever it is owed”

he shall give it

Quote: יִתְּנֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the full monetary value of what the individual owes plus the additional one-fifth that the law requires. Alternate translation: “he shall give the full monetary amount of what is owed plus the required extra one-fifth”

on the day of his guilt

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אַשְׁמָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression on the day of his guilt uses the possessive form to describe either: (1) any day that is characterized by the onset of guilt, both in the sense of the internal feeling of having committed wrongdoing and in the legal sense of needing to provide restitution for that wrongdoing. Alternate translation: “whenever he realizes that he is guilty” or (2) the day on which this individual offers their guilt offering. Alternate translation: “one the day when he offers his guilt offering”

on the day of his guilt

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אַשְׁמָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, the abstract noun guilt does not refer to the guilt offering to which the same expression in 5:6 and elsewhere in the previous chapter referred. Rather, it refers to either: (1) both the internal sense of having committed wrongdoing and the legal state of needing to provide reparations for that wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional, in the same sense as the expression that you encountered in 6:4. Alternate translation: “on the day that he becomes guilty” or (2) the individual's guilt offering. Alternate translation: “on the day when he offers his guilt offering”

Leviticus 6:6

And he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֥⁠וֹ יָבִ֖יא לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 5:6, here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt or to the feeling of having committed wrongdoing, but to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he shall bring the sacrifice required to make restitution for his guilt to Yahweh”

to Yahweh

Quote: לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this metonymy in 5:6 and 5:15.

a perfect ram from the flock

Quote: אַ֣יִל תָּמִ֧ים מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this expression in 5:15.

in your valuation

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 5:15.

for a guilt offering

Quote: לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 5:15.

Leviticus 6:7

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “in the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun him refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. If this is not clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and it will be forgiven to the individual who offers the sacrifice”

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive him”

concerning one {thing} from all that he does to {his} guilt with it

Quote: עַל־אַחַ֛ת מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠אַשְׁמָ֥ה בָֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In the phrase all that he does to his guilt, the abstract noun guilt is not the indirect object of the verb does, but its result or consequence. In other words, the person’s guilt comes as a result of something that they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “concerning one thing from all that he does and becomes guilty by doing it”

from all that he does to {his} guilt

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠אַשְׁמָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns he and his do not refer here to a specific person, but generally to anyone who does something that causes him to acquire legal guilt. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “from all that any individual might do to his guilt” or “from everything that someone could do to his guilt”

Leviticus 6:8

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 6:8-9

saying … Command Aaron and his sons, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & צַ֤ו אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to command Aaron and his sons”

Leviticus 6:9

Aaron and his sons

Quote: אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

As in 2:2, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, Aaron and his sons* constituted the priesthood. But these instructions also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron's “descendants.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and their successors. Alternate translation: “Aaron and to his descendants”

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

is} the instruction of the burnt offering

Quote: תּוֹרַ֖ת הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression the instruction of the burnt offering uses the possessive form to describe instruction that concerns the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the instruction regarding how the priest should perform the burnt offering”

It {is} the burnt offering on the hearth, on the altar

Quote: הִ֣וא הָ⁠עֹלָ֡ה עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ (1)

Alternate translation: “It, the burnt offering is on the hearth, on the altar”

on the hearth, on the altar

Quote: עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The hearth of the altar refers to the flat top of the altar where the sacrifices would be placed on top of burning coals or wood. As such, the expression on the hearth and on the altar mean basically the same thing. The second expression emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on the top of the altar where the burning wood and coals are”

And the fire of the altar shall be made to burn on it

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ תּ֥וּקַד בּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priests should keep the fire of the altar burning”

And the fire of the altar

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression the fire of the altar uses the possessive form to describe fire that is located on altar. Alternate translation: “And the fire that is on top of the altar”

Leviticus 6:10

his linen robe

Quote: מִדּ֣⁠וֹ בַ֗ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This linen robe is described in Exodus 28:1–5 and Exod 28:31–35. It was a blue linen robe made of one piece of fabric, covered in a design of blue, purple, and scarlet pomegranates, and included gold bells on the hem. If your language has a term for a special outer garment, especially in religious contexts, consider using it here.

linen … linen

Quote: בַ֗ד & בַד֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This linen is a flax-based textile made from fibers derived from the stems of the flax plant. If your language does not have a word for this kind of fabric, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “fine fabric … fine fabric"

and the undergarments of linen

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These undergarments of linen are described in Exodus 28:1–5 and Exod 28:42–43. Covering the priest from the waist to the thigh, they were required whenever the priest entered the tent of meeting or approached the altar to perform a sacrifice. If your language has a word for special undergarments that a person might wear in religious contexts, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “and his ceremonial linen underwear”

he shall wear on his flesh

Quote: יִלְבַּ֣שׁ עַל־בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, flesh is either: (1) an idiomatic expression for bare skin. Alternate translation: “he should wear directly on his skin” or 2) a euphemism for male genitals. Alternate translation: “he should wear in order to cover his genitals”

And he shall raise up

Quote: וְ⁠הֵרִ֣ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 4:8. Alternate translation: “And he shall remove”

the fatty ash

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֗שֶׁן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this term in 1:16.

where the fire consumes the burnt offering on the altar

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאכַ֥ל הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ אֶת־ הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Leviticus uses the image of the fire consuming or eating the burnt offering to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is fatty ash. If your language has a similar idiom used to describe a fire that completely burns something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “where the fire has completely burned the burnt offerings on the altar so that they are now nothing but ash”

and he shall put it

Quote: וְ⁠שָׂמ֕⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers here to the fatty ash that has accumulated on the altar. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and he shall put the fatty ash that has accumulated**

Leviticus 6:11

his clothes

Quote: אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, his clothes refers to the linen robe and the linen undergarments described in the previous verse. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his linen robe and undergarments”

other clothes

Quote: בְּגָדִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, other clothes refers to common, everyday clothing that the priest owns that could be used for removing the ash to the clean place without the danger of making something sacred, like his special linen clothing, become desecrated and common. Alternate translation: “other, everyday, common clothing”

Leviticus 6:12

But the fire on the altar shall be made to burn on it

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אֵ֨שׁ עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ תּֽוּקַד־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9.

in the morning, in the morning

Quote: בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The repetition of the phrase in the morning is an emphatic way to say “every morning.” If your language also uses repetition for emphasis in this way, consider doing so here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every morning” or “morning by morning”

on it, … on it … on it

Quote: עָלֶ֧י⁠הָ & עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ & עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the fire on the altar. Alternate translation: “on the fire that is on the altar ... on that same fire ... on the altar’s fire”

and he shall cause … to become smoke on it

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֥יר עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

the fat of the peace offerings

Quote: חֶלְבֵ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The fat of the peace offerings refers to the portions of fat described in 3:3–4 and elsewhere in chapter 3. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the fat portions that are required for the peace offerings, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys and the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver”

Leviticus 6:13

Fire shall be made to burn continually on the altar

Quote: אֵ֗שׁ תָּמִ֛יד תּוּקַ֥ד עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9.

Leviticus 6:14

And this {is} the instruction of the grain offering

Quote: וְ⁠זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9. Alternate translation: “And this is the instruction regarding how the priest should perform the grain offering”

sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precinct of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

toward the face of the altar

Quote: אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression toward the face of the altar is an idiom that refers to the space in front of the front side of the altar. Alternate translation: “before the altar” or “in the space in front of the altar”

Leviticus 6:15

And he shall raise up from it

Quote: וְ⁠הֵרִ֨ים מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun he refers to the priest who is offering the grain offering. If it be helpful in your language, consider making the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall raise up from it”

some of the flour of

Quote: מִ⁠סֹּ֤לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 2:1.

And he shall cause to become smoke {on} the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And he will cause everything to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven”

Leviticus 6:16

And the remainder from it

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתֶ֣רֶת מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה (1)

Alternate translation: “And the rest of the grain offering”

Aaron and his sons

Quote: אַהֲרֹ֣ן וּ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar way of referring to the priests in 2:2.

Unleavened bread, it shall be eaten in a holy place; in the courtyard of the tent of meeting, they shall eat it

Quote: מַצּ֤וֹת תֵּֽאָכֵל֙ בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם קָדֹ֔שׁ בַּ⁠חֲצַ֥ר אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד יֹאכְלֽוּ⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Unleavened bread should be eaten in a holy place. Specifically, the priests should eat it in the courtyard of the tent of meeting”

Unleavened bread, it shall be eaten

Quote: מַצּ֤וֹת תֵּֽאָכֵל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They shall eat the unleavened bread”

Leviticus 6:17

It shall not be baked {with} leaven

Quote: לֹ֤א תֵאָפֶה֙ חָמֵ֔ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not bake it with leaven”

Their portion, I have given it

Quote: חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: “I have given them their portion”

Their portion, I have given it

Quote: חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun Their refers to Aaron and his sons, mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “I have given the portion belonging to Aaron and his sons to them”

Their portion, I have given it from my gifts

Quote: חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ מֵ⁠אִשָּׁ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase Their portion refers to the portion of the grain offering that remains after the memorial portion has been lifted out and burned. This remaining portion was to be reserved for the priests to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From all my gifts, I have given to the priests for food the portion of the grain offering that is left over after the memorial portion is burned”

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֤דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁים֙ הִ֔וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

like the sin offering

Quote: כַּ⁠חַטָּ֖את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 4:3.

and like the guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠כָ⁠אָשָֽׁם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 5:15.

Leviticus 6:18

Every male among the sons of Aaron will eat it

Quote: כָּל־זָכָ֞ר בִּ⁠בְנֵ֤י אַהֲרֹן֙ יֹֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

This expression uses a future statement to issue permission. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it”

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 2:3.

Anything that touches them will be holy

Quote: כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יִקְדָּֽשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean: (1) any object or person that touches the portion of the offering reserved for the priests’ food becomes as holy as the portion itself. Alternate translation: “Anyone or anything that touches them becomes holy” (2) any person who touches this offering must be someone set apart for handling sacred items, that is, the priests alone. Alternate translation: “Anyone who touches them must be holy themselves”

Leviticus 6:19

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 6:20

is} the offering of … they shall present

Quote: קָרְבַּן֩ & יַקְרִ֣יבוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the emphatic repetition of these words in 1:2.

Aaron and his sons

Quote: אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

on the day of his being anointed

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the day of his being anointed implies that Aaron and his sons are anointed in order to become priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information. Alternate translation: “on the day of his being anointed to serve as a priest”

on the day of his being anointed

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the day when the high priest anoints a son of Aaron to become a priest”

on the day of his being anointed

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The possessive pronoun his refers in a general way to any individual male descendent of Aaron who will be anointed to be a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on the day of the anointing of any of the sons of Aaron”

a tenth of an ephah of flour

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֨ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֥ה סֹ֛לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah is an ancient measurement of volume equivalent to approximately 22.8 liters. Consequently, a tenth of an ephah is a little more than two liters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two liters of flour”

a tenth of

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֨ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

A tenth is one part of ten equal parts.

half of it in the morning and half of it in the evening

Quote: מַחֲצִיתָ֣⁠הּ בַּ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וּ⁠מַחֲצִיתָ֖⁠הּ בָּ⁠עָֽרֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some words that may be essential for understanding in some languages. The phrase refers to a requirement to bring half of the prescribed grain offering in the first half of the day, and the other half later on, in the second half of the day. If it would be helpful in your language, consider starting a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priest should bring half of the grain offering in the morning and the other half in the evening”

Leviticus 6:21

It shall be made on a griddle in oil

Quote: עַֽל־מַחֲבַ֗ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן תֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest should prepare it in oil on a griddle”

It shall be made on a griddle in oil

Quote: עַֽל־מַחֲבַ֗ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן תֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a method of cooking flour that has been mixed with oil similar to modern-day pan-frying. The batter, comprised of wheat flour and oil, is placed on a hot, flat surface that has been coated with a generous amount of olive oil. If your language has a word for this method of cooking, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “It shall be pan-fried in olive oil on a griddle ”

a griddle

Quote: מַחֲבַ֗ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 2:5.

Mixed

Quote: מֻרְבֶּ֣כֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word translated Mixed refers to either (1) the flour and oil being “well-mixed” or “kneaded.” Alternate translation: “You should bring it well kneaded” or (2) the flour being “well soaked” with oil. Alternate translation: “You should bring it thoroughly soaked with oil”

you shall bring it; … you shall present

Quote: תְּבִיאֶ֑⁠נָּה & תַּקְרִ֥יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to the book of Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even in a direct address. However, as the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and throughout the rest of the chapter, the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If you have been using third-person pronouns since chapter 4, and the sudden switch to second-person pronouns would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third-person in your translation. Alternate translation: “he shall bring it … he shall present”

Leviticus 6:22

And the anointed priest under him from his sons shall do it

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֧יחַ תַּחְתָּ֛י⁠ו מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the unique grain offering required on the day of the priest’s anointing for the priesthood, as described in 6:19–20. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And the anointed priest under him from his sons should prepare this particular grain offering”

And the anointed priest under him

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֧יחַ תַּחְתָּ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the anointed priest under him refers to the priest from among the descendants of the current high priest who has been appointed to be the next high priest. If your language has a similar idiom to express succession, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “And the anointed priest who will succeed him”

And the anointed priest

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֧יחַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this way of referring to the high priest in 4:3.

to Yahweh, a whole {offering} shall be made to become smoke

Quote: לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה כָּלִ֥יל תָּקְטָֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. To formulate this sentence with an active form, see how you translated the expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “the priests should burn the whole offering and so cause it to become smoke on the altar and ascend towards Yahweh in heaven”

Leviticus 6:23

And every grain offering of the priest shall be a whole {offering

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחַ֥ת כֹּהֵ֛ן כָּלִ֥יל תִּהְיֶ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase instructs the priests to remember to offer this particular grain offering in its entirety, as opposed to the normal grain offerings, where the priest only burned the portion that he lifted out with a handful of the pieces that he chose to crumble up on the altar. In these cases, the rest of the grain offering was permitted to be kept by the priest for food. Alternate translation: “As opposed to normal grain offerings, remember, this special grain offering that a priest offers when the high priest anoints him to become a priest should be offered on the altar in its entirety”

It shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one should eat this special grain offering that a priest offers when the high priest anoints him to become a priest”

Leviticus 6:24

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 6:24-25

saying … Speak to Aaron and to his sons, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֤ר אֶֽל־ אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He told Moses to say to Aaron and his sons”

Leviticus 6:25

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

is} the instruction of the sin offering

Quote: תּוֹרַ֖ת הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

As is the case with the similar expression in 6:9, the expression the instruction of the purification offering uses the possessive form to describe instruction regarding the sin offering. Alternate translation: “is the instruction concerning how a priest should perform the sin offering”

in the place where the burnt offering will be slaughtered

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the place where people slaughter the burnt offering”

in the place where the burnt offering will be slaughtered

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing this specific sacrifice. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe the action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered”

the sin offering shall be slaughtered

Quote: תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people should also slaughter the sin offering”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5.

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 6:26

In a holy place, it shall be eaten

Quote: בְּ⁠מָק֤וֹם קָדֹשׁ֙ תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He shall eat it in a holy place”

Leviticus 6:27

Everything that touches its meat will be holy

Quote: כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 6:18.

its meat

Quote: בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression its meat refers to the meat of the sin offering. Alternate translation: “the meat of the sin offering that is not burned completely on the altar”

And whoever sprinkles some of the blood on the clothing, wherever he sprinkles on it, you shall wash in a holy place

Quote: וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ עַל־הַ⁠בֶּ֔גֶד אֲשֶׁר֙ יִזֶּ֣ה עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ תְּכַבֵּ֖ס בְּ⁠מָק֥וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ (1)

Alternate translation: “And whoever sprinkles some of its blood on any clothing should wash the places where the blood was sprinkled on the clothing in a holy place”

And whoever sprinkles some of the blood on the clothing, wherever he sprinkles on it, you shall wash in a holy place

Quote: וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ עַל־הַ⁠בֶּ֔גֶד אֲשֶׁר֙ יִזֶּ֣ה עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ תְּכַבֵּ֖ס בְּ⁠מָק֥וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the blood should be sprinkled not on clothing but only on sacred objects, like the altar, in order to cleanse them from the impurity of sin. This phrase refers to a hypothetical scenario in which, in the process of sprinkling the blood on the sacred objects, some blood also comes into contact with someone’s clothing, requiring the clothing to be carefully washed. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the implied information explicit. Alternate translation: “And whoever, in the process of sprinkling blood on the sacred objects of the tent of meeting, also accidentally sprinkles some of the blood on the clothing, wherever he sprinkles on it, he must wash that spot in a holy place”

you shall wash

Quote: תְּכַבֵּ֖ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. However, as the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and throughout the rest of the chapter, the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If you have been using third-person pronouns since chapter 4, and the sudden switch to second-person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third-person in your translation. Alternate translation: “a person shall wash”

Leviticus 6:28

And a container of earthenware, which it is boiled in it, shall be shattered

Quote: וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּבֻשַּׁל־ בּ֖⁠וֹ יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest should shatter any container of earthenware in which he has boiled the sin offering”

And a container of earthenware, … in a container of bronze

Quote: וּ⁠כְלִי־חֶ֛רֶשׂ & בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The container of earthenware and the container of bronze refer to cooking vessels made from earthenware or bronze, likely resembling modern kitchen pots, in which meat could be cooked in boiling water. If your language has a specific word for a kitchen pot made from these materials, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And an earthenware pot … in a bronze pot”

earthenware

Quote: חֶ֛רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The container is described as made of earthenware, which refers to a material similar to clay or potsherds, out of which a pot-shaped vessel could be shaped and baked in a kiln until hardened. If your language has a specific word for this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “clay”

But if it is boiled in a container of bronze

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ בֻּשָּׁ֔לָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if the priest has boiled the sin offering in a container of bronze”

then it shall be scoured and it shall be rinsed with water

Quote: וּ⁠מֹרַ֥ק וְ⁠שֻׁטַּ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he should scour the bronze container and rinse it with water”

Leviticus 6:29

Every male among the priests will eat it

Quote: כָּל־זָכָ֥ר בַּ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים יֹאכַ֣ל אֹתָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

See how you translated the similar use of a future form to indicate permission in 6:18. Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it”

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 6:30

But every sin offering that some of its blood is brought into the tent of meeting

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־ חַטָּ֡את אֲשֶׁר֩ יוּבָ֨א מִ⁠דָּמָ֜⁠הּ אֶל־ אֹ֧הֶל מוֹעֵ֛ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But every sin offering that requires the priest to bring some of its blood into the tent of meeting”

to make atonement

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this expression in 1:4.

in the holy place

Quote: בַּ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the holy place is another way of referring to the portion of the tent of meeting which housed the altar and sacred objects that the priest would sprinkle with the blood of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting”

it shall not be eaten. It shall be burned with fire

Quote: לֹ֣א תֵאָכֵ֑ל בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

These expressions use a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “it must not be eaten. It must be burned with fire” or “it should not be eaten. It should be burned with fire”

it shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֣א תֵאָכֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one is permitted to eat it”

It shall be burned

Quote: תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest must burn it”

Leviticus 7

Leviticus 7 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Blood

The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed animal because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: INVALID bible/kt/blood and Leviticus 17:11)

Leviticus 7:1

the guilt offering

Quote: הָ⁠אָשָׁ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 5:15.

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 6:17.

Leviticus 7:2

In the place where they will slaughter the burnt offering

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “In the location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered”

they will slaughter … they shall slaughter

Quote: יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers generically to anyone who might perform these actions. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a general expression for a person. Alternate translation: “someone normally slaughters … people shall slaughter” or “an individual slaughters … that individual shall slaughter”

they will slaughter … they shall slaughter

Quote: יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Although the end of the last chapter addressed the people of Israel using a second-person singular form, here the author of Leviticus addresses everyone who approaches the tent of meeting to sacrifice using a third-person plural form. If the switch from second-person forms to third-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider using whichever form you have been using throughout the previous chapters.

the burnt offering

Quote: אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 1:3.

And its blood he shall splash

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־דָּמ֛⁠וֹ יִזְרֹ֥ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he does not refer to the person offering the sacrifice but, rather, to the priest, the individual normally responsible for splashing the blood on the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And its blood the priest shall splash”

Leviticus 7:3

he shall present

Quote: יַקְרִ֣יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he does not refer to the priest but to the individual offering the sacrifice, the person normally responsible for butchering and preparing the animal’s fat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the individual offering the sacrifice shall present”

the fatty tail and the fat covering the innards

Quote: אֵ֚ת הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֥ה אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 3:9.

Leviticus 7:4

and the two kidneys and the fat that {is} on them that {is} by the loins and the lobe on the liver

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these terms in 3:4.

Leviticus 7:5

And the priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר אֹתָ֤⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

a gift to Yahweh

Quote: אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:11.

Leviticus 7:6

Every male among the priests will eat it

Quote: כָּל־זָכָ֥ר בַּ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים יֹאכְלֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)

Alternate translation: “Every male among the sons of Aaron is permitted to eat it” or “Every male among the sons of Aaron may eat it”

it shall be eaten

Quote: יֵאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they shall eat it”

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 7:7

As the sin offering, so the guilt offering. The instruction is one for them

Quote: כַּֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ כָּֽ⁠אָשָׁ֔ם תּוֹרָ֥ה אַחַ֖ת לָ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These two expressions mean similar things. They refer to the manner in which the meat for these two sacrifices is to be reserved for the priests’ special portion of food, and so the two expressions are used together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “The guilt offering and the purification offering are alike in this regard”

makes atonement

Quote: יְכַפֶּר (1)

See how you handled the use of the abstract noun atonement in 1:4.

it shall be for him

Quote: ל֥⁠וֹ יִהְיֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression it will be for him means that the portion of the animal (in context, the skin of the peace offering, along with the breast meat and the right thigh) belongs to the priest as his allotment from Yahweh. It is questionable whether the skin serves as a food source for the priests, as the other portions do. Rather, it seems likely that the skin would be used for other, unspecified uses. Alternate translation: “these portions of the sacrifice shall belong to him”

Leviticus 7:8

a burnt offering of a man

Quote: אֶת־עֹ֣לַת אִ֑ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

In this expression, although the word man is masculine, it refers in a generic way to any individual who offers this sacrifice. The possessive form, a burnt offering of a man, does not mean offering a human being as a burnt offering but rather, it means a burnt offering presented by any person, whoever they might be. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person in this possessive form. Alternate translation: “someone’s burnt offering” or “the burnt offering that anyone might offer”

It shall be for him

Quote: ל֥⁠וֹ יִהְיֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse.

Leviticus 7:9

And every grain offering that is baked in an oven

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תֵּֽאָפֶה֙ בַּ⁠תַּנּ֔וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And any grain offering that someone has baked in an oven”

in an oven

Quote: בַּ⁠תַּנּ֔וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 2:4.

and everything made in a pan

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־נַעֲשָׂ֥ה בַ⁠מַּרְחֶ֖שֶׁת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and anything that someone has made in a pan”

in a pan

Quote: בַ⁠מַּרְחֶ֖שֶׁת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 2:7.

a griddle

Quote: מַחֲבַ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 2:5.

It shall be for him

Quote: ל֥⁠וֹ תִֽהְיֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 7:7.

Leviticus 7:10

And every grain offering, mixed with oil or dry

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחָ֥ה בְלוּלָֽה־בַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן וַ⁠חֲרֵבָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And every grain offering, whether someone mixes it with oil or offers it dry”

or dry

Quote: וַ⁠חֲרֵבָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The term translated dry refers to a grain offering of wheat flour that has not been mixed or kneaded with olive oil. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “or dry and not mixed with any oil”

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֧י אַהֲרֹ֛ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar manner of referring to the priests in 1:5.

Leviticus 7:11

the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this particular sacrifice in 3:1.

that he will present to Yahweh

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַקְרִ֖יב לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, although the pronoun he is masculine, it refers generally to any person who might offer this kind of sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person. Alternate translation: “that someone will present to Yahweh” or “that anyone will present to Yahweh”

that he will present to Yahweh

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַקְרִ֖יב לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is being used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “that anyone will present to Yahweh”

Leviticus 7:12

If he will present it for thanksgiving

Quote: אִ֣ם עַל־תּוֹדָה֮ יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he is here referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is being used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: “If, hypothetically, he is presenting it for thanksgiving”

he will present it

Quote: יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here and throughout the following verses, the word he refers generally to anyone who might present this kind of sacrifice to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person. Alternate translation: “someone will present it” or “anyone will present it”

he will present it

Quote: יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the peace offerings. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “he will present a sacrifice of peace offerings”

for thanksgiving

Quote: עַל־תּוֹדָה֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The expression for thanksgiving refers to the unique circumstance in which a person might offer a peace offering for the specific purpose of expressing gratitude or thanks to Yahweh for something Yahweh did in his life. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word thanksgiving, you can express the same idea in a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of expressing gratitude to Yahweh”

loaves of unleavened bread mixed with oil … or mixed flour, loaves mixed with oil

Quote: חַלּ֤וֹת מַצּוֹת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן & וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת חַלֹּ֖ת בְּלוּלֹ֥ת בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Based on the similar expression found in 2:4, the expressions loaves of unleavened bread mixed with oil and loaves mixed with oil leave out some words that some languages might consider essential for understanding. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying the expressions with the elided words. Alternate translation: “flour mixed with oil into loaves of unleavened bread … flour that has been well-mixed with oil into loaves”

loaves of unleavened bread

Quote: חַלּ֤וֹת מַצּוֹת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:4.

or wafers of unleavened bread anointed with oil

Quote: וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wafers of unleavened bread with lots of oil on top”

or wafers of unleavened bread

Quote: וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 2:4.

or mixed flour

Quote: וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar passive form in 6:14. Alternate translation: “flour that the person who prepared it mixed thoroughly”

Leviticus 7:13

loaves of bread {with} leaven

Quote: חַלֹּת֙ לֶ֣חֶם חָמֵ֔ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression loaves of bread with leaven uses the possessive form to describe a loaf that is characterized by its consisting of bread that has been prepared with leaven. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “leavened bread”

with} leaven

Quote: חָמֵ֔ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 2:11.

he shall present his offering

Quote: יַקְרִ֖יב קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar use of related words in 1:2.

the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings

Quote: זֶ֖בַח תּוֹדַ֥ת שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings uses the possessive form to describe the animal sacrifices of a peace offering that are being offered for the purposes of expressing gratitude to Yahweh. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the animal sacrifices that constitute his peace offerings that he is offering for thanksgiving”

Leviticus 7:14

from it

Quote: מִמֶּ֤⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the entire peace offering, including the animal sacrifices and the prescribed grain offerings. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma afterwards: “from everything he is offering as a peace offering, including the animal sacrifice and the grain offerings”

one from each offering

Quote: אֶחָד֙ מִ⁠כָּל־קָרְבָּ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression one from each offering refers to one portion from the animal sacrifices and one portion from the grain offerings, respectively. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “one portion from the animal sacrifices and one portion from the grain offerings”

as a contribution to Yahweh

Quote: תְּרוּמָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

The expression as a contribution to Yahweh might seem to imply that Yahweh is asking the people to set aside food for him to eat. However, Yahweh does not need food, and the similar uses of the word contribution in 7:32 and 7:34 make it clear that this contribution is actually for the priests’ food. Make sure that your translation makes this clear and does not imply that the food is for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “as a special contribution of food to Yahweh’s priests”

Leviticus 7:15

And the meat of the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings shall be eaten on the day of his offering

Quote: וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו בְּ⁠י֥וֹם קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ יֵאָכֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall eat the meat of the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings on the day of his offering”

on the day of his offering

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression on the day of his offering uses the possessive form to refer to the day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on whatever day he offers it” or “whenever he offers it”

And the meat of the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings

Quote: וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word thanksgiving, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings that he offers to express gratitude to Yahweh”

until morning

Quote: עַד־בֹּֽקֶר (1)

Alternate translation: “until the next day”

Leviticus 7:16

is} a vow

Quote: נֶ֣דֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, a vow refers to a promise to bring a sacrifice to Yahweh if a prayer is answered in a particular manner. Alternative translation: “is a votive sacrifice” or “is the result of a promise to bring a sacrifice if Yahweh answered his prayer”

a freewill offering

Quote: נְדָבָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, a freewill offering* is a spontaneous offering for the cause of expressing joy and gratitude to God. Alternative translation: “a spontaneous and unprompted sacrifice motivated by joy”

the sacrifice of his offering

Quote: זֶ֚בַח קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression, the sacrifice of his offering, refers to the portion of the peace offering constituted by animal sacrifices, distinct from the grain offerings that were to be offered alongside those portions. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “the portions of the animal sacrifices that come from his peace offerings”

on the day of his presenting his sacrifice

Quote: בְּ⁠י֛וֹם הַקְרִיב֥⁠וֹ אֶת־זִבְח֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

As before, the expression on the day of his presenting his sacrifice uses the possessive form to refer to any day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “on whatever day he presents his sacrifice” or “whenever he presents his sacrifice”

it shall be eaten … and the remainder from it shall be eaten

Quote: יֵאָכֵ֑ל & וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priests should eat it … and they should eat remainder from it”

And from tomorrow, and the remainder from it

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ (1)

Alternate translation: “And the next day, the rest of it”

Leviticus 7:17

But the remainder from the meat of the sacrifice shall be burned with fire on the third day

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

It might seem that the expression will be burned with fire contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “But the remainder from the meat of the sacrifice will be completely burned on the third day”

But the remainder from the meat of the sacrifice shall be burned with fire on the third day

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the priests should burn the remainder of the meat of the sacrifice with fire on the third day”

But the remainder from the meat of the sacrifice

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח (1)

Alternate translation: “But the remaining meat from the sacrifice”

on the third day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word third is the ordinal number for three. The day that the animal is sacrificed counts as the first day. Alternate translation: “after two days”

Leviticus 7:18

And if some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings is ever eaten

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here the author of Leviticus uses a repetition of the verbal form is eaten in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And if some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings is at any time eaten”

And if some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings is ever eaten

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if, eating, anyone eats some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings”

the person who presented it will not be accepted

Quote: לֹ֣א יֵרָצֶה֒ הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֣יב אֹת֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept the person who presented it”

it will not be accounted to him

Quote: לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ\n (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not account the sacrifice to him”

it will not be accounted to him

Quote: לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the forgiveness brought about by the sacrifice is spoken of using legal or possibly financial terminology, as if the sacrifice would be accredited to a person’s account before Yahweh. If your language uses similar metaphors to convey these ideas, consider using them here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the person who offers the sacrifice will not be forgiven”

defiled

Quote: פִּגּ֣וּל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

For the meat of a sacrifice to be defiled means that it has remained uneaten for an unacceptably long time such that it is now no longer acceptable to Yahweh. Consequently, eating defiled meat would make the sacrifice itself ineffective. If your language has a religious term for this kind of desecrated meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternative translation: “spoiled and unacceptable meat”

And the person, the one eating from it, he shall carry his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֶּ֛פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֥לֶת מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.

he shall carry his iniquity

Quote: עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 5:1.

Leviticus 7:19

And the meat that touches any unclean {thing} shall not be eaten

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־יִגַּ֤ע בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ לֹ֣א יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priests shall not eat the meat that touches any unclean thing”

And the meat

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the meat does not refer to a specific portion of meat, but rather generally refers to any meat that touches something unclean. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And any meat”

any unclean {thing

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the use of this term in 5:2.

It shall be burned with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you translated this expression in 7:17.

It shall be burned

Quote: יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priests shall burn it”

But the meat

Quote: וְ⁠הַ֨⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrase the meat leaves out information that some languages might consider essential to understanding. It refers to clean meat that has not touched anything unclean, in contrast to the meat that touches any unclean thing. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate expression: “But, as for clean meat that has not touched any unclean thing”

any clean {person

Quote: כָּל־טָה֖וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression any clean person refers to any individual who has succeeded in remaining ceremonially clean by abstaining from touching anything that would render him unclean, as instructed by Leviticus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “any person who has not touched anything unclean and so has, himself, remained clean”

meat

Quote: בָּשָֽׂר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The meat referred to here is the same as the meat that has not touched anything unclean and so is considered clean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “any clean meat”

Leviticus 7:20

And the person who eats meat

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֶּ֜פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאכַ֣ל בָּשָׂ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.

meat from the sacrifice of the peace offerings that {are} for Yahweh

Quote: בָּשָׂ֗ר מִ⁠זֶּ֤בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the peace offerings that are for Yahweh might seem to imply that the peace offerings supply Yahweh with food. However, as stated before, Yahweh does not eat, nor does he need food from human beings. The peace offerings belong to Yahweh in the sense that they are dedicated especially to Yahweh’s special purposes. Consequently, the portions of meat from these sacrifices are not to be used for any common purpose. In your translation, make sure that it is not implied that the meat from these sacrifices provides Yahweh with food.

and his uncleanness {is} on him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person who is not fit for God’s special, sacred space is spoken of as if his uncleanness were physically resting on him. If your language would use a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he is unclean”

and his uncleanness {is} on him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

The words his and him are being used generically to refer to anyone who might become unclean and so should avoid eating the meat that is especially set apart for holy purposes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the uncleanness of that person is on him”

and his uncleanness {is} on him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the abstract noun uncleanness in 5:3.

then that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Again, the word person is feminine and refers generically to any individual who has eaten the meat of the sacrifice while he was considered unclean. See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.

then that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The punishment for a person eating the meat that is dedicated to Yahweh while they are considered unclean is spoken of as if the person were being literally cut off from his people. This could be: (1) an idiom that refers to Yahweh’s executing divine judgment against the individual in some unspecified manner, thus removing the person from the people of God. Alternate translation: “then that person will be punished and removed from her people” or, to avoid the passive form, “then Yahweh will execute divine judgment against that person and remove her from her people” or (2) a metaphor that refers to the people excommunicating the individual from her community. Alternative translation: “then that person should be removed from her people and excommunicated” or, to avoid the passive form, “then the people should remove that person from the people and refuse to have contact with her”

then that person shall be cut off

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. For interpretive options for this expression, see the previous note. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel shall cut off that person” or ”Yahweh shall cut off that person”

Leviticus 7:21

And a person, when he touches

Quote: וְ⁠נֶ֜פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תִגַּ֣ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.

any unclean {thing

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵ֗א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the use of this term in 5:2.

the uncleanness of a man

Quote: בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֤ת אָדָם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the use of this expression in 5:3.

unclean … unclean

Quote: טְמֵאָ֗ה & טָמֵ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, the animals considered clean and unclean are described in detail in 11:1–47. Something was considered unclean and potentially able to defile the space or objects that were dedicated especially for Yahweh and for his purposes when they were culturally associated with death. If your language has a term for this concept, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “ritually polluted ... ritually polluted” or ”taboo ... taboo”

any unclean detestable thing

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־שֶׁ֣קֶץ טָמֵ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This unclean detestable thing refers to the specific animals that Yahweh forbids both eating and touching in 11:29–31. These included the mole rat, the mouse, and several kinds of lizard. If your language has a specific term for the kind of animal that is considered taboo to touch or to eat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “any unclean animal that is forbidden to eat or to touch“ or “any taboo animal”

and he eats

Quote: וְ⁠אָכַ֛ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here, he refers to anyone who might eat the meat of the sacrifice. If it would be helpful, consider using a generic expression for a person. Alternate translation: “and that person eats”

some of the meat of a sacrifice of the peace offerings that {are} for Yahweh

Quote: מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֥בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.

that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.

Leviticus 7:22

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 7:22-23

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel”

Leviticus 7:23

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

You shall not eat

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and until 7:26, the author of Leviticus switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “No one should eat”

You shall not eat

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Here, You is plural. It refers to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using a third-person form, as modeled by the previous note.

Leviticus 7:24

And the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal shall be made

Quote: וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal” or, in the third person, “And anyone shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal”

And the fat of a carcass

Quote: וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The fat of a carcass refers to any fat portion from any animal, wild or domesticated, that has died, usually referring to those animals that have died of natural causes and that any Israelite might find in the desert wilderness. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the fat of any dead animal, whether wild or domesticated, that someone happens to find”

or the fat of a torn animal

Quote: וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the fat of a torn animal refers to the fat portions of an animal, usually a domesticated animal, that has been attacked and killed by wild animals. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or the fat of a domesticated animal that was killed and torn apart by wild animals”

shall be made for any work

Quote: יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠כָל־מְלָאכָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The expression will be made for any work uses a future statement to denote permission or allowance. Specifically, it refers to the permission given to the people of Israel to use these fat portions for a variety of unspecified uses, other than eating. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may be used for domestic household purposes” or “could possibly be used for domestic household purposes”

but you shall certainly not eat it

Quote: וְ⁠אָכֹ֖ל לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here the expression eating, you shall not eat it uses a repetition of the verbal form in order to intensify the idea that the eating of these fat portions is forbidden. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but you should certainly never eat it” or, using the third-person, “but no one should ever eat it”

you shall … not eat it

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you shall … not eat it

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “no one shall eat it”

Leviticus 7:25

fat from the livestock that he presents from of it {as} a gift to Yahweh

Quote: חֵ֔לֶב מִן־הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַקְרִ֥יב מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)

Alternate translation: “fat that comes from a domesticated animal from which someone has presented portions of meat or fat as a gift to Yahweh”

from the livestock

Quote: מִן־הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.

then the person, the one eating it, shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֖לֶת מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.

Leviticus 7:26

And you shall not eat any blood in any of your dwelling places

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

In this verse, the words you and your are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of where they happen to live. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

And you shall not eat any blood in any of your dwelling places

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

If you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “And no one shall eat any blood in any of his dwelling places”

of the bird or of the livestock

Quote: לָ⁠ע֖וֹף וְ⁠לַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

The expressions the bird and the livestock do not refer to specific animals or groups of animals. The terms describe any animal or group of animals that an Israelite might own or purchase to eat. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of any bird or any livestock that you own” or, using the third-person, “of any bird or any livestock that someone might own”

Leviticus 7:27

Any person who eats

Quote: כָּל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאכַ֣ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

See how you handled the use of a generic feminine word for a person in 2:1.

that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.

Leviticus 7:28

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 7:28-29

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This sentence has a quotation within a quotation. You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel”

Leviticus 7:29

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

The person presenting the sacrifice of his peace offerings to Yahweh shall bring his offering to Yahweh from the sacrifice of his peace offerings

Quote: הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־זֶ֤בַח שְׁלָמָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה יָבִ֧יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה מִ⁠זֶּ֥בַח שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו (1)

Alternative translation: “Any person who presents the sacrifice of his peace offerings to Yahweh shall make sure to bring this portion of meat to Yahweh that comes from the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings”

The person presenting the sacrifice of his peace offerings to Yahweh shall bring his offering to Yahweh from the sacrifice of his peace offerings

Quote: הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־זֶ֤בַח שְׁלָמָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה יָבִ֧יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה מִ⁠זֶּ֥בַח שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here, the author of Leviticus uses the word his to switch back to the use of third-person singular forms to address the people of Israel. If the switch from third-person to second-person back to third-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using in your translation throughout the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “If you present the sacrifice of your peace offerings to Yahweh, you should bring your offering to Yahweh from the sacrifice of your peace offerings”

Leviticus 7:30

His hands shall bring

Quote: יָדָ֣י⁠ו תְּבִיאֶ֔ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, his hands represent the whole person, emphasizing the individual’s personal responsibility and agency in bringing the sacrifice. If your language uses a similar expression to express this idea, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “He himself should bring” or, using the second-person “You yourself should bring”

the fat on the breast. … the breast

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֤לֶב עַל־הֶֽ⁠חָזֶה֙ & אֵ֣ת הֶ⁠חָזֶ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the breast is the portion of the animal’s meat consisting of the larger part of the animal’s chest below the region of the neck. The breast and the fat on the breast were considered uniquely choice portions of meat and fat. Consequently, it was dedicated especially to Yahweh. If your language has a special term for this portion of meat and fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “the fat that is on the breast meat … the breast meat itself”

to wave it {as} a wave offering to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

For the priest to wave the offering in Yahweh’s presence is a symbolic gesture that shows that the person is dedicating the sacrifice to Yahweh. This act could mean: (1) merely presenting the sacrifice to Yahweh in a unique way. Alternate translation: “to lift and show off the breast meat of the sacrifice in Yahweh’s presence” or (2) causing the smell of the sacrifice to waft in Yahweh’s direction, creating a “pleasant smell to Yahweh” that would result in the acceptance of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to move the breast meat of the sacrifice back and forth overhead so that the smell of the meat is wafted to Yahweh’s presence”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression a wave offering to the face of Yahweh could mean: (1) waving the breast in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting” or (2) waving the breast in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

Leviticus 7:31

And the priest shall cause the fat to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9.

the fat

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase the fat refers to the fat of the breast, as distinct from the breast, which refers to the meat of the breast itself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fat of the breast”

and the breast shall be for Aaron and for his sons

Quote: וְ⁠הָיָה֙ הֶֽ⁠חָזֶ֔ה לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression means that the meat of the breast should not be burned completely on the altar but rather should be given to the priests for food. See how you translated this similar expression in 7:7.

for Aaron and for his sons

Quote: לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.

Leviticus 7:32

And the right thigh

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The right thigh is the upper part of the right leg of the animal, directly above the knee and below the hip joint. Although the reason for the choice of the right portion of the thighs is unknown and debated, the thigh itself was considered a uniquely choice portion of meat, and so was especially dedicated to Yahweh and to his special purposes, like providing food for the priests. If your language has a word for this choice portion of an animal’s meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And the choice portion of meat between the hip and the knee joints on the right leg of the animal”

you shall give {… your peace offerings

Quote: תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here, the author of Leviticus suddenly switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: “the person presenting the offering shall give … his peace offerings”

you shall give {… your peace offerings

Quote: תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Here, you and your are plural. They refer to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using the third person, as modeled by the previous note.

as} a contribution to the priest

Quote: תְרוּמָ֖ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Previously the contribution belonged to Yahweh. Here it is explained that this unique portion of meat belonged to Yahweh's purposes, specifically to provide the priests with their allotment of food. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as an important contribution of choice meat that provides the priests with food”

Leviticus 7:33

The person presenting the blood of the peace offerings and the fat from the sons of Aaron

Quote: הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־דַּ֧ם הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֖לֶב מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The person presenting the blood of the peace offerings and the fat from the sons of Aaron is one of the priests. At the time that Yahweh spoke these instructions to Moses, they were the literal “sons of Aaron.” However, this expression refers to whichever priest happened to perform the symbolic action of presenting the blood of the peace offerings along with the fat. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “The priest who presents the blood of the peace offerings and the fat, who is among the sons of Aaron”

from the sons of Aaron

Quote: מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5.

the right thigh shall be for him for a portion

Quote: ל֧⁠וֹ תִהְיֶ֛ה שׁ֥וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין לְ⁠מָנָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, this portion refers to the special allotment of food provided for the priests according to the instructions that Yahweh gave to the people of Israel. Because the Levites, the sons of Aaron, were not given any portion of land and therefore could not farm for themselves, they were dependent on the contributions of their fellow Israelites for food. Yahweh provided this food by setting apart these choice portions for the priests. If this would not be clear from your translation, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right thigh shall be for that priest, as the allocation of his food given by Yahweh”

Leviticus 7:34

For

Quote: כִּי֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because” or, using the second-person, “You should do this because”

I took … and I gave

Quote: לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ & וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֣ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun I refers to Yahweh, who now speaks directly about himself. If this would not be clear, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, took … and I, Yahweh, gave”

the sons of Israel … the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

them

Quote: אֹ֠תָ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the breast and the right thigh, those special portions of meat that Yahweh provided for the priests’ food. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the breast meat and the portion of the right thigh”

to Aaron the priest and to his sons

Quote: לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.

as an enduring portion

Quote: לְ⁠חָק־עוֹלָ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This enduring portion refers to the portions of meat, the breast and the right thigh, that Yahweh instructed should be given to the priests for food from the peace offerings that the people of Israel will offer. This portion is enduring because Yahweh envisions that these instructions are binding for the people of God for all time. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a portion of food that should always be provided for the priests”

Leviticus 7:35

This {is} the allotment of Aaron and the allotment of his sons

Quote: זֹ֣את מִשְׁחַ֤ת אַהֲרֹן֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁחַ֣ת בָּנָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This allotment is the same as the “enduring portion” of the previous verse. It refers to the choice portions of meat—the breast and the right thigh—that Yahweh instructed should be given to the priests for food from the peace offerings that the people of Israel will offer. If this is unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the portion of the meat of the sacrifices that should be given to Aaron and to his sons”

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

on the day he presented them as priests to Yahweh

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִקְרִ֣יב אֹתָ֔⁠ם לְ⁠כַהֵ֖ן לַ⁠יהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Moses and them refers to Aaron and his sons. The expression on the day he presented them as priests to Yahweh refers to the day when Moses anointed Aaron and his sons with oil to dedicate them as priests in the service of Yahweh, as described in 8:12 and 8:30. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “on the day Moses presented Aaron and his sons as priests to Yahweh”

Leviticus 7:36

to them

Quote: לָ⁠הֶ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the priests, that is, Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to Aaron and his sons, the priests”

on the day of his anointing them from the people of Israel

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the day of his anointing them from the people of Israel refers to the anointing of the priests to be especially dedicated to Yahweh apart from the rest of the people of God for special, sacred service to him. In this sense, the priests are anointed from the people of Israel. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day of his anointing them to be priests to Yahweh and be set apart from the people of Israel”

on the day of his anointing them

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in the previous verse, the pronoun his refers to Moses and them refers to the priests, that is, to Aaron and his sons. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “on the day Moses anointed Aaron and his sons as priests to Yahweh”

on the day of his anointing them

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The act of anointing the priests was a symbolic action in which oil, usually olive oil, was liberally applied to the head of the priests to mark their dedication to special, sacred service to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day of his anointing them with oil to mark their dedication to Yahweh as priests to him”

the people of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.

an enduring statute for their generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression An enduring statute for their generations leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. It implies that every Israelite should always obey this commandment wherever they live. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, with a period before: “Every generation should always obey this statute”

Leviticus 7:37

of the grain offering

Quote: לַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 2:1.

and of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠לַֽ⁠חַטָּ֖את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 4:3.

and of the guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠לָ⁠אָשָׁ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 5:15.

and of the ordination offering

Quote: וְ⁠לַ֨⁠מִּלּוּאִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This ordination offering was a special sacrifice that was offered on the occasion of the dedication of a priest to the special, sacred service to Yahweh of the priesthood. It is described in detail in 8:22–32. Alternate translation: “and of the sacrifice that is offered for the priests when they are dedicated to Yahweh as priests”

and of the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠זֶ֖בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this specific kind of sacrifice in 3:1.

Leviticus 7:38

on the day of his commanding

Quote: בְּ⁠י֨וֹם צַוֺּת֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The expression on the day of his commanding could refer to: (1) Yahweh commanding the people of Israel to begin bringing their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “on the day Yahweh commanded” or (2) Moses, relaying the instructions he received from Yahweh, commanding the people of Israel to begin bringing their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “on the day Moses commanded”

the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.

to present their offerings

Quote: לְ⁠הַקְרִ֧יב אֶת־קָרְבְּנֵי⁠הֶ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled the poetic repetition of words in 1:2.

in the wilderness of Sinai

Quote: בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֥ר סִינָֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This wilderness refers to the dry, barren desert plain that is common in the Sinai peninsula region of the modern Middle East. If your language has a word for this kind of landscape, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the dry, desert plain of Sinai”

Leviticus 8

Leviticus 8 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: consecrate, consecrated, consecration and priest, priesthood)

Leviticus 8:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 8:2

and his sons with him

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו אִתּ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression his sons refers specifically to Aaron’s four male offspring. If this would be unclear, given the previous use of this expression, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “and his four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar”

and the clothes and the oil of anointing and the bull of the sin offering and two rams and a basket of unleavened bread

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֑ה וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֵילִ֔ים וְ⁠אֵ֖ת סַ֥ל הַ⁠מַּצּֽוֹת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These items and animals are the required elements of the ordination ceremony as described in Exodus 29:1–46. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the purpose of the items in this list. Alternate translation: “and everything they need for their ordination ceremony, including the clothes and the oil of anointing and the bull of the sin offering and two rams and a basket of unleavened bread”

and the clothes

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression the clothes refers to the unique, ceremonial garments the priests wore when performing and preparing sacrifices. These clothes are detailed in Exodus 29:5–6 and Exodus 29:8–9. Alternate translation: “and the priestly garments” or “and the special clothes that the priests wore”

and the oil of anointing

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression oil of anointing uses the possessive form to describe olive oil that was mixed with perfuming spices and used for ceremonially setting priests and kings apart for service to Yahweh. This was done by sprinkling or pouring the oil on whomever or whatever was being set apart. This oil is described in detail in Exodus 30:23–24. If your language does not have an abstract noun for the idea behind the word anointing, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and the oil that is used to anoint people and things for service to Yahweh”

and the bull of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the bull of the sin offering uses the possessive form to describe the bull that had been selected to be sacrificed for a sin offering. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “and the bull that Aaron and his sons will present as a sin offering”

Leviticus 8:6

Moses presented Aaron and his sons

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֣ב מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To present someone or something is a symbolic action that includes bringing the person, object, or animal to the entrance of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. Here, the same verb is used of Aaron and his sons that was used for the sacrifices in Leviticus 1–7. Alternate translation: “And Moses brought Aaron and his sons forward and stood them in Yahweh's presence”

and he washed them with water

Quote: וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that is required by the ordination ceremony as described in Exodus 29:1–46. Here, washing with water is part of a ritual cleaning that prepares Aaron and his sons to become priests. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he washed them with water in order to purify them and prepare them to become priests to Yahweh”

and he washed them with water

Quote: וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

It might seem that the expression and he washed them with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and he thoroughly washed them”

Leviticus 8:7

And he gave the tunic on him … and he gave the ephod on him

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן עָלָ֜י⁠ו אֶת־הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֗נֶת & וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶת־הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

These expressions use an idiom with the verb ”to give” which means to place or put something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he put the tunic on him … and he put the ephod on him”

the tunic

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֗נֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This tunic was a finely embroidered piece of linen clothing worn directly over the skin by all priests, underneath all the other pieces of clothing. It is described in Exodus 28:39 and Exodus 39:27. If your language has a term for this particular piece of religious clothing, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the special shirt”

with the sash

Quote: בָּֽ⁠אַבְנֵ֔ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This sash was a length of linen fabric that was worn on top of the tunic and was embroidered with blue, purple, and scarlet colors and hemmed with little bells and the designs of pomegranates, as described in Exodus 28:4, Exodus 28:39–40, Exodus 29:9, and Exodus 29:29. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “with the special girdle”

with} the robe

Quote: אֶֽת־הַ⁠מְּעִ֔יל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This robe was a blue and purple outer garment made from woven wool; it was a single piece of fabric with an opening for the head, as described in Exodus 28:31–35 and Exodus 39:22–26. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “with the special coat”

the ephod

Quote: אֶת־הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This ephod was a skillfully woven outer garment fine linen embroidered with thread of blue, red, and purple. It covered the priest from his chest to his genitals and was suspended by two strands of fabric that rose over the shoulders. Additionally, the shoulder pieces were set with onyx stones that were engraved with the names of the twelve tribes of Israel and set in gold filigree. The priestly ephod is described in detail in Exodus 28:6–14 and Exodus 39:1–7. If your language has a term for this particular piece of religious clothing, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priest’s special apron”

the ephod

Quote: אֶת־הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The word ephod is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the priest's special apron”

with the finely woven waistband of the ephod

Quote: בְּ⁠חֵ֨שֶׁב֙ הָֽ⁠אֵפֹ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This finely woven waistband was a piece of skillfully woven linen embroidered with blue, red, and purple thread; it was to be worn around the waist, and it matched the priestly ephod. It is described in Exodus 28:8, Exodus 39:5, and Exodus 39:20–21. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “with the special linen belt of the ephod”

and he fastened {the ephod} on him with it

Quote: וַ⁠יֶּאְפֹּ֥ד ל֖⁠וֹ בּֽ⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “and he attached the ephod to him with it”

Leviticus 8:8

the breastplate

Quote: אֶת־ הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This breastpiece was a folded golden plate that formed a pocket and rested over the priest’s chest. On the front of it were twelve precious stones in four rows of three stones each, symbolizing the twelve tribes of Israel. The priest’s breastpiece is described in detail in Exodus 28:15–30. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priest’s special chest plate”

and he gave the Urim and the Thummim to the breastplate

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ אֶל־הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he gave is an idiom that means to place or put something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he put the Urim and the Thummim on the breastpiece”

the Urim and the Thummim

Quote: אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although their exact identity and function are debated, the Urim and the Thummim appear to have been objects that the priests used as oracles in the sacred tent in order to determine the will of Yahweh. The Urim and the Thummim rested in the pocket of the priests’ breastpiece and Exodus 28:30 states that they were to be “over Aaron’s heart when he comes before the Lord.” If your language has a word for this kind of religious object, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the special stones that the priests use to determine what Yahweh wants to do”

the Urim and the Thummim

Quote: אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The words Urim and Thummim are borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow these words into your language or if you will translate their meaning. If you borrow the words, you could spell them in the way they sound in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the special stones that helped the priest determine Yahweh's will”

Leviticus 8:9

the turban

Quote: אֶת־ הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A turban is a man’s head covering made from a long piece of cloth wrapped around the head. This turban was made of finely woven linen (according to Exodus 28:39) and was to be worn by the priests to cover their heads when they offered sacrifices to Yahweh. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priest’s special headdress”

to the front of its face

Quote: אֶל־מ֣וּל פָּנָ֗י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the front of its face is an idiom. It refers to the front of the turban to which the plate of gold was affixed. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the front side of the turban”

the plate of gold, the crown of holiness

Quote: אֵ֣ת צִ֤יץ הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes and explains the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the plate of gold that was the priest’s crown of holiness”

the plate of gold

Quote: אֵ֣ת צִ֤יץ הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This plate of gold was likely a decorative rectangle of gold engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh,” (according to Exodus 28:36). Exodus 28:36-38 explains that this plate of gold allowed the priests to bear the guilt of the Israelites as they offered sacrifices on behalf of the people. If your language has a term for this particular piece of religious clothing, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the special engraved gold sign”

the crown of holiness

Quote: נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This crown of holiness is another way of describing the plate of gold that is affixed to the front of the priest’s turban by a blue-violet chord (according to Exodus 38:37). The plate of gold served as a special marker on the head of the priest, setting him apart for the special task of offering sacrifices to Yahweh. If your language has a word for a religious object of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the priest's headpiece”

the crown of holiness

Quote: נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the crown of holiness uses the possessive form to refer to either: (1) a crown that was especially holy. Alternate translation: “the holy crown” or (2) a crown that bore and represented the priest's own holiness. Alternate translation: “the crown that shows how holy the priest is”

Leviticus 8:10

the oil of anointing

Quote: אֶת־שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 8:2.

and he anointed the Dwelling and all that {was} in it

Quote: וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֥ח אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־בּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This is a ritual action. By sprinkling and pouring the special anointing oil on all the utensils and furniture of the tent of meeting, Moses set them apart for exclusive use for Yahweh’s purposes. This ceremony is described in detail in Exodus 30:26–29.

And he made them holy

Quote: וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹתָֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to make something holy means to dedicate it for exclusive use in the service of Yahweh alone. If this meaning would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he sanctified and dedicated them for the service of Yahweh alone”

Leviticus 8:11

And he sprinkled some of it

Quote: וַ⁠יַּ֥ז מִמֶּ֛⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the oil of anointing referenced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And he sprinkled some of the oil of anointing”

And he sprinkled

Quote: וַ⁠יַּ֥ז (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 4:6.

all its utensils and

Quote: כָּל־ כֵּלָ֗י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These utensils comprised all the pots, pans, shovels, and forks used at the altar in the tent of meeting. They correspond to the expression ”all that {was} in it“ in the previous verse. If this is unclear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “every pot, pan, shovel, and fork used at the altar in the tent of meeting”

the basin and

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כִּיֹּ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This washbasin was a large bronze tub that was filled with water and used for ritual washing in the sacred tent. It is described in Exodus 30:17–21. If your language has a term for a religious item of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: “and the special bronze bathtub”

and … its base

Quote: כַּנּ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This base was made of bronze. On top of it the washbasin would sit. It is mentioned in Exodus 30:18, where the washbasin is also described. If your language has a term for a religious item of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: “and the bronze stand for the washbasin”

to make them holy

Quote: לְ⁠קַדְּשָֽׁ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10.

to make them holy

Quote: לְ⁠קַדְּשָֽׁ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks making the items holy as the goal or purpose of sprinkling them with the oil of anointing. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: ”He did this to make them holy”

Leviticus 8:12

some of the oil of anointing

Quote: מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 8:2.

and he anointed him

Quote: וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10.

to make him holy

Quote: לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 8:10.

to make him holy

Quote: לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks making Aaron holy as the goal or purpose of pouring the oil of anointing on his head. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: ”He did this to make Aaron holy”

Leviticus 8:13

And Moses presented the sons of Aaron

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֨ב מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

with} tunics

Quote: כֻּתֳּנֹת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this article of clothing in 8:6.

with} sashes

Quote: אַבְנֵ֔ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this article of clothing in 8:7.

headbands

Quote: מִגְבָּע֑וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These headbands were pieces of fabric made from finely woven linen cloth that were likely bound on the head. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: “the priests' special head wrappings”

Leviticus 8:14

And he brought the bull of the sin offering near

Quote: וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֕שׁ אֵ֖ת פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To bring the bull near is a symbolic action equivalent to the expression ”to present“ used in this chapter and elsewhere in Leviticus. It refers to bringing the person, object, or animal to the entrance of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, and showing it off to Yahweh. If the significance of this action would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “And he led the bull of the sin offering to Yahweh's presence in the tent of meeting”

the bull of the sin offering … the bull of the sin offering

Quote: אֵ֖ת פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את & פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this possessive form in 8:2.

And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of the bull of the sin offering

Quote: וַ⁠יִּסְמֹ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֤ן וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם עַל־רֹ֖אשׁ פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way, they are placing their sin on the animal in Yahweh's presence. See how you translated this action in 1:4.

Leviticus 8:15

And he slaughtered {it

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֗ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it”

and Moses took the blood

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the implied information in this expression in 1:5.

and he gave {it} on the horns of the altar all around with his finger

Quote: וַ֠⁠יִּתֵּן עַל־קַרְנ֨וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ סָבִיב֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:7.

the horns of the altar

Quote: קַרְנ֨וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The horns of the altar refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. Alternate translation: “the horn-shaped projections at the corners of the altar”

And he purified … he poured out … And he made it holy

Quote: וַ⁠יְחַטֵּ֖א & יָצַק֙ & וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here each use of the pronoun he refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses purified … Moses poured out … And Moses made it holy”

And he purified the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יְחַטֵּ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to purify the altar means to cleanse it from the impurity caused by the presence of sin. By putting blood on the horns of the altar and pouring blood on the altar's base, Moses uses the cleansing power of blood to purify the altar and prepare it to be a vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered. If this would be unclear in your language, consider clarifying by adding words in your translation or by supplying a footnote. Alternate translation: “And, by putting blood on the altar, he purified the altar from the impurity of sin in order to make it an acceptable place to offer sacrifices to Yahweh”

And he made it holy to make atonement on it

Quote: וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks making atonement on the altar as the goal or purpose of Moses purifying the altar. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “And he made it holy. He did this so that atonement might be made on it”

And he made it holy

Quote: וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10.

to make atonement on it

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled this expression and its abstract noun in 1:4.

Leviticus 8:16

And he took all the fat

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח אֶֽת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֵלֶב֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun he refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses took all the fat”

all the fat that {was} on the innards

Quote: אֶֽת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֵלֶב֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּרֶב֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this fat portion in 3:3.

and the lobe of the liver

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ יֹתֶ֣רֶת הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this fat portion in 3:4.

and the two kidneys

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this fat portion in 3:4.

and Moses caused {them} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The act of burning the offering in a way that causes smoke to rise refers to the fact that the sacrifice went up to God in heaven in the form of smoke. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “and Moses caused them to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased”

Leviticus 8:17

But the bull

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֤ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But the remaining parts of the bull”

he burned with fire

Quote: שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 4:12.

he burned with fire

Quote: שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although the subject is not stated, the pronoun he cannot refer to either Moses, who offers the sacrifice as the priest, or to Aaron and his sons, who are being ordained as priests. As previously mentioned, this action must be accomplished by someone else who can afford to risk becoming unclean through contact with the carcass of the dead animal. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “someone else burned with fire” or “another Israelite burned with fire”

Leviticus 8:18

And he presented the ram of the burnt offering

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב אֵ֖ת אֵ֣יל הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun he refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses presented the ram of the burnt offering”

the ram of the burnt offering

Quote: אֵ֖ת אֵ֣יל הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 8:2.

And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of the ram

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way, they are placing their sin on the animal in Yahweh's presence. See how you translated this in 1:4.

Leviticus 8:19

And he slaughtered {it

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֑ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it”

and Moses splashed the blood on the altar all around

Quote: וַ⁠יִּזְרֹ֨ק מֹשֶׁ֧ה אֶת־הַ⁠דָּ֛ם עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִֽיב׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that Moses, before he splashed it on the altar, caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained out from the animal. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.

Leviticus 8:20

And he cut the ram into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל נִתַּ֖ח לִ⁠נְתָחָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

For emphasis, a verb and its object from the same root are being used. The verb cut is related to the noun pieces. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And he carefully and thoroughly butchered the ram into its various pieces”

And he cut the ram into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל נִתַּ֖ח לִ⁠נְתָחָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons cut the ram into its pieces”

and Moses caused the head and the pieces and the suet to become smoke

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And Moses caused the head and the pieces and the suet to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased”

and the pieces

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The expression the pieces refers to the appropriate portions of fat that would be removed from the burnt offering, according to the instructions recorded in Leviticus 1:8. See how you translated the similar expression there.

and the suet

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this fat portion in 1:8.

Leviticus 8:21

he washed with water

Quote: רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 1:5.

he washed with water

Quote: רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “Aaron and his sons washed with water”

And Moses caused the whole ram to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵר֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אַ֜יִל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And Moses caused the head and the pieces and the suet to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased”

Leviticus 8:22

And he presented the second ram

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵב֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֣יִל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses presented the second ram”

the ram of the ordination offering

Quote: אֵ֖יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the ram of the ordination offering uses the possessive form to describe the ram that had been selected to be sacrificed for an ordination offering. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “the ram that Aaron and his sons had presented as an ordination offering”

And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of the ram

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

Leviticus 8:23

And he slaughtered {it

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֓ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: “And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it”

and Moses took some of its blood

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֹשֶׁה֙ מִ⁠דָּמ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.

and he gave {it} on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This is a symbolic action. Just as placing blood on the extremities of the altar purified it and prepared it to be an appropriate vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered to Yahweh, by placing blood on Aaron’s right earlobe, the thumb of his right hand, and the big toe of his right foot Moses purifies Aaron and prepares him to be set apart for offering acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider explaining the meaning of this rite in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he gave it on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot. He did this in order to purify Aaron from the impurity of sin and to prepare him to offer acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh”

and he gave {it} on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. It refers to placing or putting something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he put it on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron”

Leviticus 8:24

And he presented the sons of Aaron

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

and Moses gave some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear and on the thumb of their right hand and on the big toe of their right foot

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֤ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֙ עַל־תְּנ֤וּךְ אָזְנָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָדָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְלָ֖⁠ם הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Just as was done with Aaron, this is a ritual action. Just as placing blood on the extremities of the altar purified it and prepared it to be an appropriate vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered to Yahweh, by placing blood on Aaron’s sons’ right earlobes, the thumbs of their right hands, and the big toes of their right feet, Moses purified Aaron’s sons and prepared them to be set apart for offering acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider explaining the meaning of this rite in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and Moses gave some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear and on the thumb of their right hand and on the big toe of their right foot. He did this in order to purify Aaron’s sons from the impurity of sin and to prepare them to offer acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh”

and Moses gave some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֤ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֙ עַל־תְּנ֤וּךְ אָזְנָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. It refers to placing or putting something on someone. If this idiom would not be clear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and Moses put some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear”

Leviticus 8:25

and the fatty tail

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this portion of fat in 3:9.

and all the fat that {was} on the innards and the lobe of the liver and the two kidneys

Quote: וְ⁠אֶֽת־כָּל־הַ⁠חֵלֶב֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠קֶּרֶב֒ וְ⁠אֵת֙ יֹתֶ֣רֶת הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד וְ⁠אֶת־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these portions of fat and internal organs in 3:4.

and the right thigh

Quote: שׁ֥וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִֽין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:32.

Leviticus 8:26

And from the basket of the unleavened bread that {was} to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠סַּ֨ל הַ⁠מַּצּ֜וֹת אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The expression to the face of Yahweh here refers to the location of the basket of the unleavened bread, as specified in Exodus 29:3. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And from the basket of the unleavened bread that was placed in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lived among the Israelites”

And from the basket of the unleavened bread

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠סַּ֨ל הַ⁠מַּצּ֜וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the basket of the unleavened bread uses the possessive form to describe a basket that is characterized by the presence of unleavened bread. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And from the basket that contained the unleavened bread”

one loaf of unleavened bread

Quote: חַלַּ֨ת מַצָּ֤ה אַחַת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 2:4.

and one loaf of bread of oil

Quote: וְֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression loaf of bread of oil uses the possessive form to describe a loaf of bread that is characterized by the presence of oil on top. It corresponds to the bread whose flour is well-soaked with oil in 7:12. Alternate translation: “and one loaf of bread that was well-soaked with oil”

and one wafer

Quote: וְ⁠רָקִ֣יק אֶחָ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 2:4.

Leviticus 8:27

And he gave the whole on the palms of Aaron and on the palms of his sons

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל עַ֚ל כַּפֵּ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן וְ⁠עַ֖ל כַּפֵּ֣י בָנָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 8:7.

the whole

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the whole refers to the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “all the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread”

the palms of Aaron … the palms of his sons

Quote: כַּפֵּ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן & כַּפֵּ֣י בָנָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The palm is the flat part of the inside of one’s hand. If your language has a word for this part of the hand, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: ”the open hands of Aaron … the open hands of his sons”

and he waved them {as} a wave offering

Quote: וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Although the subject is not named, because it is usually the person offering the sacrifice who is authorized to dedicate the portions of the sacrifice to Yahweh by waving them in his presence, it is likely that he here refers to Aaron and his sons. This is further clarified by the fact that Moses placed the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread in the open palms of Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron and his sons waved them as a wave offering”

and he waved them {as} a wave offering

Quote: וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “toward the presence of Yahweh.” It indicates that Moses waved the loaves and the wafer in the direction of the Most Holy Place, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lived among the Israelites”

Leviticus 8:28

And Moses took them

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun them refers to the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses took the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread”

and he caused {them} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 8:29

and he waved it {as} a wave offering

Quote: וַ⁠יְנִיפֵ֥⁠הוּ תְנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “in the presence of Yahweh,” as in toward the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lives among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “in the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

from the ram of the ordination offering

Quote: מֵ⁠אֵ֣יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֗ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:22.

It {was} for Moses for a portion

Quote: לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֤ה הָיָה֙ לְ⁠מָנָ֔ה (1)

Alternate translation: “It became a portion for Moses” or “It was Moses’ portion”

Leviticus 8:30

some of the oil of anointing

Quote: מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 8:2.

and some of the blood that {was} on the altar

Quote: וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּחַ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the blood that was on the altar refers to the blood of the sacrificed animal that had earlier been placed on the horns of the altar. If this would be not clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and some of the blood that he had previously put on the four horns of the altar”

and he sprinkled {them} on Aaron, on his clothes and on his sons and on the clothes of his sons with him

Quote: וַ⁠יַּ֤ז עַֽל־אַהֲרֹן֙ עַל־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל־בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל־בִּגְדֵ֥י בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This is a ritual action. Just as sprinkling the oil on the utensils of the sacred tent sanctified them and dedicated them for service to Yahweh, the mixture of blood and oil both dedicated Aaron and his sons for service to Yahweh as priests and purified them and their clothing from the impurity of sin through the cleansing nature of blood. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning of the symbolic action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he sprinkled them on Aaron, on his clothes, and on his sons and on the clothes of his sons with him. He did this in order to dedicate Aaron and his sons and to purify them from the impurity of sin”

And he made holy Aaron, his clothes and his sons and the clothes of his sons with him

Quote: וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֤שׁ אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־בִּגְדֵ֥י בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10. Alternate translation: “And he set Aaron, his clothes, and his sons and the clothes of his sons with him, apart and dedicated them all for the service of Yahweh alone”

Leviticus 8:31

the meat

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂר֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Although it is unclear, it is likely that here the meat refers to the meat of the ram that Aaron and his sons offered as an ordination offering and that Moses waved as a wave offering in Yahweh's presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meat of the ram of the ordination offering”

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּאכְל֣וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּאכְל֣וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must eat it”

is} in the basket of the ordination offering

Quote: בְּ⁠סַ֣ל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:22.

just as I commanded, saying, ‘Aaron and his sons shall eat it

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוֵּ֨יתִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “just as I commanded when I said that Aaron and his sons shall eat it”

Aaron and his sons shall eat it

Quote: אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The expression Aaron and his sons shall eat it uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “Aaron and his sons should eat it” or ”Aaron and his sons must eat it”

Leviticus 8:32

But the remainder among the meat and among the bread

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר בַּ⁠בָּשָׂ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠לָּ֑חֶם (1)

Alternate translation: “But the rest of the meat and bread”

you shall burn in the fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 4:12.

you shall burn in the fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you shall burn in the fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you should burn with fire” or ”you must burn with fire”

Leviticus 8:33

you shall … go out … your ordination, … your hand

Quote: תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם & אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The pronounsyou and your are plural here. They refer to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you shall not go out

Quote: לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you should not go out” or “you must not go out”

until the day of the filling of the days of your ordination

Quote: עַ֚ד י֣וֹם מְלֹ֔את יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words from the same root are being repeated in a poetic word-play. The words filling and ordination come from the same root as the verbal expression he will fill. If your language has similarly related words that would convey these meanings, consider using them here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the day when your ordination is filled up because, during those seven days, he will fill up your hands”

the days of your ordination

Quote: יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ordination, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days when you are being ordained as priests in service to Yahweh”

because {for} seven days, he will fill your hand

Quote: כִּ֚י שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים יְמַלֵּ֖א אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he will fill your hand is an idiom that means to induct someone into the ministry and responsibilities of the priesthood. According to this verse, it will take seven days for Yahweh to induct Aaron and his sons into the priesthood. (See Exodus 28:41 and Exodus 29:9 for representative examples.) If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because it will take seven days for Yahweh to give you the responsibilities of the priesthood and dedicate you as priests”

he will fill your hand

Quote: יְמַלֵּ֖א אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun he refers to Yahweh. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will fill your hand”

Leviticus 8:34

Just as he did on this day, Yahweh commanded to do

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֖ת (1)

Alternate translation: “What has been done today is just as Yahweh commanded should be done”

to make atonement for you

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the word atonement in 1:4.

to make atonement for you

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks making atonement as the goal or purpose of Yahweh's commandments regarding the procedure of the various sacrifices performed on this day. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He did this so that he might make atonement for you”

for you

Quote: עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 8:35

you shall stay … and you shall keep … and you will not die

Quote: תֵּשְׁב֨וּ & וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you shall stay … and you shall keep

Quote: תֵּשְׁב֨וּ & וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

These expressions use a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must stay … and you must keep” or “you should stay … and you should keep”

and you shall keep the watch of Yahweh

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words from the same root are repeated for emphasis. The word watch is from the same root as the verb keep. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.

and you shall keep the watch of Yahweh

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

To keep the watch of Yahweh does not mean to stand and guard the entrance to the sacred tent. Rather, the expression means to carefully avoid his prohibitions, the things Yahweh has commanded his people not to do. If this meaning would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will carefully keep Yahweh’s instructions about what you are not to do”

and you will not die

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word and here indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “If you do this, you will not die”

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because thus Yahweh commanded me”

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do all this because thus I have been commanded”

I have been commanded

Quote: צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun I refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “I, Moses, have been commanded”

Leviticus 8:36

that Yahweh commanded by the hand of Moses

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The expression by the hand of Moses uses one part of a person, the hand, to represent all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh commanded through Moses”

Leviticus 9

Leviticus 9 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: high priest, chief priests)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Following Yahweh’s instructions

Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

“Fire came out from Yahweh”

Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: miracle, wonder, sign)

Leviticus 9:1

on the eighth day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal number for eight.

on the eighth day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The eighth day is the first day after the seven-day period of the ordination ceremony. Alternate translation: “on the first day after the ordination ceremony was completed”

Leviticus 9:2

a calf, a son of the cattle, for a sin offering, and a ram for a burnt offering, perfect

Quote: עֵ֣גֶל בֶּן־בָּקָ֧ר לְ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אַ֥יִל לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה תְּמִימִ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the word perfect here refers to an animal that is an exemplary representative of its species. Alternate translation: “an unblemished calf, a son of the cattle, for a sin offering, and an unblemished ram for a burnt offering” or "a calf without blemish, a son of the cattle, for a sin offering, and a ram without blemish for a burnt offering"

a calf

Quote: עֵ֣גֶל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A calf is a young bovine. If your language does not have a word for this type of animal, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a young bovine”

a son of the cattle

Quote: בֶּן־בָּקָ֧ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

the cattle

Quote: בָּקָ֧ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this word in 1:2.

and present {them

Quote: וְ⁠הַקְרֵ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

As the General Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “where Yahweh can see” and, by extension, ”in Yahweh's presence.” See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” or “in the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

Leviticus 9:3

And to the sons of Israel, you will speak, saying, ‘Take a buck of the goats

Quote: וְ⁠אֶל־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל תְּדַבֵּ֣ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר קְח֤וּ שְׂעִיר־ עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This expression introduces a direct quote within a direct quote. You could change this into an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “And you should tell the sons of Israel to take a buck of the goats”

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

you will speak

Quote: תְּדַבֵּ֣ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

This expression is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must speak” or ”speak”

you will speak

Quote: תְּדַבֵּ֣ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular. It refers to Aaron, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

a buck of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִיר־עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression a buck of the goats used the possessive form to refer to a male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an adult male goat”

the goats

Quote: עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the goats does not refer to a specific group of goats. It describes any groups of goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the goats that you own”

and a calf and a lamb, perfect sons of a year

Quote: וְ⁠עֵ֨גֶל וָ⁠כֶ֧בֶשׂ בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה תְּמִימִ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a son of a year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are a year old” or “and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are twelve months of age”

Leviticus 9:4

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” or “in the precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

and a grain offering mixed with oil

Quote: וּ⁠מִנְחָ֖ה בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated this expression in 7:10.

for today Yahweh will appear to you

Quote: כִּ֣י הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם יְהוָ֖ה נִרְאָ֥ה אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, for marks Yahweh's appearing to the people of Israel as the goal or purpose of presenting all the sacrificial animals that Moses names here. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do this because Yahweh will appear to you today”

to you

Quote: אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to the Israelite people, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 9:5

And they brought

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקְח֗וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the Israelite people, the “sons of Israel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel brought”

that which Moses commanded

Quote: אֵ֚ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression that which Moses commanded refers to the five animals for the burnt, sin, and fellowship sacrifices and the loaves of bread for the grain offerings. These were referred to in 9:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “the animals for the sacrifices and the grain offerings that Moses told them to bring”

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, to the face of the tent of meeting is an idiom that means “before the tent of meeting.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the front of the tent of meeting”

And the whole congregation presented {them

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְבוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

and they stood to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to stand to the face of Yahweh refers to the fact that the Israelite people came to stand before the altar in the courtyard of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they stood in Yahweh’s presence within the precincts of the tent of meeting, in which Yahweh lived among the Israelites”

Leviticus 9:6

Yahweh commanded you will do

Quote: צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה תַּעֲשׂ֑וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to the Israelite people, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

and the glory of Yahweh will appear to you

Quote: וְ⁠יֵרָ֥א אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כְּב֥וֹד יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the glory of Yahweh refers to the earthly manifestation of Yahweh in the form of fire (see 9:23–24). If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh himself will appear to you in the form of heavenly fire”

Leviticus 9:7

and make your sin offering and your burnt offering … And make the offering of the people

Quote: וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ חַטָּֽאתְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עֹ֣לָתֶ֔⁠ךָ & וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “and prepare your sin offering and your burnt offering … And prepare the offering of the people”

and make atonement for the benefit of yourself and for the benefit of the people. … and make atonement for their benefit

Quote: וְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר בַּֽעַדְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בְעַ֣ד הָ⁠עָ֑ם & וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר בַּֽעֲדָ֔⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: “and make atonement for yourself and for the people … and make atonement for them”

and make atonement … and make atonement

Quote: וְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר & וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

the offering of the people

Quote: אֶת־קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the offering of the people uses the possessive form to describe the sacrifices that Yahweh has commanded the people of Israel to bring. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offering that Yahweh commanded the people to bring”

Leviticus 9:8

the calf of the sin offering

Quote: אֶת־עֵ֥גֶל הַ⁠חַטָּ֖את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the calf of the sin offering uses the possessive form to describe a calf that is sacrificed as a sin offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the calf that he presented as a sin offering”

which {was} for himself

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־לֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression which was for himself refers to the fact that this animal, the calf of the sin offering, was being offered for Aaron’s sake and not for the sake of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which he offered to make atonement for himself”

Leviticus 9:9

And the sons of Aaron presented the blood to him

Quote: וַ֠⁠יַּקְרִבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֵלָי⁠ו֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This statement implies that the sons of Aaron collected the blood of the calf in a bowl as the blood drained. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.

And the sons of Aaron presented the blood to him

Quote: וַ֠⁠יַּקְרִבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֵלָי⁠ו֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:2.

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the sons of Aaron literally refers to Aaron’s own four sons and not to the entire priesthood. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “Aaron’s four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar”

and he dipped his finger … and he gave {it} … he poured out

Quote: וַ⁠יִּטְבֹּ֤ל אֶצְבָּע⁠וֹ֙ & וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן & יָצַ֔ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronouns he and his refer to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron dipped his finger … and Aaron gave it … and he poured out”

and he gave {it} on the horns of the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן עַל־קַרְנ֣וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 4:7.

the horns of the altar

Quote: קַרְנ֣וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this portion of the altar in 4:7.

Leviticus 9:10

and the kidneys and the lobe from the liver

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֜ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֤רֶת מִן־הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ (1)

See how you translated these internal organs in 3:4.

he caused to become smoke on the altar

Quote: הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 9:11

But the meat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the meat refers to the portions of the calf of the sin offering that were to be taken outside of the camp and burned. According to 4:11, this included the calf’s head, the legs, the remaining internal organs (other than the kidney and the liver), and any remaining meat (other than the breast meat and the right thigh). If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “But the meat of the calf, along with its head and its legs, its entrails, its dung”

he burned with fire

Quote: שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in the similar expression in 6:30.

he burned with fire

Quote: שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although it is unclear, it is likely that the pronoun he here cannot refer to Aaron or to his sons or any of the priests, since burning the calf’s carcass outside of the camp had the potential to make them unclean. Thus, he here likely refers to another, unnamed Israelite. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “someone else burned with fire” or “another Israelite burned with fire”

Leviticus 9:12

And he slaughtered the burnt offering

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “And Aaron slaughtered the burnt offering”

And the sons of Aaron brought the blood to him

Quote: וַ֠⁠יַּמְצִאוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As before, this expression implies that the sons of Aaron caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.

Leviticus 9:13

And the burnt offering they brought to him in its pieces and the head

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה הִמְצִ֧יאוּ אֵלָ֛י⁠ו לִ⁠נְתָחֶ֖י⁠הָ וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רֹ֑אשׁ (1)

Alternate translation: “And they brought the burnt offering to him, having cut it into its pieces, including the head”

And the burnt offering they brought to him

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה הִמְצִ֧יאוּ אֵלָ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the sons of Aaron, while the pronoun him refers to Aaron himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making these referents explicit. Alternate translation: “And the burnt offering Aaron’s four sons brought to their father”

and he caused {them} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this ritual action in 1:9.

Leviticus 9:14

And he washed the innards and the legs and he caused {them} to become smoke on the burnt offering, on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֶת־הַ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כְּרָעָ֑יִם וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these actions in 1:9.

Leviticus 9:15

And he presented the offering of the people

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב אֵ֖ת קָרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar repetition of related words in 1:2.

And he presented

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

the offering of the people

Quote: אֵ֖ת קָרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 9:7.

the goat of the sin offering

Quote: אֶת־שְׂעִ֤יר הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 9:8.

that {was} for the people

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠עָ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 9:8.

like the first

Quote: כָּ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word first is the ordinal number for one. The expression the first one refers to the calf that Aaron offered as a sin offering for himself. Alternate translation: “like the calf that Aaron offered as a sin offering for himself”

Leviticus 9:16

and he did it according to the regulation

Quote: וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשֶׂ֖⁠הָ כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression he did it according to the regulation means that Aaron offered the burnt offering that the people required according to the instructions that Yahweh commanded in Leviticus 1. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he did it just as Yahweh had commanded”

Leviticus 9:17

and he filled his palm from it

Quote: וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֤א כַפּ⁠וֹ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression he filled his palm from it refers to the priests’ practice of designating what portion of a grain offering would be burned by scooping out whatever he could fit in his open, upturned hand. This practice is described in 2:2 and 5:12. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and Aaron filled his palm with a handful of the grain offering in order to designate how much he would burn on the altar”

and he caused {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun it refers not to the whole grain offering, but to the portion that Aaron scooped out with his palm. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: “and he caused the portion of the grain offering that he scooped out with his palm to become smoke on the altar”

and he caused {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

in addition to the burnt offering of the morning

Quote: מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד עֹלַ֥ת הַ⁠בֹּֽקֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the burnt offering of the morning uses the possessive form to describe the burnt offering that was offered as the first sacrifice of each day. Normally, the priests would offer this burnt sacrifice in the morning before any other sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in addition to the burnt offering that had been offered earlier that morning as the usual first sacrifice of the day”

Leviticus 9:18

And he slaughtered

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁחַ֤ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although it is unclear, it is likely that the pronoun he here refers to Aaron, who is offering this sacrifice on behalf of the whole people. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “And Aaron slaughtered”

and the ram of the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל זֶ֥בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the ram of the sacrifice of the peace offerings uses the possessive form to describe a ram that was chosen to be the animal sacrifice for a peace offering. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The ram that the people had presented to Aaron as the sacrifice for their peace offering”

that {were} for the people

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 9:8.

And the sons of Aaron brought the blood to him

Quote: וַ֠⁠יַּמְצִאוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּם֙ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As before, this expression implies that the sons of Aaron caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. See how you handled the implied information in the similar expression in 1:5.

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression the sons of Aaron refers specifically to Aaron’s four male sons. If this would be unclear, given the previous use of this expression, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “Aaron's four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar,”

Leviticus 9:19

the fatty tail … and the kidneys and the lobe of the liver

Quote: הָֽ⁠אַלְיָ֤ה & וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠יֹתֶ֖רֶת הַ⁠כָּבֵֽד׃ (1)

See how you translated these fat portions and internal organs in 3:4.

and that which covers {the innards

Quote: וְ⁠הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression that which covers refers to the fat that covers the internal organs, as referenced in 3:3 and elsewhere in Leviticus 1–7. Alternate translation: “and the fat covering the innards”

Leviticus 9:20

they put

Quote: וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֥ימוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers here to the sons of Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “Aaron’s four sons put”

the fat … the fat portions

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים & הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the fat refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were listed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “all these portions of fat and the innards … all these portions of fat and the innards”

the breasts

Quote: הֶ⁠חָז֑וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:30.

and he caused the fat portions to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this action in 1:9.

and he caused the fat portions to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחָ⁠ה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun he refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: “and Aaron caused the fat portions to become smoke on the altar”

Leviticus 9:21

and the right thigh

Quote: שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:32.

Aaron waved {as} a wave offering

Quote: הֵנִ֧יף אַהֲרֹ֛ן תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this idiom in 7:30.

Leviticus 9:22

And Aaron lifted his hands toward the people

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־יד⁠ו אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Lifting one's hands is a symbolic action that signals a physical posture of prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “And Aaron lifted his hands toward the people so that he could pray for them”

and he blessed them

Quote: וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing

Aaron is asking Yahweh to bless the people. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he prayed Yahweh’s blessing over the people”

And he came down from making the sin offering and the burnt offering and the peace offerings

Quote: וַ⁠יֵּ֗רֶד מֵ⁠עֲשֹׂ֧ת הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים׃ (1)

The expression And he came down refers to the fact that Aaron was likely elevated off the ground, probably by means of stairs or a ramp, in order to offer the sacrifices on top of the altar. Consequently, Aaron would have been higher than where the people were standing. If it would be helpful, consider supplying this implied information. Alternate translation: “And, because Aaron was elevated above the people when he offered the sacrifices, he came down from making the sin offering and the burnt offering and the peace offerings”

Leviticus 9:23

And Moses and Aaron came into the tent of meeting, and they went out

Quote: וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וַ⁠יֵּ֣צְא֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

These expressions may seem like consecutive actions. However, it is likely that Moses and Aaron went into the tent of meeting to talk with Yahweh and that they only came out again once they had done so. In your translation, make sure that these two actions do not appear to be immediately consecutive. Alternate translation: “And Moses and Aaroncame into the tent of meeting. Sometime later, after they had met with Yahweh, they went out”

and they blessed the people

Quote: וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכ֖וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing

Aaron and Moses are asking Yahweh to bless the people. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they prayed that Yahweh would bless the people”

And the glory of Yahweh appeared to all the people

Quote: וַ⁠יֵּרָ֥א כְבוֹד־ יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the expression the glory of Yahweh in 9:6.

Leviticus 9:24

from before the face of Yahweh, and it consumed

Quote: מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The expression from before the face of Yahweh likely means that the fire came from the direction of Yahweh’s presence in the Most Holy Place, where he lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh's presence in the Most Holy Place, where he lived among the Israelites”

and it consumed the burnt offering and the fat on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression uses the image of the fire consuming or eating the burnt offering to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is completely ash. If your language has a similar idiom used of fire completely burning something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and it completely burned the burnt offering and the fat on the altar until it was nothing but ash”

And all the people saw

Quote: וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression all the people saw* may leave out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And all the people saw what happened” or “And all the people saw how the fire consumed the burnt offering and the fat on the altar”

and they shouted

Quote: וַ⁠יָּרֹ֔נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, they shouted means that they cried out in joy with a loud voice. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they joyfully shouted” or “and they cheered loudly”

and they fell on their faces

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ עַל־ פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To fall on one’s face is a symbolic action. As an act of reverence, honor, and submission, It refers to either: (1) bowing on one’s knees with one’s face to the ground. If your language has a similar idiom to refer to bowing with respect to authority, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they knelt down in respect and awe with their faces on the ground” or (2) lying flat on the ground. Alternate translation: “and they lay flat out on the ground”

Leviticus 10

Leviticus 10 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Mourning

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

“Fire”

Leviticus 10:1

And … took

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

The word And indicates that the action of this chapter immediately follows what happened in the previous chapter. The events recorded here should be considered to be a continuation of the story of the ordination ceremony. In your translate, be sure to use a connecting word that signals this to your readers.

Nadab and Abihu

Quote: נָדָ֨ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֜וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Nadab and Abihu are the names of Aaron’s sons.

his censer

Quote: מַחְתָּת֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A censer is a shallow metal container that priests could use to carry hot coals or ash. It is likely that these dishes could also be used to offer incense. If your language has a word for this religious object, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “his pan”

and they gave fire in them

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ בָ⁠הֵן֙ אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 1:7. Alternate translation: “and they put fire in them”

fire

Quote: אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word fire represents the coals that produce fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “burning coals” or “live coals”

incense

Quote: קְטֹ֑רֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 4:7.

And they offered to the face of Yahweh strange fire

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרִ֜בוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:2.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “in Yahweh’s presence”

strange fire

Quote: אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is likely that the expression strange fire means that either: (1) Nadab and Abihu had used burning coals that came from a common, everyday source rather than from a holy source, as Yahweh had commanded. Alternate translation: “common fire that was not set apart exclusively for Yahweh’s purposes” or (2) the incense that Nadab and Abihu placed on top of the burning coals was not the kind of incense that Yahweh had commanded should be offered in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “unauthorized incense”

fire

Quote: אֵ֣שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

It is likely that fire refers to coals that Nadab and Abihu used to smolder the incense and cause it to smoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “coals”

that he did not command them

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹ֦א צִוָּ֖ה אֹתָֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that the strange fire that Nadab and Abihu offered was not what Yahweh had commanded. Alternate translation: “that was not what Yahweh had specifically commanded his priests to offer”

Leviticus 10:2

fire

Quote: אֵ֛שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

Here, fire means flames and not coals, as in the previous verse. The repetition of words is intended to be ironic. Nadab and Abihu offered fire, but fire consumed them in judgment. If your language has similar words for live coals and for flaming fire that could preserve this irony, consider using those terms here. If not, be sure to translate this word as fire.

from before the face of Yahweh

Quote: מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “from the Holy of Holies where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “from Yahweh’s presence”

and it consumed them

Quote: וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The author of Leviticus uses the image of the fire consuming or eating Aaron’s two sons to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is completely ash. If your language has a similar idiom used of fire completely burning something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and it completely burned them until they were nothing but ash”

And they died to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וַ⁠יָּמֻ֖תוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “And they died in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “And they died in Yahweh’s presence”

Leviticus 10:3

This is what Yahweh spoke, saying, Among those who draw near to me, I will show myself to be holy. And on the faces of all the people, I will be honored

Quote: הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh spoke when he said that he would show himself to be holy among those who draw near to him and that he would be honored on the faces of all the people”

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Among those who draw near to me

Quote: בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase those who draw near me refers to either: (1) the priests who draw near to Yahweh in order to offer sacrifices to him. Alternate translation: “among the priests who offer sacrifices to me” or (2) all the people who draw near to Yahweh in order to offer sacrifices to him. Alternate translation: “Among everyone who offers sacrifices to me”

I will show myself to be holy

Quote: אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression I will show myself to be holy means that, by killing Aaron’s sons who had sinned, either: (1) Yahweh demonstrated that he alone is God by showing that he is not only set apart from sin but also perfect and powerful. Alternate translation: “I will show that I am God and that I alone am set apart from sin” or (2) Yahweh removed the impurity caused by the sins of Nadab and Abihu, thus purifying himself. Alternate translation: “I will purify myself from the impurity of people’s sin”

And on the faces of all the people

Quote: וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י כָל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the face of all the people refers to the people's faculties of sight and, by extension, what they can see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And in the sight of all the people”

I will be honored

Quote: אֶכָּבֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate that people should honor me”

Leviticus 10:4

Mishael … Elzaphan, the sons of Uzziel

Quote: מִֽישָׁאֵל֙ & אֶלְצָפָ֔ן & בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Mishael and Elzaphan are the names of Aaron’s cousins, the sons of his uncle, Uzziel.

Uzziel

Quote: עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Uzziel is the name of Aaron’s uncle.

the uncle of Aaron

Quote: דֹּ֣ד אַהֲרֹ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Here the term uncle specifically refers to Aaron's father's brother. If your language has a specific word for an uncle, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Aaron's father's brother”

Present {yourselves

Quote: קִ֠רְב֞וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To present oneself is a symbolic action that refers to bringing oneself into Yahweh’s presence to do his purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a period following: “Come near to the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lives among the Israelites and be ready to do what Yahweh requires of you”

and} lift your brothers

Quote: שְׂא֤וּ אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

To lift something can mean to carry it. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and carry your brothers”

your brothers

Quote: אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word brothers refers either: (1) to close family relations. Alternate translation: “your close family members” or (2) to fellow Israelites who are to consider one another as members of a single extended family. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites”

your brothers

Quote: אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, your is plural. It refers to Mishael and Elzaphan, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

from the face of the Holy Place

Quote: מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פְּנֵי־הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, from the face of the Holy Place is an idiom that refers to the location in front of the Holy Place, likely the courtyard in front of the curtain that hung over the entrance to the Holy of Holies. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the space in front of the Holy of Holies within the tent of meeting”

the Holy Place

Quote: הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The Holy Place refers to the inner tent, inside of which the Holy of Holies was located. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “the inner sanctuary, which houses the Holy of Holies”

Leviticus 10:5

And they presented {themselves

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְב֗וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:2.

and they lifted them by their tunics

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Mishael and Elzaphan carry Nadab and Abihu by their tunics so as to not come in direct contact with a dead body, which would make Mishael and Elzaphan ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and, because they did not want to become unclean by touching a dead body, they lifted them by their tunics”

and they lifted them

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase they lifted them means that they carried them. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they carried them”

and they lifted them

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun them refers to the bodies of Nadab and Abihu. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “and they lifted the bodies of Nadab and Abihu”

by their tunics

Quote: בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this article of clothing in 8:7.

by their tunics

Quote: בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the possessive pronoun their could refer to (1) Nadab and Abihu. Alternate translation: “by Nadab and Abihu’s tunics” or (2) Mishael and Elzaphan. Alternate translation: “by Mishael and Elzaphan’s tunics”

Leviticus 10:6

and to Eleazar and to Ithamar

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְעָזָר֩ וּ⁠לְ⁠אִֽיתָמָ֨ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Eleazar and Ithamar are the names of Aaron’s two remaining sons.

his sons

Quote: ׀ בָּנָ֜י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun his refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons”

Do not let your heads be loose and do not tear your clothes

Quote: רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־ תִּפְרָ֣עוּ׀ וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לֹֽא־ תִפְרֹ֨מוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

These are symbolic actions associated with mourning for dead relatives. If your language does not have similar actions associated with a period of mourning, consider explaining the meaning of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not mourn for your relatives by letting your heads be loose or by tearing your clothes”

Do not let your heads be loose

Quote: רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־תִּפְרָ֣עוּ ׀ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word heads refers by association to the hair of one’s head, so the expression Do not let your heads be loose refers to letting one’s hair hang down disheveled and unkempt. It is implied that Aaron’s sons’ hair was long enough to hang down over their heads. As the previous note suggests, this was a common practice associated with mourning for a dead relative. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your long hair hang down loose”

your heads … and … your clothes so that you will not die and … not} … But your brothers

Quote: רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם & וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמֻ֔תוּ & וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The pronouns you and your are plural. They refer to Aaron’s sons, Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

he will {… be angry

Quote: יִקְצֹ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not be angry”

But your brothers, all of the house of Israel

Quote: וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ כָּל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases in a way that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “But the whole house of Israel, your brothers”

But your brothers

Quote: וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word brothers does not mean male relatives. Rather, it likely refers to all their fellow Israelites, who were to be considered to be members of a single extended family. Alternate translation: “But all your fellow Israelites”

all of the house of Israel

Quote: כָּל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, house refers to the whole people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel”

shall weep

Quote: יִבְכּוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “should weep” or “must weep”

for} the burning that Yahweh has burned

Quote: הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he burned translates as a verb that is related to the noun translated burning. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

for} the burning that Yahweh has burned

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word burning refers to the fire that came out from the Holy Place and consumed Nadab and Abihu. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the way that Yahweh completely destroyed Nadab and Abihu with fire”

Leviticus 10:7

you shall not go out, … you die, … is} on you

Quote: לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & תָּמֻ֔תוּ & עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you shall not go out

Quote: לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The expression you shall not go out uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must not go out” or “do not go out”

for

Quote: כִּי־ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because”

the oil of the anointing of Yahweh

Quote: שֶׁ֛מֶן מִשְׁחַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the oil of the anointing of Yahweh uses the possessive form to describe oil that is used to anoint people for service to Yahweh. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning with a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the special oil that is used to set people apart to serve as priests to Yahweh”

And they did according to the word of Moses

Quote: וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֖וּ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The term word is being used to mean the message that Moses spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And they did exactly what Moses told them to do”

And they did

Quote: וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, Aaron’s two remaining sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “And Eleazar and Ithamar did”

Leviticus 10:8

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 10:9

or beer

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׁכָ֞ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, beer is likely a fermented and alcoholic beverage brewed from wheat, barley, or other grains. If your language has a word for this beverage, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or other alcoholic beverage”

you or your sons with you

Quote: אַתָּ֣ה ׀ וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֗⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is singular. It refers to Aaron, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

or your sons with you

Quote: וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֗⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression your sons with you refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, who are with Aaron by virtue of being his two remaining living sons (whereas the bodies of Nadab and Abihu, Aaron’s now-deceased sons, have been taken outside of the camp). If if would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or your remaining sons who are still alive”

when you go … and you will not die—… throughout your generations

Quote: בְּ⁠בֹאֲ⁠כֶ֛ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמֻ֑תוּ & לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The pronouns you and your are plural. They refer to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 10:10

and to separate

Quote: וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, the word and does not mean that the ability to separate between the holy and the common is a direct consequence of abstaining from drinking alcohol while conducting priestly duties. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language to connect this statement to the previous one. Alternatively, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You also should learn to separate”

the holy … the common

Quote: הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ & הַ⁠חֹ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The adjectives holy and common are being used as nouns to refer to that which is set apart for Yahweh alone and that which is associated with ordinary everyday life. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that which is holy … that which is common”

the common

Quote: הַ⁠חֹ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word common refers to things, animals, or people that are not set apart for Yahweh but are associated with ordinary, everyday life. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the ordinary”

the unclean … the clean

Quote: הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א & הַ⁠טָּהֽוֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The adjective clean is being used as a noun to refer to that which is able to be in holy space and come into contact with holy objects. The adjective unclean is being used to refer to that which is impure and cannot be in holy space without introducing impurity to that space and those objects. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that which is clean … that which is unclean”

the unclean

Quote: הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 5:2.

the clean

Quote: הַ⁠טָּהֽוֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 4:12.

Leviticus 10:11

and to teach

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, in order to marks teaching the sons of Israel as the goal or purpose of learning to separate between holy and common, between clean and unclean. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternatively, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priests should learn to do this so that they might be able to teach”

the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

by the hand of Moses

Quote: בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, hand represents the agency of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through Moses”

Leviticus 10:12

his remaining sons

Quote: ׀ בָּנָי⁠ו֮ הַ⁠נּֽוֹתָרִים֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “Aaron's remaining sons”

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

and eat it unleavened beside the altar

Quote: וְ⁠אִכְל֥וּ⁠הָ מַצּ֖וֹת אֵ֣צֶל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)

Alternate translation: “and eat the unleavened bread beside the altar”

and eat it

Quote: וְ⁠אִכְל֥וּ⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun it refers to whatever portion of the grain offering was left over and had not been burned on the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “and eat the remaining grain offering”

for it is a holy thing of the holy things

Quote: כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because it is a holy thing of the holy things”

it is a holy thing of the holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 10:13

And you shall eat it

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

This expression uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “And you must eat it” or “Eat it”

And you shall eat

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

it

Quote: אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun it refers to whatever portion of the grain offering was left over and had not been burned on the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “the remaining grain offering”

because it {is} your portion and the portion of your sons from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: כִּ֣י חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הִ֔וא מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do this because it is your portion and the portion of your sons from the gifts of Yahweh”

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is so because thus I have been commanded”

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־ כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because thus Yahweh commanded me”

Leviticus 10:14

And the breast of the wave offering

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֩ חֲזֵ֨ה הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the breast of the wave offering uses the possessive form to describe breast meat that is to be offered as a wave offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the breast meat that Aaron and his sons presented as a wave offering”

And the breast of

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֩ חֲזֵ֨ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this type of meat in 7:30.

the wave offering

Quote: הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this type of offering in 7:30.

and the thigh of the contribution

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the thing of the contribution uses the possessive form to describe thigh meat that has been chosen to be offered as a special contribution of food to Yahweh’s priests. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the thigh meat that Aaron and his sons presented as a special contribution”

and the thigh

Quote: שׁ֣וֹק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this portion of meat in 7:32.

of the contribution

Quote: הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 7:14.

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּֽאכְלוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The expression you shall eat uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you must eat” or “eat”

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּֽאכְלוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you and your sons and your daughters with you

Quote: אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns you and your refer to Aaron. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent clear. Alternate translation: “you, Aaron, and your sons and your daughters with you”

you and your sons and your daughters with you, … as} your portion … your sons

Quote: אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ & חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ & בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words you and your are singular. They refer to Aaron alone. Consider using the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

for they are given {as} your portion and the portion of your sons

Quote: כִּֽי־חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נִתְּנ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You should do this because they are given {as} your portion and the portion of your sons”

for they are given {as} your portion and the portion of your sons

Quote: כִּֽי־ חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־ בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נִתְּנ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has given them as your portion and the portion of your sons”

they are given

Quote: נִתְּנ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun they does not refer to Aaron’s sons and daughters. Rather, it refers to the breast meat of the wave offering and the thigh meat of the contribution. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents explicitly. Alternate translation: “the breast meat of the wave offering and the thigh meat of the contribution are given”

from the sacrifices of the peace offerings of

Quote: מִ⁠זִּבְחֵ֥י שַׁלְמֵ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this expression in 3:1.

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

Leviticus 10:15

The thigh of the contribution and the breast of the wave offering

Quote: שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֞ה וַ⁠חֲזֵ֣ה הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated these expressions in 10:14.

the gifts of the fat portions

Quote: אִשֵּׁ֤י הַ⁠חֲלָבִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the gifts of the fat portions refers to all the portions of fat and internal organs that would normally be offered with sacrifices of peace offerings. See 3:3–4, 3:9–10, and 3:14–15 for the exact portions.

they shall bring

Quote: יָבִ֔יאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun they likely refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel shall bring”

they shall bring

Quote: יָבִ֔יאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The expression they shall bring uses a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “they must bring” or “they should bring”

to wave {as} a wave offering

Quote: לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this ritual action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to wave {as} a wave offering

Quote: לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks waving the meat and fat portions as a wave offering as the goal or purpose of bringing them to the tent of meeting. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “in Yahweh’s presence”

And it shall be for you and for your sons with you as an enduring portion

Quote: וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֤י⁠ךָ אִתְּ⁠ךָ֙ לְ⁠חָק־ עוֹלָ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And it belongs to you and to your sons with you as an enduring portion”

Leviticus 10:16

And the goat of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שְׂעִ֣יר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this possessive form in 9:15. Here, the goat of the sin offering refers to the butchered meat of the animal rather than to the live animal itself. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the meat of the goat of the sin offering”

Moses, searching, searched for

Quote: דָּרֹ֥שׁ דָּרַ֛שׁ מֹשֶׁ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb searched for in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Moses diligently searched for”

It had been burned up

Quote: שֹׂרָ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons had burned it up”

And he was angry

Quote: וַ֠⁠יִּקְצֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to Moses. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Moses was angry”

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 10:17

Why have you not eaten … to you

Quote: מַדּ֗וּעַ לֹֽא־אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם & לָ⁠כֶ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

the sin offering

Quote: אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the sin offering refers to the meat of the goat that was offered as a sin offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meat of the goat that was offered as a sin offering”

for it is a holy thing of holy things

Quote: כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִ֑וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a question mark before and a period after: “You should have done this because it is a holy thing of holy things”

And he gave it to you

Quote: וְ⁠אֹתָ֣⁠הּ ׀ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun it refers to the meat of the sin offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And he gave the meat of the sin offering to you”

he gave

Quote: נָתַ֣ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun he refers to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave”

to bear the iniquity of the congregation

Quote: לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks bearing the iniquity of the people as the goal or purpose of Yahweh’s having given the meat of the sin offering to the priests to eat. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to bear the iniquity of the congregation

Quote: לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this idiom in 5:1.

to make atonement for them

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks making atonement for the people as the goal or purpose of Yahweh’s having given the meat of the sin offering to the priests to eat. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to make atonement

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this expression in 1:4.

for them

Quote: עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun them refers to the congregation. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the congregation”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” or “in Yahweh’s judgment”

Leviticus 10:18

its blood was not brought into the inner Holy Place

Quote: לֹא־הוּבָ֣א אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ אֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this sacrifice was not the type that required the priests to bring its blood into the inner Holy Place”

its blood was not brought into the inner Holy Place

Quote: לֹא־הוּבָ֣א אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ אֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

According to 6:23, sin offerings that required the priest to bring the blood of the animal into the inner sanctuary of the Holy Place could not be eaten by the priests. Rather, this variety of sin offerings had to be burned completely. Moses is saying that because the sin offering presented by the people was not this particular kind of sin offering, it should have been eaten by the priests. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this statement in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “if the blood of the sin offering had been brought into the inner Holy Place, it couldn’t have been eaten. But as it was, the sin offering that the people presented did not require this”

its blood

Quote: אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the possessive pronoun its refers to the sin offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the blood of the sin offering”

the inner Holy Place

Quote: הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The inner Holy Place refers to the space inside the tent of meeting, particularly, the interior space of the inner tent in which the Holy of Holies was housed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the interior of the tent of the Holy Place”

Eating, you shall eat it

Quote: אָכ֨וֹל תֹּאכְל֥וּ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb eat in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You shall have certainly eaten it”

you shall eat it

Quote: תֹּאכְל֥וּ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

The expression you shall eat it uses a future statement to give an instruction or command that ought to have been followed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “you should eat it”

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּאכְל֥וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 10:19

they presented their sin offering and their burnt offering

Quote: הִקְרִ֨יבוּ אֶת־חַטָּאתָ֤⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־עֹֽלָתָ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronouns they and their refer to Aaron’s four sons, who had offered burnt offerings and sin offerings on their own behalf as well as on the behalf of the people. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “my four sons presented their sin offering and their burnt offering”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: “in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites” or “in Yahweh’s presence”

and it has happened to me according to these things

Quote: וַ⁠תִּקְרֶ֥אנָה אֹתִ֖⁠י כָּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Aaron is referring to the death of his sons, Nadab and Abihu, in a polite way by using the phrase it has happened to me according to these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to these events in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and now my sons lie dead outside of the camp, having been consumed by Yahweh’s fire”

But {if} I ate the sin offering today, would it have been good in the eyes of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Aaron here uses the question form to question Moses about the appropriateness of eating the meat of the sin offering when his two sons were killed within the holy space of the tent of meeting itself. His question anticipates a negative response. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation, followed by a period rather than a question mark: “But even if I ate the sin offering today, it would not have been good in the eyes of Yahweh.”

But {if} I ate the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the sin offering refers to the meat of the sin offering. If it would be helpful for your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if I ate the meat of the goat of the sin offering”

would it have been good in the eyes of Yahweh

Quote: הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “would it have been good in Yahweh’s judgment”

would it have been good in the eyes of Yahweh

Quote: הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression good in the eyes of Yahweh is an idiom that means “to be pleasing to Yahweh” or “to be acceptable to Yahweh.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “would Yahweh have approved” or “would it have pleased Yahweh”

Leviticus 10:20

And Moses heard

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע מֹשֶׁ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression And Moses heard leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses heard what Aaron said”

and it was good in his eyes

Quote: וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and it was good to him”

and it was good in his eyes

Quote: וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression good in his eyes is an idiom that means “to be pleasing” or “to be acceptable.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he approved” or “and it seemed good to him”

Leviticus 11

Leviticus 11 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Special concepts in this chapter

Laws about food

This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.

Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: clean, wash)

Leviticus 11:1

saying to them

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 11:1-2

saying to them … Speak to the sons of Israel, saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם׃ & דַּבְּר֛וּ אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told them to tell the sons of Israel”

Leviticus 11:2

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this way of referring to the people of Israel in 1:2.

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

This {is} the living thing

Quote: זֹ֤את הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word living thing is singular in form, but it refers to all the following animals, birds, fish, lizards, and insects as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “These are the creatures”

is} the living thing

Quote: הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the living thing does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any animal, bird, fish, lizard, or insect that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the type of creature that you might encounter”

from all the livestock that {are} on the earth

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to all land-dwelling animals, whether domesticated or otherwise. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. See how you translated the word livestock in 1:2.

from all the livestock that {are} on the earth

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the livestock does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from any quadruped that is on the earth”

Leviticus 11:3

Anything dividing a hoof and splitting the cleft of hooves, making the cud go up among the livestock

Quote: כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a land-dwelling quadruped is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must both chew the cud and have a completely divided hoof. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Anything dividing a hoof and splitting the cleft of hooves

Quote: כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Anything dividing the hoof that splits the cleft of the hooves completely”

dividing a hoof

Quote: מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb dividing comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “that has a completely divided hoof”

and splitting the cleft of hooves

Quote: וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb splitting comes from the same root as the noun cleft. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and whose hooves are completely split in two”

making the cud go up

Quote: מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the process of chewing partly digested food. This expression should not be taken in a modern, technical sense, as the inclusion of rock badgers and rabbits (which do not strictly chew cud) suggests. If your language has a general word for this digestive process, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “that eats partially digested food”

the cud

Quote: גֵּרָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the cud does not refer to a specific food substance. Rather, it refers to any food that an animal chews again. This may be food that returns from the first stomach of certain animals to their mouth for further chewing, as with camels, or food that is digested, passed, and eaten again, as with rabbits and rock badgers. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “re-digested food” or “partially digested food that is eaten again”

among the livestock

Quote: בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the livestock does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any four-footed animal that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among any quadrupeds that you might own or encounter”

you shall eat it

Quote: אֹתָ֖⁠הּ תֹּאכֵֽלוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to any individual land-dwelling quadruped that meets both of the criteria listed in this verse. That is, it must both chew cud and possess a completely divided hoof to be considered clean and acceptable for eating. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “you shall eat any four-footed animal that meets these criteria"

Leviticus 11:4

However, this you shall not eat from the ones that are making the cud go up or from the ones that are dividing a hoof

Quote: אַ֤ךְ אֶת־זֶה֙ לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ מִֽ⁠מַּעֲלֵי֙ הַ⁠גֵּרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּפְרִיסֵ֖י הַ⁠פַּרְסָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression means that the following animals match one condition or the other, but not both. For example, an animal may chew cud (like the camel in the current verse), but it may not have a completely divided hoof (or any hoof at all). Alternatively, the animal may possess a divided hoof but not chew any cud. These types of animals were to be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

the camel

Quote: אֶֽת־ הַ֠⁠גָּמָל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the camel does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any camel that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a camel”

the camel

Quote: אֶֽת־הַ֠⁠גָּמָל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This camel is a large, long-necked animal that usually lives in dry, arid climates. It has long slender legs, broad cushioned feet, and either one or two humps on its back. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.

because it is making the cud go up but a hoof it is not dividing

Quote: כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֨ה גֵרָ֜ה ה֗וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that the camel matches one condition, but not both. It chews the cud but does not possess a completely divided hoof. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

because

Quote: כִּֽי־ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You shall not eat the camel because”

but a hoof it is not dividing

Quote: וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb dividing comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”

It {is} unclean to you

Quote: טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, for an animal to be unclean does not mean that it is physically dirty or nutritionally unhealthy to eat. Rather, the designation refers to whether or not the animal should be considered acceptable for an Israelite to eat and whether contact with the animal would ritually defile the people of Israel. By maintaining a specific diet, the people of Israel would keep themselves separated and distinct from the people and nations around them, demonstrating that they are holy people, dedicated to Yahweh (as 11:43–45 explains). In your translation, be sure to indicate the label unclean does not refer to an animal being unhygienic or unhealthy.

Leviticus 11:5

And the rock badger, because

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן כִּֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rock badger. This is because”

And the rock badger

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This rock badger is a small-to-medium-sized rodent-like animal that lives and hunts in rocky places. It is also known as the hyrax, the rock rabbit, or, in some places, the coney. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.

And the rock badger

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the rock badger does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rock badger that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a rock badger”

because it is making the cud go up, but it does not divide a hoof

Quote: כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֤ה גֵרָה֙ ה֔וּא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Like camels, rock badgers meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rock badgers habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, rock badgers do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

but it does not divide a hoof

Quote: וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb divide comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it does not have a completely divided hoof”

It {is} unclean to you

Quote: טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 11:4.

Leviticus 11:6

And the rabbit, because

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת כִּֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the rabbit. This is because”

And the rabbit

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This rabbit is a burrowing, plant-eating animal with long ears, long back legs, and a short tail. If your language has a word for such an animal, consider using it here. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.

And the rabbit

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the rabbit does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rabbit that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a rabbit”

because it is making the cud go up, but it does not divide a hoof

Quote: כִּֽי־מַעֲלַ֤ת גֵּרָה֙ הִ֔וא וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Like rock badgers, rabbits meet one condition, but not both. While it does not chew the cud like a camel, it moves its jaw in a similar manner as animals that chew the cud. Moreover, rabbits habitually eat food that has already been digested and passed. Nonetheless, they do not possess a completely divided hoof, because they do not have hooves at all. Because of this, rabbits should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

but it does not divide a hoof

Quote: וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated these repeated words in 11:5.

Leviticus 11:7

And the pig, because

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר כִּֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Likewise, you shall not eat the pig. This is because”

And the pig

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This pig is a hoofed swine with a flat snout for rooting in the soil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.

And the pig

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the pig does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any pig that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a pig”

because it is dividing a hoof and splitting the cleft of a hoof, but it itself does not chew the cud

Quote: כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Like rock badgers and rabbits, pigs meet one condition, but not both. While it possesses a completely cloven hoof, it does not chew cud. Because of this, pigs should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

because it is dividing a hoof and splitting the cleft of a hoof

Quote: כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “because it is dividing the hoof in a way that splits the cleft of the hooves completely”

it is dividing a hoof

Quote: מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated these repeated words in 11:5.

and splitting the cleft of a hoof

Quote: וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb splitting comes from the same root as the noun cleft. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and its hooves are completely divided”

but it itself does not chew the cud

Quote: וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb chew comes from the same root as the noun cud. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “but it itself does not chew cud”

but it itself does not chew the cud

Quote: וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This expression the word itself to emphasize that pig does not chew the cud. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “but it itself never chews cud”

Leviticus 11:9

from everything that {is} in the water

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to all water-dwelling creatures, including fish and mammals. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from any fish or mammal that lives in the water”

everything that {is} to it fins and scales

Quote: כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת (1)

Alternative translation: “anything that has both fins and scales”

everything that {is} to it fins and scales

Quote: כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת (1)

As was the case with the land-dwelling quadrupeds, here this expression states criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a water-dwelling fish, mammal, or anything else that lives in the water is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the creature must possess both fins and scales. The implication is that if a creature fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

fins

Quote: סְנַפִּ֨יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, fins refers to the thin, flat parts that the fish uses to move through the water.

and scales

Quote: וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, scales refers to the small, bony plates that cover the body of the fish.

them you shall eat

Quote: אֹתָ֥⁠ם תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the fish that possess both fins and scales. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “you shall eat anything that lives in water that possesses both fins and scales”

Leviticus 11:10

But everything that there is not to it fins or scales in the seas or in the rivers, from every swarming thing of the water and from every life of a living thing that {is} in the water

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת בַּ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠נְּחָלִ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a creature that lives in the water, regardless of whether it lives in the seas or in the rivers, is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the animal must possess both fins and scales. The implication, as the following verses will illustrate, is that if an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered a detestable thing and should be avoided at all costs. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

But everything that there is not to it fins or scales

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת (1)

Alternative translation: “But anything that does not have both fins and scales”

from every swarming thing of the water

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe swarming fish that live in water, that is, schools of small fish that swarm in large numbers. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “from every fish that swarms in large numbers and lives in the water”

and from every life of a living thing that {is} in the water

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe living things that are both living, breathing creatures and live in water. Whereas the expression swarming thing of the water refers to schools of small fish, this expression likely refers to larger fish and mammals that live in water. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and from every living creature that lives in the water”

Leviticus 11:12

Everything that there is not to it fins or scales

Quote: כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־ל֛⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֥יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת (1)

Alternative translation: “Anything that does not have both fins and scales”

Leviticus 11:13

from the bird

Quote: מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

The word bird is singular in form, but it refers to all winged animals as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from winged animals”

They shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵאָכְל֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You should not eat them”

the eagle

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֨שֶׁר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a large carrion-eating bird of prey, such as the eagle. Like many of the birds on this list, this bird is a large, carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the vulture

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a vulture. Like many of the birds on this list, it is a carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a vulture is a large bird of prey with the head and neck more or less bare of feathers, feeding mostly on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the buzzard

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הָ⁠עָזְנִיָּֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to a buzzard. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a large carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:14

and the kite

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֨⁠דָּאָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a kite. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a kite is a small bird of prey with a partly bare face and short beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the falcon

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַיָּ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this group of birds is debated, the word likely refers to a falcon. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a small-to-medium-sized carnivorous bird of prey that eats dead animals. Specifically, a falcon is a bird of prey ranging in size from large to small, with long pointed wings and a notched beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

of its kind

Quote: לְ⁠מִינָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)

Alternate translation: “of any kind”

Leviticus 11:15

any raven

Quote: אֵ֥ת כָּל־עֹרֵ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a raven, a medium-to-large-sized bird with entirely black feathers. It feeds on mostly carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

of its kind

Quote: לְ⁠מִינֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)

Alternate translation: “of any kind”

Leviticus 11:16

and the daughter of clamor

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the daughter of clamor describes a bird who possesses a noisy cry that sounds like a clamor. Specifically, this expression is used to describe an ostrich. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the ostrich”

and the daughter of clamor

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ostrich, a flightless, fast-running bird. It has a long neck, long bare legs, and two toes on each foot. In the ancient world, it was associated with ruins and desolate places and therefore with death and destruction. It also had religious associations with death and the afterlife in Egypt. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the owl

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תַּחְמָ֖ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to an owl, a bird that hunts at night, ranging from small to large in size, with large eyes and a hooked beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the gull

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a gull, a common white bird that hunts in large bodies of water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the hawk of its kind

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּ֖ץ לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a hawk, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey with broad rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:17

and the little owl

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כּ֥וֹס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to the little owl, a small-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.

and the cormorant

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁלָ֖ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a cormorant, a large diving bird with a long neck, long hooked bill, and dark feathers. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the big owl

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יַּנְשֽׁוּף׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a big owl, a large-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.

Leviticus 11:18

and the waterhen

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תִּנְשֶׁ֥מֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a waterhen, a small-to-medium-sized water bird that lives in the water and hunts by wading in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the pelican

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠קָּאָ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a pelican, a large white or grey water bird with a large bill designed for scooping up fish and prey. This word may specifically refer to a variety of pelican that lives in the desert. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the ibis

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָחָֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ibis, a group of wading water birds that have long necks and legs and a long, curved beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:19

and the stork

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠חֲסִידָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a stork, a tall long-legged bird with a long heavy bill that wades in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific type of bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

the heron of its kind

Quote: הָ⁠אֲנָפָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a heron, a large fish-eating bird with long legs. It is recognizable by its long S-shaped neck and long pointed bill. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the hoopoe

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠דּוּכִיפַ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a hoopoe, a salmon-pink bird with a long thin beak and black and white wings and tail. In the ancient world, it was often associated with filth and excrement. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar specieis of bird in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the bat

Quote: הָ⁠עֲטַלֵּֽף (1)

Although the exact designation of this flying animal is debated, it likely refers to a bat, a winged, rodent-like mammal that usually flies and hunts at night. Although the bat is not a bird, it is a flying creature associated with death and destruction in the ancient world because of its tendency to live near desolate or deserted places. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a similar flying animal in your area or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:20

Every swarming thing of the wing, the one walking on four

Quote: כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־ אַרְבַּ֑ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the expression the one walking on four is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground on four legs. This sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: “Every swarming thing of the wing that has four legs”

Every swarming thing of the wing

Quote: כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression every swarming thing of the wing uses the possessive form to describe a swarming insect that is characterized by possessing wings. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect”

Leviticus 11:21

from every swarming thing of the wing, the one walking on four

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֑ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated these expressions in 11:20.

that which to it {are} legs from above to its feet to jump with them on the earth

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־ל֤וֹ כְרָעַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֣עַל לְ⁠רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression establishes a criterion by which the people of Israel may determine whether a winged, swarming insect is acceptable for eating. Essentially, the insect must have jointed legs with which it jumps on the ground. The implication is that if an insect does not have jointed legs, the people of Israel should consider the insect to be unclean. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “that which has jointed legs above its feet with which it jumps on the ground”

to jump with them

Quote: לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks jumping as the goal or purpose of having jointed legs. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

Leviticus 11:22

These from them

Quote: אֶת־אֵ֤לֶּה מֵ⁠הֶם֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “These from among them”

the locust of its kind and the bald locust of its kind and the cricket of its kind and the grasshopper of its kind

Quote: אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠סָּלְעָ֖ם לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חַרְגֹּ֣ל לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הֶ⁠חָגָ֖ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of these insects is debated, these terms likely refer to locust- or cricket-like insects that have wings and jointed legs by which they jump on the ground. Although these insects usually have six legs, 11:20 describes these insects as swarming things that have four legs. This is because, in most cases, these insects walk on four legs and use their back two legs, quite different in size and appearance from the rest, to jump. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of insects, you could use the names of similar insects in your area or you could use more general terms.

Leviticus 11:23

But every swarming thing of the wing that to it {are} four feet

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם (1)

Alternate translation: “Every winged, swarming insect that has four legs”

that to it {are} four feet

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This statement reiterates what 11:20 stated. Any winged, swarming insect that only has four legs with which it walks on the ground, other than the ones listed in the previous verse, are to be considered unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Leviticus 11:24

And by these

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)

Here, these refers to either: 1) any winged, swarming insect that has four legs and does not possess jointed legs. Alternate translation: “And by any winged, swarming insect that has four legs that are not jointed on which it walks” or 2) all the unclean quadrupeds, including the ones that have paws, listed in 11:26–27. Alternate translation: “And by any quadruped that either chews cud or has a completely cloven hoof, but does not possess both characteristics, or by any quadruped that has paws”

Leviticus 11:25

and anyone lifting {one} of their carcasses

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂ֖א מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֑⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: “and whoever picks up one of their carcasses”

shall wash his clothes

Quote: יְכַבֵּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The act of washing one’s clothing is not for hygienic purposes but rather for the purpose of removing ritual impurity from one’s body or from anything one comes into contact with. If this would be unclear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “shall wash his clothes in order to remove any impurity from them that they might have acquired by touching the carcass of the unclean insect or animal”

Leviticus 11:26

To any livestock that it {is} dividing the hoof, but it is not splitting the cleft, and it is not making the cud go up

Quote: לְֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִוא֩ מַפְרֶ֨סֶת פַּרְסָ֜ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣סַע ׀ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה שֹׁסַ֗עַת וְ⁠גֵרָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה מַעֲלָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these expressions in 11:3.

Leviticus 11:27

And anything walking on its palms

Quote: וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־כַּפָּ֗י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to any animal that walks on its paws. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “Anything that goes about on its paws”

the ones walking on four

Quote: הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת עַל־אַרְבַּ֔ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 11:20.

Leviticus 11:28

And the one who lifts their carcasses

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂא֙ אֶת־נִבְלָתָ֔⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And whoever picks up their carcasses”

Leviticus 11:29

among the swarming things, the ones that swarm on the earth

Quote: בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to all animals that swarm in large numbers and crawl close to the ground. Express this in whatever way would be most natural for your language. Alternate translation: “among any swarming animals that crawl close to the ground”

the rat

Quote: הַ⁠חֹ֥לֶד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a rat, a large rodent, typically having a pointed nose and a long bare tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the mouse

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠עַכְבָּ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a mouse, a small rodent, typically having long ears and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a something animal in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the large lizard of its kind

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּ֥ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a large lizard. This term includes a wide variety of large scaly reptiles with four short legs. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:30

and the gecko

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָקָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a gecko, a large group of small lizards with sticky pads on their feet by which they climb. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the monitor lizard

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a monitor lizard, a term that includes a wide variety or large, heavy-set lizards with large claws and a forked, snake-like tongue. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the lizard

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּטָאָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may generally refer to a lizard, including a wide variety of small-to-large-sized scaly reptiles with four short legs and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this general group of animals, you could use the name of a similar kind of animal in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the skink

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֖מֶט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a skink. This term includes a wide variety of small smooth-skinned lizards that typically burrow in sandy ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area or you could use a more general term.

and the chameleon

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠תִּנְשָֽׁמֶת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a chameleon. If this is the case, this term refers to a small, slow lizard with a long, curved tail, and a long, sticky tongue. It also has bulging eyes that move independently and is most recognizable for its ability to blend in with its surroundings by changing color. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific animal, you could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:31

when they are dead

Quote: בְּ⁠מֹתָ֖⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: “when they have died”

Leviticus 11:32

one} from them

Quote: מֵ⁠הֶ֨ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The expression one from them refers to any unclean animal, but specifically the list of lizards and “swarming things” from 11:29–30.

when they are dead

Quote: בְּ⁠מֹתָ֜⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: “when they have died”

from any vessel of wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־כְּלִי־עֵץ֙ א֣וֹ בֶ֤גֶד אוֹ־עוֹר֙ א֣וֹ שָׂ֔ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to any container, clothing, or object that is made from wood, cloth, leather, or sackcloth. Alternate translation: “anything made from wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth”

any vessel that work is done with them shall be brought into the water

Quote: כָּל־כְּלִ֕י אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה מְלָאכָ֖ה בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם בַּ⁠מַּ֧יִם יוּבָ֛א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner of any such item with which he does work should bring it into water”

Leviticus 11:33

And any vessel of clay that {one} from them falls into its midst

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־חֶ֔רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־יִפֹּ֥ל מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶל־תּוֹכ֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “And any vessel of clay into which one from them falls”

one} from them

Quote: מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

See how you translated this expression in 11:32.

and you shall break it

Quote: וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

and you shall break it

Quote: וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the vessel of clay. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “and you shall break the vessel of clay”

Leviticus 11:34

From any food that is eaten

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠אֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any edible food”

From any food that is eaten

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠אֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the verb eaten comes from the same root as the noun food. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “From anything that can be eaten”

that water comes onto it

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָב֥וֹא עָלָ֛י⁠ו מַ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, water refers to any liquid that was in the vessel of clay when any dead unclean animal falls into it. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “onto which any such water comes”

and any drink that is drunk

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb drunk comes from the same root as the noun drink. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and any liquid that you can drink”

and any drink that is drunk

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and any drinkable liquid”

from any vessel

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־כְּלִ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, any vessel refers to any container into which a dead unclean animal has fallen. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from any vessel into which a dead, unclean animal has fallen”

Leviticus 11:35

one} of their carcasses

Quote: מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֥⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal”

An oven or stove shall be smashed

Quote: תַּנּ֧וּר וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם יֻתָּ֖ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You shall shatter an oven or stove” or “The owner of the oven or stove shall shatter it”

An oven

Quote: תַּנּ֧וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this household item in 2:4.

or stove

Quote: וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This stove was likely a household item on which food could be cooked in or over an open flame. If your language has a word for such an item, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or other means of cooking food”

Leviticus 11:36

However, a spring or well, a reservoir of water

Quote: אַ֣ךְ מַעְיָ֥ן וּ⁠ב֛וֹר מִקְוֵה־מַ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These terms all refer to some flowing source of water as opposed to still, tapped water, for example, as in a cistern. The implication is that although a dead, unclean animal may fall into them, the source of water and the water it produces are still to be considered clean. Express this in whatever way is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “However, any source of flowing water”

their carcass

Quote: בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “the carcass of any unclean animal”

Leviticus 11:37

one} of their carcass

Quote: מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal”

any seed, a sown seed that will be sown

Quote: כָּל־זֶ֥רַע זֵר֖וּעַ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִזָּרֵ֑עַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. The noun seed is related to the verb sown. The emphasis distinguishes these seeds as plant seeds and not any other kind of seed, whether male sperm, discharge, or otherwise. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “any plant seeds that are sown in the ground”

any seed, a sown seed that will be sown

Quote: כָּל־זֶ֥רַע זֵר֖וּעַ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִזָּרֵ֑עַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any seed that someone might plant in the ground”

Leviticus 11:38

But when water is given on seed

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֤י יֻתַּן־ מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־ זֶ֔רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But when you water the seed” or ”But when someone waters the seed”

But when water is given on seed

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֤י יֻתַּן־מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־זֶ֔רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to watering a seed after it has been planted in the ground. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. However, if this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But when a seed is watered after it has been planted in the ground”

on seed

Quote: עַל־זֶ֔רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to all plant seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “on some seeds”

one} of their carcass

Quote: מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “one of the carcasses of any unclean animal”

Leviticus 11:39

But when {one} from the livestock that it {is} to you to eat dies

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֤י יָמוּת֙ מִן־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥יא לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to any land-dwelling quadruped that is acceptable for eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “But whenever one of the livestock that is acceptable for you to eat dies”

the one touching its carcass

Quote: הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one touching represents anyone who touches these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “whoever touches its carcass”

Leviticus 11:40

And the one eating from its carcass

Quote: וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֹכֵל֙ מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one eating represents anyone who eats these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And whoever eats meat from its carcass”

And the one lifting its carcass

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂא֙ אֶת־נִבְלָתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one lifting represents anyone who carries these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And whoever picks up its carcass”

Leviticus 11:41

And every swarming thing, the one swarming on the ground

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a broad category of animals that swarm and crawl on the ground. You may be able to use a similar expression in your language. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And any kind of animal that swarms on the ground”

And every swarming thing, the one swarming on the ground

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Anything at all that swarms all over the ground”

It shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it”

Leviticus 11:42

Anything walking on a belly

Quote: כֹּל֩ הוֹלֵ֨ךְ עַל־גָּח֜וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that crawls and possesses short limbs or limbs that are angled in such a way that its belly drags on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any animal that crawls with its belly on the ground”

and anything walking on four

Quote: וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֗ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 11:20.

up to anything multiplying feet

Quote: עַ֚ד כָּל־מַרְבֵּ֣ה רַגְלַ֔יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that possesses many legs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “or anything with many legs”

of any swarming thing, the one swarming on the earth

Quote: לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to anything at all that swarms all over the ground”

Leviticus 11:43

You shall not make your spirits detestable

Quote: אַל־תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: “You shall not make yourselves detestable”

with any swarming thing, the one swarming

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֑ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “with anything at all that swarms all over”

And you shall not make yourselves unclean with them and be made unclean by them

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Yahweh repeats the same idea twice with different words in order to strengthen the command that the people of Israel are not to eat any unclean animal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And you should not make yourselves unclean with them. No, certainly, you should never be made unclean by them”

and be made unclean by them

Quote: וְ⁠נִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and do not let them make you unclean”

Leviticus 11:44

For I {am} Yahweh your God

Quote: כִּ֣י אֲנִ֣י יְהוָה֮ אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “You should avoid making your spirits unclean with them because I am Yahweh your God”

And you shall not make your spirits unclean

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א תְטַמְּאוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And you shall not make yourselves unclean”

with any swarming thing, the one crawling on the earth

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the same animals that were described in 11:41–42. If this would be unclean in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with any of those swarming animals or insects that swarm or crawl on the earth”

Leviticus 11:45

For I {am} Yahweh

Quote: כִּ֣י ׀ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “You should not make yourselves unclean because I am Yahweh”

to be God for you

Quote: לִ⁠הְיֹ֥ת לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks Yahweh being Israel’s God as the goal or purpose of his bringing them out of Egypt. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: “I brought you out of Egypt so that I could be your God”

for I {am} holy

Quote: כִּ֥י קָד֖וֹשׁ אָֽנִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “You must be a holy people because I am holy”

Leviticus 11:46

This {is} the instruction of the livestock and the bird

Quote: זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֤ת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of animals, fish, and living things listed in this verse. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the livestock and the bird” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the livestock and the bird”

the livestock and the bird

Quote: הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions the livestock and the bird do not refer to specific groups of animals. Rather, they describe any four-footed animal or any bird that an Israelite might own or encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: ”quadrupeds and birds”

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

See how you translated this collective noun in 11:13.

and every life of the living thing, the ones swarming in the water

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה הָ⁠רֹמֶ֖שֶׂת בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression likely refers to small fish or water-dwelling creatures that swarm in water. This may include, for example, schools of small fish and creatures like crabs and starfish. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and every living thing that swarms in large numbers in the water”

and every life of the living thing

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression life of the living thing uses the possessive form to describe an animal that is a living, breathing, creature. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and every living creature”

and of every life, the ones crawling on the earth

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֶ֥צֶת עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Like the previous expression that referred to living creatures in the water, this expression refers to anything living that crawls about on dry land. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider using a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and of every living creature that crawls about on the ground”

Leviticus 11:47

to separate

Quote: לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks distinguishing between clean and unclean animals as the goal or purpose of these instructions. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This instruction is intended to help you separate”

between the unclean and between the clean

Quote: בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The adjectives unclean and clean are being used as nouns to refer to that which is able to be in holy space and come into contact with holy objects and that which is impure and cannot be in holy space without introducing impurity to that space and those objects. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “between that which is unclean and that which is clean”

the living thing, the one being eaten, … the living thing that shall not be eaten

Quote: הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ הַֽ⁠נֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת & הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the living thing that you may eat … the living thing that you may not eat”

Leviticus 12

Leviticus 12 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Menstruation

A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: clean, wash and INVALID bible/kt/blood)

Leviticus 12:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 12:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר׃ & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel”

Leviticus 12:2

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

A woman, when she bears seed

Quote: אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to when a woman becomes pregnant and brings her baby completely to term. If this expression would not have the same meaning in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When a woman is pregnant and gives birth”

and she bears a male

Quote: וְ⁠יָלְדָ֖ה זָכָ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a male child. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she gives birth to a son”

Like the days of the menstruation of her menstruating

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: ”Like the days when she is menstruating”

Like the days of the menstruation of her menstruating

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe days during which a woman is menstruating. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Like when she is normally menstruating”

Like the days of the menstruation of her menstruating

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word menstruation refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words menstruation, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Like the time when she is menstruating normally”

Leviticus 12:3

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֖וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֑י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal number for eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And after seven days”

the flesh of his foreskin shall be circumcised

Quote: יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the flesh of the foreskin of the baby boy”

Leviticus 12:4

And 30 days and three days

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression denotes 33 days, which, combined with the seven-day period before the child is circumcised, makes 40 days. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a comma after: “And for 33 days”

she shall stay in the blood of her purification

Quote: תֵּשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠דְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the blood of her purification uses the possessive form to describe a flow of blood that is characterized by the fact that the onset of this blood begins a period of time during which the woman should prepare to be purified. The implication is that for the 33 days during which time she is bleeding from childbirth, the woman is preparing to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood that she bled during her childbirth. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she shall prepare to be purified from the impurity of the blood that she bled during childbirth”

in the blood of her purification. … the days of her purification

Quote: בִּ⁠דְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה & יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of purification, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the blood that begins a period that prepares her to be purified ... the days during which she prepares to be purified”

until the days of her purification are full

Quote: עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the 33 days during which the woman who has given birth to a son is preparing to be purified. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the days of her purification are completed”

until the days of her purification are full

Quote: עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽ⁠הּ׃\n (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression uses the word days to refer to a period of time during which the woman who has given birth should prepare to be purified. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the period of her purification is full” or “until the time during which she is preparing to be purified is full”

Leviticus 12:5

But if she bears a female

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־נְקֵבָ֣ה תֵלֵ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a female child. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if she gives birth to a daughter”

for} two sets of seven {days

Quote: שְׁבֻעַ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression two sets of seven days refers to a two-week or 14-day period. If this phrase would not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for fourteen days”

like her menstruation

Quote: כְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word menstruation refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words menstruation, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as when she is normally menstruating”

And 60 days and six days

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As was the case when a woman bears a male child, this expression denotes 66 days during which the woman must prepare to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood she bled during childbirth. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And for 66 days”

in the blood of her purification

Quote: עַל־ דְּמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 12:4.

Leviticus 12:6

And when the days of her purification are full

Quote: וּ⁠בִ⁠מְלֹ֣את ׀ יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the completion of the period of time during which the woman who has given birth to a child is preparing to be purified—33 days for a son and 66 days for a daughter. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the days of her purification are completed”

the days of her purification

Quote: יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 12:4.

the days of her purification

Quote: יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of purification, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the days during which she prepares to be purified”

for a son or for a daughter

Quote: לְ⁠בֵן֮ א֣וֹ לְ⁠בַת֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression references the different number of days for purification based on whether the woman gave birth to a son or a daughter. If this would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whether 33 days for a son or 66 days for a daughter”

a lamb, a son of its year

Quote: כֶּ֤בֶשׂ בֶּן־שְׁנָת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a son of its year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 9:3. Alternate translation: “a year-old lamb” or “a twelve-months old lamb”

and a son of a pigeon

Quote: וּ⁠בֶן־יוֹנָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

to the entrance of the tent of meeting, to the priest

Quote: אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the entrance of the tent of meeting where the priest is”

Leviticus 12:7

And he shall present it

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִיב֞⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest and it refers to all the animals that the previous verse described. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall present the lamb and the bird”

the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:3.

and he shall make atonement for her

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

And she will be purified from the flow of her blood

Quote: וְ⁠טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth”

from the flow of her blood

Quote: מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the flow of blood that the woman bled during the process of childbirth. The implication is that the woman was made impure because of the presence of blood discharging from her body. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she bled during her childbirth”

to … is} the instruction of the {woman} who bears a male or a female

Quote: תּוֹרַת֙ הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe these instructions that pertain to women giving birth to children, whether boys or girls. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that pertains to the woman who bears a male or a female”

to … the {woman} who bears a male or a female

Quote: הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a woman giving birth to a child, whether a male or a female. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the woman who gives birth to a male or a female”

Leviticus 12:8

But if her hand does not find enough of a lamb

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָ⁠הּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being too poor to afford to offer one’s own flock animal or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language uses a similar idiom, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expressions in 5:7 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “But if she cannot afford to offer her own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s”

sons of the pigeon

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

And the priest shall make atonement for her

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלֶ֛י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman's body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Leviticus 13

Leviticus 13 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Skin disease

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: priest, priesthood and clean, wash)

Leviticus 13:1

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 13:2

on the skin of his flesh … on the skin of his flesh

Quote: בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֙ & בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here and throughout these chapters, flesh refers to one’s body. If this would be confusing in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the skin of his body … on the skin of his body”

a swelling

Quote: שְׂאֵ֤ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This swelling refers to a portion of skin that has become inflamed, swollen, and usually discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a swollen spot of skin”

a scab

Quote: סַפַּ֨חַת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This scab refers to a hard, crusty portion of skin that is irritated and often discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a crusty and irritated spot of skin”

a bright spot

Quote: בַהֶ֔רֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This bright spot refers to a portion of skin that has become irritated and discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a discolored and irritated spot of skin”

an inflection of skin disease

Quote: לְ⁠נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression an inflection of skin disease uses the possessive form to describe a contagious skin disease that is characterized by the presence of certain symptoms—in this case, a visible infection. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a likely symptom of a contagious skin disease”

skin disease

Quote: צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase skin disease may be commonly translated as “leprosy,” but, in terms of modern medicine, the phrase actually covers a large range of contagious skin diseases, not limited to the modern designation Hansen’s disease. If your language has a word or expression that describes a wide range of infectious and sometimes deadly skin diseases, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “contagious disease that affects people's skin”

then he shall be brought to Aaron the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הוּבָא֙ אֶל־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to Aaron the priest” or “then he shall go to Aaron the priest”

to one from his sons

Quote: אֶל־אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: “to one of his sons”

to one from his sons

Quote: אֶל־אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

Here, his refers to Aaron the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons”

Leviticus 13:3

and {if} the hair on the infection has turned white

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר בַּ⁠נֶּ֜גַע הָפַ֣ךְ ׀ לָבָ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression implies that the presence of hair on the infection that is white in color should indicate to the priest that the infection might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, white hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the infection is unhealthy and looks diseased”

and the appearance of the infection {is} deeper than the skin of his flesh

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמֹק֙ מֵ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh”

it {is} an infection of skin disease

Quote: נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:2.

Leviticus 13:4

and deep is not the appearance of it from the skin

Quote: וְ⁠עָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣⁠הָ מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: “and its appearance is not deeper than the skin”

and deep is not the appearance of it from the skin

Quote: וְ⁠עָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣⁠הָ מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”

and its hair has not turned white

Quote: וּ⁠שְׂעָרָ֖⁠ה לֹא־הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the information in this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and its hair appears to be healthy”

then the priest shall separate the infection

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the process of quarantining the person who has the infection for a period of time. This allows the infection to either heal itself or progress in a fashion that develops symptoms more easily identifiable as an infectious skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then, in order to better determine what is the cause of the infection, the priest shall isolate the infection”

the infection

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the infected person” or “the person with the infection”

Leviticus 13:5

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

and look, the infection stands

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the infection remaining as it was before the seven-day quarantine, not having spread or grown on the person’s skin. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, this expression does not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has remained as it was”

in his eyes

Quote: בְּ⁠עֵינָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his assessment” or “as far as he can see”

Then the priest shall separate him

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֧⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:4.

for} a second seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

This expression refers to a second seven-day period during which the person with the infection is to be quarantined from other people. The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for another seven days”

Leviticus 13:6

on the second seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֮ שֵׁנִית֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven, and second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

and look, the infection has faded

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

For the infection to have faded means that it has reduced in size and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the person’s normal skin color”

It {is} a scab

Quote: מִסְפַּ֣חַת הִ֔יא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the person's skin is merely a scab and not the symptom of an infectious disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the word scab in 13:2. Alternate translation: “The infection is only a scab”

and he shall wash his clothes and he will be clean

Quote: וְ⁠כִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠טָהֵֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, a person is to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall clean his clothing with and he will be ritually clean”

Leviticus 13:7

But if, spreading, the scab spreads on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֨ה תִפְשֶׂ֤ה הַ⁠מִּסְפַּ֨חַת֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the scab spreads aggressively on the skin”

after his appearing to the priest for his being pronounced clean

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֧י הֵרָאֹת֛⁠וֹ אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a period of time after an individual has gone to the priest and been declared clean, as the previous verse explained. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after he has appeared to the priest and was pronounced clean”

then he shall appear to the priest a second {time

Quote: וְ⁠נִרְאָ֥ה שֵׁנִ֖ית אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression means that the individual whose scab has spread after he was pronounced clean should go back to the priest to be examined again. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then he shall go to the priest a second time”

a second {time

Quote: שֵׁנִ֖ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “again”

Leviticus 13:8

It {is} a skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֥עַת הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the person's skin is actually a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the words skin disease in 13:2. Alternate translation: “The scab is actually the symptom of an infectious skin disease”

Leviticus 13:9

An infection of skin disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:2.

on a man

Quote: בְּ⁠אָדָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term man is masculine, it is being used the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “on a person”

then he shall be brought to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone shall bring him to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”

Leviticus 13:10

a … swelling

Quote: שְׂאֵת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this word in 13:2.

and it has turned the hair white

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֕יא הָפְכָ֖ה שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression implies that the presence of hair on the swelling that is white in color should indicate to the priest that the swelling might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, white hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the swelling is unhealthy and looks diseased”

and a preservation of living flesh {is} on the swelling

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י בַּ⁠שְׂאֵֽת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression a preservation of living flesh refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and raw skin or an open sore is on the swelling”

Leviticus 13:11

It {is} a reoccurring skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת הִוא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's skin is actually a chronic or reoccurring skin disease, that is, an infectious disease that returns over and over. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The raw skin on the swelling is actually a sign of a persistent and returning skin disease”

on the skin of his flesh

Quote: בְּ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:2.

He shall not separate him, because he {is} unclean

Quote: לֹ֣א יַסְגִּרֶ֔⁠נּוּ כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This infers that the priest need not isolate the infected person because it is sufficiently clean that they have an infectious skin disease that has made the person unclean. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated the idea of separating the infection in 13:4. Alternate translation: “He need not separate the person, because it is clear that they are unclean”

Leviticus 13:12

But if, breaking out, the skin disease breaks out on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּר֨וֹחַ תִּפְרַ֤ח הַ⁠צָּרַ֨עַת֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb breaking out in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the skin disease breaks aggressively out on the skin”

all the skin of the infection

Quote: אֵ֚ת כָּל־ע֣וֹר הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the skin of the infected person” or “all the skin of the person with the infection”

from his head and to his feet

Quote: מֵ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַד־רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The expression refers to all of the person by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire person”

to the whole appearance of the eyes of the priest

Quote: לְ⁠כָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole appearance, as far as the priest can see” or “the whole appearance, as the priest judges”

to the whole appearance of the eyes of the priest

Quote: לְ⁠כָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃\n (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as far as it appears in the eyes of the priest”

Leviticus 13:13

Then he shall pronounce the infection clean

Quote: וְ⁠טִהַ֖ר אֶת־הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then he shall pronounce the infected person clean”

All of it has turned white

Quote: כֻּלּ֛⁠וֹ הָפַ֥ךְ לָבָ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest sees white skin all over the person's body, then the skin disease has been healed by the process of natural desquamation, that is, by the infected skin naturally falling off, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “All of the person's infected skin has naturally fallen off, leaving uninfected white skin in its place”

Leviticus 13:14

And on the day of the appearing of living flesh on him

Quote: וּ⁠בְ⁠י֨וֹם הֵרָא֥וֹת בּ֛⁠וֹ בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the word day is being used to refer to a hypothetical situation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “But whenever living flesh appears on him”

living flesh

Quote: בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 13:10, Here, the expression living flesh refers to open sores on the skin or raw skin. In the priest’s estimation, the presence of open sores or raw skin means that the infection is likely a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “raw skin”

Leviticus 13:15

the living flesh, … The living flesh

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֖י & הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 13:10.

and he shall pronounce him unclean

Quote: וְ⁠טִמְּא֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, him refers to the person with the skin disease. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and he shall pronounce the person with the living flesh unclean”

The living flesh, it {is} unclean

Quote: הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֛י טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the living flesh represents the whole person who has raw skin or an open sore. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: ”The person with the raw skin or open sore is unclean”

It {is} a skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:2.

It {is} a skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֥עַת הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin on the person's living flesh is actually infected with a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The living flesh on the skin is actually a sign of an infectious skin disease”

Leviticus 13:16

and it is turned to white

Quote: וְ⁠נֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן (1)

Alternate translation: “but it has turned white”

and it is turned to white

Quote: וְ⁠נֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest sees white skin all over the person's body, then the living flesh, that is, the raw skin, may be healing naturally. The infected skin may be falling off naturally, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the presence of white skin in 13:13.

Leviticus 13:17

and look, the infection has been turned to white

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה נֶהְפַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the presence of white skin on the infection in 13:13.

Leviticus 13:18

But flesh, when it has on it, on his skin, a boil

Quote: וּ⁠בָשָׂ֕ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ־בְ⁠עֹר֖⁠וֹ שְׁחִ֑ין (1)

Alternate translation: “But when someone has a boil on their skin”

a boil

Quote: שְׁחִ֑ין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A boil is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an abscess”

and it has been healed

Quote: וְ⁠נִרְפָּֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but it got better and healed”

Leviticus 13:19

a … swelling

Quote: שְׂאֵ֣ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this word in 13:2.

in the place of the boil

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֤וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁחִין֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the place of the boil refers to the spot on the skin where the boil was previously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “where the boil was previously”

then he shall appear to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠נִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן (1)

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he shall show it to the priest” or “then he shall go to the priest”

Leviticus 13:20

and look, the appearance {is} deeper than the skin

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה מַרְאֶ֨⁠הָ֙ שָׁפָ֣ל מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and look, it appears to be deeper than the skin”

and its hair has turned white

Quote: וּ⁠שְׂעָרָ֖⁠הּ הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the presence of white hair in 13:3. Alternate translation: “and if the hair on the swelling or the bright spot is unhealthy and looks diseased”

It {is} an infection of skin disease; it has broken out in the boil

Quote: נֶֽגַע־צָרַ֥עַת הִ֖וא בַּ⁠שְּׁחִ֥ין פָּרָֽחָה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the swelling or bright spot on the person's skin is actually a symptom of an infectious skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The swelling or bright spot is actually the symptom of an infection of skin disease”

Leviticus 13:21

And if the priest sees it

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And if the priest sees the bright spot or the swelling”

and look, there is no white hair on it

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה אֵֽין־בָּ⁠הּ֙ שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the presence of white hair in 13:3. Alternate translation: “and look, there is no unhealthy or diseased hair on it”

and lower it is not than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נָּה מִן־הָ⁠ע֖וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: “and it is not deeper than the surface of the skin”

then the priest shall separate him

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:4.

Leviticus 13:22

But if, spreading, it spreads on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה תִפְשֶׂ֖ה בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if it spreads aggressively on the skin”

It {is} an infection

Quote: נֶ֥גַע הִֽוא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the swelling or bright spot on the person's skin where the boil once was is actually an infection of a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The swelling or bright spot where the boil used to be is actually an infection”

Leviticus 13:23

But if the bright spot stands under it

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the bright spot remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the boil once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the place where the boil once was”

But if the bright spot stands under it

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the boil that has healed, as described in 13:18. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot stands under the boil that has now healed”

it {is} the scar of the boil

Quote: צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֖ין הִ֑וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the bright spot is nothing more than a scar that has resulted from the healed boil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is only a scar that has resulted from the healed boil”

Leviticus 13:24

Or flesh, when it has a burn of fire on his skin

Quote: א֣וֹ בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠עֹר֖⁠וֹ מִכְוַת־אֵ֑שׁ (1)

Alternate translation: “Or when someone has a burn of fire on his skin”

a burn of fire

Quote: מִכְוַת־ אֵ֑שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a burn that has resulted from a person’s contact with fire. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a burn”

the preservation of the burn

Quote: מִֽחְיַ֣ת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word preservation refers to new, raw flesh growing where the burn is on the person’s skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the raw skin from the burn”

Leviticus 13:25

and look, the hair has been turned white

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נֶהְפַּךְ֩ שֵׂעָ֨ר לָבָ֜ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the presence of white hair in 13:3. Alternate translation: “and look, the hair appears to be unhealthy and diseased”

and the appearance of it {is} deeper than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֶ֨⁠הָ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it appears to be deeper than the skin”

it {is} a skin disease. … skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא & צָרַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 13:3.

it {is} a skin disease. … It {is} an infection of skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא & נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These expressions refer to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the raw skin has become infected with a skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The discolored raw skin is actually an infection that is the symptom of an infectious skin disease”

Leviticus 13:26

But if the priest sees it

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the raw skin that grows on the burn on the person’s skin. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the priest sees the discolored, raw skin growing on the burn”

and deeper it is not than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נָּה מִן־הָ⁠ע֖וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: “and it is not deeper than the skin”

but it {is} faded

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֣וא כֵהָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

For the discoloration to have faded means that it has reduced in sized and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but it has reduced in size and its color is closer to the person’s normal skin color”

then the priest shall separate him

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:4.

Leviticus 13:27

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

If, spreading, it has spread on the skin

Quote: אִם־פָּשֹׂ֤ה תִפְשֶׂה֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “If it has spread aggressively on the skin”

It {is} an infection of skin disease

Quote: נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת הִֽוא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These expressions refer to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the bright spot on the burn has become infected with an infection of skin disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The bright spot on the burn is actually an infection that is the symptom of an infection of skin disease”

Leviticus 13:28

But if the bright spot stands under it

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּי⁠הָ֩ תַעֲמֹ֨ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֜רֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the bright spot remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the burn once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the spot where the burn once was”

but it {is} faded

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֣וא כֵהָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:6.

it {is} the swelling of the burn

Quote: שְׂאֵ֥ת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִ֑וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the discolored skin is merely a swelling caused by the person’s burn. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spot is merely a swelling caused by the burn”

because it {is} the scar of the burn

Quote: כִּֽי־צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The priest should pronounce the person clean because it is the scar of the burn”

it {is} the scar of the burn

Quote: צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא (1)

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the discolored skin is merely a scar caused by the person’s burn. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spot is merely a scar caused by the burn”

Leviticus 13:29

And a man or a woman, when he has an infection on him

Quote: וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ א֣וֹ אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נָ֑גַע (1)

Alternate translation: “And when a man or a woman has an infection”

when he has an infection on him

Quote: כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נָ֑גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the words he and him are masculine, they are being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “when any person has an infection on him”

or in a beard

Quote: א֥וֹ בְ⁠זָקָֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, a beard represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to refer only to men's faces. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or on the lower part of the face where hair might grow”

Leviticus 13:30

And look, the appearance of it {is} deeper than the skin

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה מַרְאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And look, it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh”

and on it {is} yellow, thin hair

Quote: וּ⁠ב֛⁠וֹ שֵׂעָ֥ר צָהֹ֖ב דָּ֑ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression implies that the presence of hair on the infection that is yellow in color and thin should indicate to the priest that the infection might be a scall that is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, yellow, thing hair refers to hair that is discolored, diseased, or unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and the hair on the infection looks unhealthy and diseased”

It {is} a scall

Quote: נֶ֣תֶק ה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A scall is a scaly and scabby infection that is typically itchy. These are associated with the scalp or places that grow hair and are generally symptoms of a wide variety of infectious skin diseases. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “It is an itchy, scabbed infection”

It {is} a scall

Quote: נֶ֣תֶק ה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the person's skin is actually a scall that is the symptom of a disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection is actually a scall”

It {is} a skin disease of the head or the beard

Quote: צָרַ֧עַת הָ⁠רֹ֛אשׁ א֥וֹ הַ⁠זָּקָ֖ן הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a skin disease that is characterized by its location on the person’s head or beard. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “It is a skin disease that has affected the head or the beard”

the beard

Quote: הַ⁠זָּקָ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

As in the previous verse, here, the beard represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lower part of the face where hair might grow”

Leviticus 13:31

the infection of the scall, … the infection of the scall

Quote: אֶת־נֶ֣גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֗תֶק & אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

These expressions use the possessive form to describe an infection that is characterized by its characteristics that qualify it as a scall If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the itchy, scabby infection … the itchy, scabby infection”

and look, the appearance of it is not deeper than the skin

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה אֵין־מַרְאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and look, it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”

and there is no black hair on it

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֥ר שָׁחֹ֖ר אֵ֣ין בּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, black hair refers to healthy hair, as opposed to the yellow, thin hair that grows out of the scall when it is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language refers to healthy hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and there is no healthy hair on it”

Then the priest shall separate the infection of the scall

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:4.

the infection of the scall

Quote: אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection of the scall represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person who has the infection of the scall”

Leviticus 13:32

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

and yellow hair is not on it

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֥יָה ב֖⁠וֹ שֵׂעָ֣ר צָהֹ֑ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the presence of yellow hair in 13:30.

and the appearance of the scall is not deeper than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔תֶק אֵ֥ין עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָ⁠עֽוֹר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”

Leviticus 13:33

Then he shall shave himself

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֨תְגַּלָּ֔ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he and himself refer to the person who has the scall. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Then the person with the scall shall shave himself”

but the scall shall not be shaved

Quote: הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but he shall not shave the scall”

And the priest shall separate the scall

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֛תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:4.

the scall

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֛תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the scall represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person who has the scall”

for} a second seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “for seven days once again”

Leviticus 13:34

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

and the appearance of it is not deeper than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֕⁠הוּ אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and it does not appear to be deeper than the skin”

And he shall wash his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠כִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, a person was to wash his or her clothes not to be physically clean but so as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and he shall clean his clothing”

Leviticus 13:35

But if, spreading, the scall has spread on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה יִפְשֶׂ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the scall has spread aggressively on the skin”

after his cleansing

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֖י טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of cleansing, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “after he was pronounced clean”

Leviticus 13:36

The priest shall not seek for yellow hair

Quote: לֹֽא־יְבַקֵּ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן לַ⁠שֵּׂעָ֥ר הַ⁠צָּהֹ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the presence of yellow hair in 13:30.

The priest shall not seek for yellow hair; he {is} unclean

Quote: לֹֽא־יְבַקֵּ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן לַ⁠שֵּׂעָ֥ר הַ⁠צָּהֹ֖ב טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This instruction refers to the fact that if the priest sees the scall spreading aggressively after the person was pronounced clean, they need not have yellow hair in order to be pronounced unclean once more. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The priest need not look for yellow hair. Because the scall has spread once again, the person is unclean”

Leviticus 13:37

in his eyes

Quote: בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this expression in 13:5. Alternate translation: “in his assessment” or “as far as he can see”

the scall stands

Quote: עָמַ֨ד הַ⁠נֶּ֜תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the scall remaining unchanged (as opposed to spreading aggressively). If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the scall has not changed or spread at all” or “the scall has remained as it was”

and black hair has sprouted on it

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר שָׁחֹ֧ר צָֽמַח־בּ֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the growth of black hair on the scall. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and black hair has grown on it”

and black hair

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר שָׁחֹ֧ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, black hair refers to healthy hair, as opposed to the yellow, thin hair that grows out of the scall when it is the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language refers to healthy hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and healthy hair”

the scall has been healed

Quote: נִרְפָּ֥א הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the scall is no longer infected but has gotten better”

Leviticus 13:38

And a man or a woman, when he has on the skin of their flesh bright spots

Quote: וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֽוֹ־אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂרָ֖⁠ם בֶּהָרֹ֑ת (1)

Alternate translation: “And when a man or a woman has a bright spot on the skin of his or her body”

bright spots, … bright spots

Quote: בֶּהָרֹ֑ת בֶּהָרֹ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:2.

Leviticus 13:39

are} dull white

Quote: כֵּה֣וֹת לְבָנֹ֑ת (1)

Alternate translation: “are a faded white”

it {is} a rash

Quote: בֹּ֥הַק ה֛וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the bright spots are a rash that has broken out on the person’s skin. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the bright spots are actually symptoms of a benign rash”

Leviticus 13:40

when his head is made bare

Quote: כִּ֥י יִמָּרֵ֖ט רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. It does not refer to shaving one’s head intentionally but to the natural process of male balding, specifically of balding on the back of one’s head (that is, on the crown of the head). If your language has a similar expression that refers generally to balding, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he becomes bald naturally”

he {is} bald

Quote: קֵרֵ֥חַ ה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression he is bald refers to a person who has naturally lost hair on the top, or crown, of their head. If your language has an expression that describes this kind of natural balding, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “he is crown balding”

Leviticus 13:41

his head is made bare

Quote: יִמָּרֵ֖ט רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

As in the previous verse, this expression is an idiom. It does not refer to shaving one’s head intentionally but to the natural process of male balding, specifically of balding on the front of one’s head (that is, on the hairline). If your language has a similar expression that refers generally to balding, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he becomes bald naturally”

from the corners of his face

Quote: מִ⁠פְּאַ֣ת פָּנָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the corners of his face is an idiom that refers to one’s hairline on the front of their face. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the hairline of his forehead”

he {is} balding

Quote: גִּבֵּ֥חַ ה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression he is balding refers to a person who has naturally lost hair on the hairline or edges of the forehead. If your language has an expression that describes this kind of natural balding, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate expression: “he has a receding hairline”

Leviticus 13:42

on the {back} bald spot or on the {front} balding spot … on his {back} bald spot or on his {front} balding spot

Quote: בַ⁠קָּרַ֨חַת֙ א֣וֹ בַ⁠גַּבַּ֔חַת & בְּ⁠קָרַחְתּ֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ בְ⁠גַבַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These expressions refer to the two kinds of balding described in 13:40–41. Specifically, the back bald spot refers to crown balding and the front balding spot refers to having a receding hairline. As before, If your language has similar expressions that refer to these ways of balding, consider using them here. If, alternatively, the meaning of these expressions would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the bald spot on the crown of his head or on his receding hairline … on the bald spot on the crown of his head or on his receding hairline”

is} a skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֤עַת (1)

See how you translated these words in 13:3.

Leviticus 13:43

like the appearance of the skin disease of the skin of the flesh

Quote: כְּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression suggests that the priest ought to look for an infection on the person’s balding head (however they are balding) that is similar in appearance to infections that are symptoms of infectious skin diseases that might occur elsewhere on a person’s body. It may be helpful to clarify the meaning for your readers. Alternate translation: “like the appearance of a skin disease that presents itself elsewhere on a person’s body”

like the appearance of the skin disease of the skin of the flesh

Quote: כְּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “like the skin disease of the skin of the flesh appears”

Leviticus 13:44

He {is} a man of skin disease

Quote: אִישׁ־ צָר֥וּעַ ה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression man of skin disease uses the possessive form to describe a man who has contracted this kind of infectious skin disease. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “The man has contracted a skin disease”

Being unclean, the priest shall pronounce him unclean

Quote: טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛⁠נּוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb being unclean in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “The priest shall certainly pronounce him unclean”

on his head of his infection

Quote: בְּ⁠רֹאשׁ֥⁠וֹ נִגְעֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the person’s head that has contracted the infection. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on his infected head”

Leviticus 13:45

But the person with a skin disease, who {has} on him the infection, on his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּר֜וּעַ אֲשֶׁר־בּ֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠נֶּ֗גַע בְּגָדָ֞י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: “But the person who has a skin disease and the infection is on his clothes”

they shall be torn

Quote: יִהְי֤וּ פְרֻמִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the person’s infected clothing. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the person’s infected clothes shall be torn”

they shall be torn

Quote: יִהְי֤וּ פְרֻמִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shall tear up the infected clothes”

and his head shall be unbound

Quote: וְ⁠רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה פָר֔וּעַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he shall let his head be unbound”

and his head shall be unbound

Quote: וְ⁠רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה פָר֔וּעַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, head represents the hair of one’s head. Consequently, the expression his head shall be unbound refers to letting one’s long hair hang down loose and untied. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and his long hair shall hang down loose and untied”

and he shall cover over the mustache

Quote: וְ⁠עַל־שָׂפָ֖ם יַעְטֶ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Covering over one’s mustache is a symbolic action to show one’s public shame. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and he shall cover his mustache in order to express his shame”

the mustache

Quote: שָׂפָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the mustache does not refer to a specific mustache but to the infected person’s facial hair. In this way, it represents the upper lip generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “his mustache” or “his upper lip”

Leviticus 13:46

All the days that the infection {is} on him

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֞י אֲשֶׁ֨ר הַ⁠נֶּ֥גַע בּ֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression uses the word days to denote a period of time. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “As long as he has the infection”

shall be} outside the camp

Quote: מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The camp is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. It represents the normal living space for the Israelites while they wandered in the desert. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “shall be away from the location where everyone else lives”

Leviticus 13:47

But the clothing, when it has on it the infection of disease

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)

Alternate translation: “But when the clothing has the infection of disease on it”

But the clothing

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the clothing refers to all clothing in general, not one piece of clothing in particular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “But any piece of clothing”

the infection of disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Although this expression is the same as the one used previously for infections that are symptoms of infectious skin diseases, here the issue is with infections that affect clothing and other household objects. Consequently, this expression likely refers to infectious molds or mildews. If your language has an expression that can describe both skin diseases and these kinds of molds and mildews, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an infectious mold or mildew”

on clothing of wool

Quote: בְּ⁠בֶ֣גֶד צֶ֔מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This wool is the shorn hair of sheep, goats, or other similar animals. It is used in the production of textiles, like yarn. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of yarn thread”

on clothing of linen

Quote: בְּ⁠בֶ֥גֶד פִּשְׁתִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This linen is a textile material made from flax. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on clothing of cloth thread”

Leviticus 13:48

or in the warp or in the woof of the linen or of the wool

Quote: א֤וֹ בִֽ⁠שְׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ בְ⁠עֵ֔רֶב לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The words warp and woof refer to a structure used in weaving and the production of textiles. Specifically, warp refers to the threads that run vertically up and down, and woof (or weft) refers to the threads that run horizontally from side to side. If your language has an expression for this kind of weaving structure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “or on linen or woolen threats that are being woven together on a loom”

of the linen

Quote: לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse.

of the linen

Quote: לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the linen does not refer to a specific piece of fabric, but to any linen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any linen that you are weaving”

or of the wool

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this textile material in the previous verse.

or of the wool

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the wool does not refer to a specific piece of wool, but to any woolen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any wool that you are weaving”

on leather

Quote: בְ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, leather refers generally to any scrap pieces of animal hide that have not yet been made into a household object or article of clothing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on any scrap leather”

on any work of leather

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression any work of leather uses the possessive form to describe an object that has been made out of leather. This includes a large variety of items, such as belts, bags, saddles, straps, etc. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “on anything that has been made of leather” or “on any leatherwork”

Leviticus 13:49

in the warp or in the woof

Quote: בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in the previous verse.

equipment of leather

Quote: כְּלִי־ ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression equipment of leather refers to the same leatherwork that the previous verse called “any work of leather.” If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “equipment that has been made of leather” or “leatherwork”

it {is} an infection of disease

Quote: נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection on the material is actually an infectious and diseased mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection on the material is actually a sign of an infection of skin disease”

And the priest shall be made to see {it

Quote: וְ⁠הָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the fabric must show it to the priest”

Leviticus 13:50

and he shall separate the infection

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:4.

the infection

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection represents the whole article of clothing, thread of fabric, or leatherwork that has mold or mildew on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the infected item” or “the item with the infection on it”

Leviticus 13:51

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

in the warp or in the woof

Quote: בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אֽוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

of any equipment into which the leather was made

Quote: לְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠ע֖וֹר לִ⁠מְלָאכָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of anything that someone made from leather”

the infection {is} a malignant disease

Quote: צָרַ֧עַת מַמְאֶ֛רֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection (that is, the mold or mildew) is actually a sign of an infectious and potentially deadly disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “the infection is actually a sign that the item has an infectious and potentially deadly disease on it”

Leviticus 13:52

And he shall burn the clothing

Quote: וְ⁠שָׂרַ֨ף אֶת־הַ⁠בֶּ֜גֶד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the individual who owns whatever item has become infected with the mold or mildew. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And whoever owns the clothing shall burn it”

the warp or the woof

Quote: אֶֽת־הַ⁠שְּׁתִ֣י ׀ א֣וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֗רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

any equipment of leather

Quote: אֶת־כָּל־כְּלִ֣י הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 13:49.

because it {is} a malignant disease

Quote: כִּֽי־ צָרַ֤עַת מַמְאֶ֨רֶת֙ הִ֔וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The owner of the item should burn it because the infection is a malignant disease”

It shall be burned with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He shall burn the item with fire”

It shall be burned with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “It shall be completely burned”

Leviticus 13:53

in the warp or in the woof

Quote: בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֖י א֣וֹ בָ⁠עֵ֑רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

on any equipment of leather

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֽוֹר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 13:49.

Leviticus 13:54

then the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with household items that were infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest shall tell the people what to do”

and they shall wash

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֨בְּס֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to whoever owns the item. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and whoever owns the item shall wash”

that which the infection {was} on it

Quote: אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression is a condensed way of referring to all the diverse pieces of clothing, fabric, or leatherwork that were described in the previous verse. If the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever item has the mold or mildew on it”

And he shall separate it

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּיר֥⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 13:4.

for} a second seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַת־ יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “for seven days once again”

Leviticus 13:55

after the infection has been washed

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֣י ׀ הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֗גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the item’s owner has washed the infection”

and look, the infection has not turned its eye

Quote: וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה לֹֽא־הָפַ֨ךְ הַ⁠נֶּ֤גַע אֶת־עֵינ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to the appearance of the infection changing. In other words, for an infection to have turned its eye is for that infection to have changed its appearance, likely by spreading or changing colors. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection appears to be unchanged”

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “The owner of the item should burn it with fire”

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “You shall burn it completely”

It {is} a rot

Quote: פְּחֶ֣תֶת הִ֔וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection is actually a rot, that is, an infectious and decaying mold or mildew. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “The infection is actually a sign of an infectious and decaying mold or mildew”

on its {front} bare side or on its {back} bare side

Quote: בְּ⁠קָרַחְתּ֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ בְ⁠גַבַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These expressions refer to the front or backside of a piece of fabric using the same terms that described male-pattern balding in 13:40–41. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “on the front or back of it”

Leviticus 13:56

and look, the infection has faded

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

For the infection to have faded means that it has reduced in size and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the item's normal color”

after it was washed

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֖י הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֹת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner of the item washed it”

then he shall tear it

Quote: וְ⁠קָרַ֣ע אֹת֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the portion of the item that has the infectious mold or mildew on it. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “then he shall tear the infected portion of the item”

the leather or from the warp

Quote: הָ⁠ע֔וֹר א֥וֹ מִן־הַ⁠שְּׁתִ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

Leviticus 13:57

in the warp or in the woof

Quote: בַ⁠שְּׁתִ֤י אֽוֹ־בָ⁠עֵ֨רֶב֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

on any equipment of leather

Quote: בְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 13:49.

it is breaking out

Quote: פֹּרַ֖חַת הִ֑וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes the mold or mildew returning and continuing to spread even after the portion of the item that previously had the infectious mold or mildew was removed, then the mold has broken out over the entire item. This means that the item cannot be made clean but must be burned. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “it is a sign that the infectious mold or mildew has broken out over the entire item such that it cannot be washed and made clean”

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “The owner should burn it with fire”

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “You shall completely burn it”

that which {has} the infection on it

Quote: אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠נָּֽגַע׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression is a condensed way of referring to all the diverse pieces of clothing, fabric, or leatherwork that were described in the previous verse. If the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever item has the mold or mildew on it”

Leviticus 13:58

or the warp or the woof

Quote: אֽוֹ־הַ⁠שְּׁתִ֨י אוֹ־הָ⁠עֵ֜רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

or any equipment of leather

Quote: אֽוֹ־כָל־כְּלִ֤י הָ⁠עוֹר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 13:49.

that you washed

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּכַבֵּ֔ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

that you washed

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּכַבֵּ֔ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the General Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would be confusing in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: “that the owner of the item has washed”

and the infection turned aside from them

Quote: וְ⁠סָ֥ר מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. For the infection to have turned aside from the item means for it to have been removed through the process of washing. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and the infection was successfully removed from them”

it shall be washed

Quote: וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner shall wash it”

a second {time

Quote: שֵׁנִ֖ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: “again”

Leviticus 13:59

This {is} the instruction of the infection of disease of

Quote: זֹ֠את תּוֹרַ֨ת נֶֽגַע־ צָרַ֜עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the infection of disease that might occur in a variety of textiles and materials. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the infection of disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the infection of disease”

the infection of disease of clothing of wool or linen or warp or woof or any equipment of leather

Quote: נֶֽגַע־צָרַ֜עַת בֶּ֥גֶד הַ⁠צֶּ֣מֶר ׀ א֣וֹ הַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֗ים א֤וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ הָ⁠עֵ֔רֶב א֖וֹ כָּל־כְּלִי־ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses a prolonged possessive form to describe an infection that is actually the symptom of an infectious disease that can occur on a variety of textiles and household materials. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “an infection that is the symptom of an infectious disease that might occur on clothing of wool or linen or on the warp or woof or on any equipment of leather”

or warp or woof

Quote: א֤וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ הָ⁠עֵ֔רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

or any equipment of leather

Quote: א֖וֹ כָּל־ כְּלִי־ ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 13:49.

to pronounce it clean or to pronounce it unclean

Quote: לְ⁠טַהֲר֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ לְ⁠טַמְּאֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks pronouncing the item to be clean or unclean as the goal or purpose of the instruction. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

Leviticus 14

Leviticus 14 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

Special concepts in this chapter

Skin disease and mildew

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: priest, priesthood and clean, wash)

Leviticus 14:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 14:2

the instruction of the person with a skin disease

Quote: תּוֹרַ֣ת הַ⁠מְּצֹרָ֔ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the process of cleansing for any person with a skin disease who has been pronounced clean by the priest. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with the person who previously had a skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to the person who previously had a skin disease”

the person with a skin disease

Quote: הַ⁠מְּצֹרָ֔ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to any person who has had a skin disease that was described in the previous chapter but has now been pronounced clean. The following instructions pertain to the sacrifices that such an individual requires in order to receive atonement and be cleansed from the impurity that they acquired from their previous skin condition. It may be helpful to clarify this meaning for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “any person who had a skin disease but was pronounced clean by the priest”

on the day of his cleansing

Quote: בְּ⁠י֖וֹם טָהֳרָת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

This expression refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word cleansing, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “on the day on which he is to be made clean”

And he shall be brought to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone should bring him to the priest” or “He should go to the priest”

Leviticus 14:3

And look, the infection of the skin disease was healed from the person with the skin disease

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה נִרְפָּ֥א נֶֽגַע־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת מִן־הַ⁠צָּרֽוּעַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And look, the infection of the skin disease has completely healed from the person with the skin disease”

the infection of the skin disease

Quote: נֶֽגַע־ הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת (1)

See how you translated these words in 13:3.

Leviticus 14:4

Then the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the infected person how to prepare for his cleansing. You could supply words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the infected person what to do”

and he shall take for the person who is being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֧ח לַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. Here, he refers to either: 1) the person who is to be cleansed. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall take for himself” or 2) an unnamed person other than the priest or the person being cleansed. Alternate translation: “and someone else shall take for the person who is being cleansed”

for the person who is being cleansed

Quote: לַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the person who wishes to be clean”

two live, clean birds

Quote: שְׁתֵּֽי־ צִפֳּרִ֥ים חַיּ֖וֹת טְהֹר֑וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to birds that are not on the list provided in 11:13–19. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “two live birds that the people of Israel are permitted to eat and sacrifice”

and crimson of worm

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression crimson of worm is unclear but likely refers to a thread of unspecified fabric that is crimson in color. The dye for this crimson color was likely the byproduct of crushing the eggs of a certain insect, here referred to as a worm. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, either in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and thread that has been naturally dyed crimson”

and hyssop

Quote: וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This hyssop was a herby, leafed plant that was common in Israel. Its large and numerous leaves made it ideal for use in sprinkling, especially in ceremonial or ritual contexts, like the present chapter. If your language does not have a word for this plant, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and a bunch of leafy branches”

Leviticus 14:5

And the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the infected person how to proceed with the ritual cleansing. You could supply some words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the person what to do”

and he shall slaughter one bird into a container of clay

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת אֶל־כְּלִי־חֶ֖רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to slaughtering one of the birds while suspending it over a container of clay. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he shall slaughter one bird over a container of clay”

and he shall slaughter one bird

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird”

a container of clay

Quote: כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression container of clay refers to a vessel made from clay or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots, which could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “a clay vessel”

clay

Quote: חֶ֖רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The container is described as made of clay, which refers to a material similar to earthenware or potsherds, out of which a pot-shaped vessel could be shaped and baked in a kiln until hardened. If your language has a specific word for this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “earthenware”

living water

Quote: מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to flowing water—that is, the water in the container of clay needed to be taken from a flowing source, such as a river or well rather than from a cistern. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “freshwater taken from a flowing source”

Leviticus 14:6

The live bird, he shall take it … and he shall dip them

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔⁠הּ & וְ⁠טָבַ֨ל אוֹתָ֜⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest and not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “The live bird, the priest shall take it … and the priest shall dip them”

The live bird, he shall take it

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֤ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ יִקַּ֣ח אֹתָ֔⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: “He shall take the living bird”

in the blood of the bird, the slaughtered one, over the living water

Quote: בְּ⁠דַם֙ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחֻטָ֔ה עַ֖ל הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the blood of the bird that the person who wishes to be clean killed”

over the living water

Quote: עַ֖ל הַ⁠מַּ֥יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse.

Leviticus 14:7

And he shall sprinkle … and he shall pronounce him clean. And he will send

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֗ה & וְ⁠טִ֣הֲר֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֛ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest, not to the person being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall sprinkle … and the priest shall pronounce him clean. And the priest shall send”

And he shall sprinkle on the person who is being cleansed from the skin disease seven times

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֗ה עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This is a ritual action by which cedar wood, hyssop, and a living bird are used to sprinkle the person with the skin disease with both blood and clean water. This action ritually purifies and cleanses the individual from any impurity that they acquired through their unclean skin disease. It may be helpful to explain this to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the idea of ritual sprinkling in 1:5 and elsewhere.

on the person who is being cleansed from the skin disease

Quote: עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the person who wishes to be clean”

toward the face of the field

Quote: עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the expression the face of the field refers to an open field. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “toward an open field”

the field

Quote: הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the expression the field does not refer to a specific field but to any field near the place where the Israelites are living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a nearby field”

Leviticus 14:8

And the person who is being cleansed shall wash his clothes, and he shall shave all his hair and he shall bathe in the water

Quote: וְ⁠כִבֶּס֩ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר אֶת־בְּגָדָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠גִלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These are ritual actions designed to show the people and the individual who is being cleansed that he is now ritually and ceremonially clean. If your language has expressions for these kinds of ritual actions, especially in religious contexts, consider using them here. If not, consider explaining the significance of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

the person who is being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

and he shall bathe in the water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

It might seem that the expression and he shall bathe in the water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And he shall wash thoroughly”

Leviticus 14:9

on the seventh day

Quote: בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?)

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

he shall shave all his hair. His head and his beard and the brows of his eyes and all his hair he shall shave

Quote: יְגַלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֤⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־זְקָנ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֵת֙ גַּבֹּ֣ת עֵינָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֖⁠וֹ יְגַלֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he shall shave all his hair, including his head and his beard and the brows of his eyes and all his hair”

and the brows of his eyes

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ גַּבֹּ֣ת עֵינָ֔י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: “and his eyebrows”

and he shall bathe his flesh in the water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֧ץ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in the previous verse and in 1:9.

his flesh

Quote: אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As before, here and throughout the chapter, the word flesh refers to a person’s body as a whole and, occasionally, his genitals specifically. If this expression would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his whole body”

Leviticus 14:10

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?)

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”

he shall take

Quote: יִקַּ֤ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word he refers to the person who is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed shall take”

perfect {… perfect

Quote: תְּמִימִ֔ים & תְּמִימָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the word perfect in 1:3.

and one {female} lamb, a perfect daughter of her year

Quote: וְ⁠כַבְשָׂ֥ה אַחַ֛ת בַּת־שְׁנָתָ֖⁠הּ תְּמִימָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a daughter of her year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 9:3. Alternate translation: “and a perfect female lamb that is a year old” or “and a perfect female lamb that is twelve months of age”

and three-tenths of flour

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

Although the measurement is not explicitly listed here, the flour is likely to be measured in ephahs. One ephah was about 23 liters so three-tenths of an ephah would amount to almost seven liters of flour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and about seven liters of flour”

and three-tenths of

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים (1)
Support Reference: Ordinal

The word tenth is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression.

a grain offering mixed with oil

Quote: מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:5.

a grain offering

Quote: מִנְחָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this sacrifice in 2:1.

and one measure of oil

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥ג אֶחָ֖ד שָֽׁמֶן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

One log was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and one-sixth of a liter of oil”

Leviticus 14:11

And the priest, the one pronouncing clean, shall make the man, the person being cleansed, and them stand

Quote: וְ⁠הֶעֱמִ֞יד הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן הַֽ⁠מְטַהֵ֗ר אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to positioning the man and his sacrificial items in such a way that they face the inner tent of the tent of meeting in which the Holy of Holy was housed. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the priest, the one pronouncing clean, shall position the man, the person being cleansed, and them in such a way that they stand”

the man, the person being cleansed

Quote: אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Even though the word man is masculine, it is being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person who is being cleansed”

the man, the person being cleansed

Quote: אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

and them

Quote: וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that the individual was told to bring in the previous verse. If this would not be clear in your language, you could state the referents explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that he has brought”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites”

Leviticus 14:12

and he shall present it

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled this ritual action in 1:2.

as a guilt offering

Quote: לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this sacrifice in 5:15.

and the measure of oil

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

One log was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and the one-sixth of a liter of oil”

And he shall wave them {as} a wave offering to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵנִ֥יף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is highly unlikely that the living lamb was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence before it was killed. Instead, this expression may refer to waving one’s hands over the living lamb or some other physical motion that demarcated the lamb (and the oil) as the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a wave offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall wave his hands over them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh”

as} a wave offering

Quote: תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this sacrifice in 7:30.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:13

And he shall slaughter the lamb

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֣ט אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֗בֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb”

in the place where he slaughters the sin offering and the burnt offering, in the holy place

Quote: בִּ֠⁠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Here, in the holy place clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “in the place where he slaughters the sin offering and the burnt offering, that is, in the holy place”

in the place where he slaughters the sin offering and the burnt offering

Quote: בִּ֠⁠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he is referring to a specific instance where an individual is preparing a sin offering or a burnt offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: “in the same place where he might slaughter the sin offering and the burnt offering”

where he slaughters the sin offering

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he does not refer to the person who is to be cleansed specifically. Rather, it refers generally to anyone who might offer the sin offering or the burnt offering. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “where people slaughter the sin offering”

for the guilt offering {is} like the sin offering

Quote: כִּ֡י כַּ֠⁠חַטָּאת הָ⁠אָשָׁ֥ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “This is because the guilt offering is like the sin offering”

it {is} for the priest

Quote: הוּא֙ לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the similar expression in 5:13.

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you handled the similar expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 14:14

and the priest shall give {it} on the lobe of the right ear of the person who is being cleansed and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן עַל־תְּנ֛וּךְ אֹ֥זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.

and the priest shall give {it} on the lobe of the right ear of the person who is being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן עַל־תְּנ֛וּךְ אֹ֥זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.

the person who is being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

Leviticus 14:15

some of the measure of oil

Quote: מִ⁠לֹּ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.

Leviticus 14:16

and he shall sprinkle some of the oil with his finger seven times to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֧מֶן בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֛⁠וֹ שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explict

Although the object on which the priest is to sprinkle the oil is not specified, it is likely that the expression to the face of Yahweh refers to the direction of the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. This action ritually cleanses the holy space where Yahweh lives of any impurity that the person who had the skin disease might have brought into the tent of meeting. It may be helpful to explain the significance of this action to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and he shall sprinkle some of the oil with his finger seven times to the face of Yahweh so that the holy space where Yahweh lives might be cleansed from any potential impurity that the person who had the skin disease might have brought in”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:17

And the priest shall give some of the remainder of the oil that {is} on his palm on the lobe of the right ear of the person being cleansed and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot, on the blood of the guilt offering

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית עַ֖ל דַּ֥ם הָ⁠אָשָֽׁם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.

And the priest shall give some of the remainder of the oil that {is} on his palm on the lobe of the right ear of the person being cleansed

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.

And the priest shall give some of the remainder of the oil that {is} on his palm

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “And the priest shall give some of the remaining oil that is on his palm”

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

Leviticus 14:18

And the remainder of the oil that {is} on the palm of the priest he shall give on the head of the person being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.

And the remainder of the oil

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “And the remaining oil”

on the head of the person being cleansed

Quote: עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the head of the person who wishes to be clean”

And the priest shall make atonement for him to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the person is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:19

And the priest shall make the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חַטָּ֔את (1)

Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare the sin offering”

and he shall make atonement for the person being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֕ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in the previous verse.

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

from his uncleanness

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאָת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from that which has made him unclean”

And after, he shall slaughter the burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠אַחַ֖ר יִשְׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And after, the person being cleansed will slaughter the burnt offering”

Leviticus 14:20

And the priest shall make the burnt offering and the grain offering go up on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הֶעֱלָ֧ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. It depicts the act of burning the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar as converting the offer into smoke that goes up to God in heaven from the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall burn the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar in such a way that they go up to Yahweh in smoke”

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. Specifically, see how you handled this phrase in 14:18.

Leviticus 14:21

and his hand is not reaching

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ין יָד⁠וֹ֮ מַשֶּׂגֶת֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “and he cannot afford to offer the three lambs”

to wave, to make atonement for him

Quote: לִ⁠תְנוּפָ֖ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks waving and making atonement as the goal or purpose of bringing the lamb, flour, and birds to the priest. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4 and 14:18.

and one-tenth of flour mixed with oil

Quote: וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד בָּל֥וּל בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and one-tenth of flour that he has mixed with oil”

and one-tenth of flour

Quote: וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here, tenth is the ordinal form of the number ten. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression.

and one-tenth of flour

Quote: וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

Although it is not explicit, it is likely that one-tenth refers to a tenth of an ephah of flour. See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.

and a measure of oil

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.

Leviticus 14:22

sons of a pigeon

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

that his hand reaches

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָד֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which his hand reaches refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “that he can afford”

Leviticus 14:23

And on the eighth day, he shall bring them

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֹתָ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed, and them refers to the lamb, portions of flour, and birds that the ritual cleansing requires. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents plainly. Alternate translation: “And on the eighth day, the person who is to be cleansed should bring the lamb, portions of flour, oil, and the birds”

on the eighth day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. The eighth day refers to the day after the week-long period of purification mentioned in 14:8 during with the person dwells outside of the camp. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the day after the week-long period during which he lived outside of the camp”

for his cleansing

Quote: לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, for marks cleansing as the goal or purpose of bringing all of the required items and animals. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

for his cleansing

Quote: לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of cleansing, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that he is no longer unclean” or “so that he can be clean”

to the priest, to the entrance of the tent of meeting, to the face of Yahweh

Quote: אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second and third phrases are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to the priest who is at the entrance of the tent of meeting, that is, to the face of Yahweh”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:24

the lamb of the guilt offering

Quote: אֶת־כֶּ֥בֶשׂ הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a lamb that is characterized by the fact that it has been selected to become a guilt offering. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the lamb that he has selected to offer as a guilt offering”

and the measure of oil

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.

And the priest shall wave them {as} a wave offering to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵנִ֨יף אֹתָ֧⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Again, it is highly unlikely that the living lamb of the guilt offering was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence. Instead, this expression may refer to waving one’s hands over the lamb in order or some other physical motion that would demarcate it (and the measure of oil) as the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a wave offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall wave his hands over them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh”

Leviticus 14:25

And he shall slaughter the lamb of the guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַט֮ אֶת־כֶּ֣בֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אָשָׁם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb of the guilt offering”

the lamb of the guilt offering

Quote: אֶת־כֶּ֣בֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אָשָׁם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in the previous. Alternate translation: “the lamb that he has selected to offer as a guilt offering”

and he shall give {it} on the lobe of the right ear of the person being cleansed and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.

and he shall give {it} on the lobe of the right ear of the person being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

Leviticus 14:27

And the priest shall sprinkle with his right finger some of the oil that {is} on his left palm

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ בְּ⁠אֶצְבָּע֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֕מֶן אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־כַּפּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שְּׂמָאלִ֑ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar ritual action in 14:16.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:28

And the priest shall give some of the oil that {is} on his palm on the lobe of the right ear of the person being cleansed and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

Leviticus 14:29

And the remainder of the oil that {is} on the palm of the priest he shall give on the head of the person being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־כַּ֣ף הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן יִתֵּ֖ן עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.

And the remainder of the oil

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “And the remaining oil”

on the head of the person being cleansed

Quote: עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the head of the person who wishes to be clean”

to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4 and 14:18.

to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

Here, to marks making atonement as the goal or purpose of putting the oil on the head of the person being cleansed. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:30

And he shall make one from the doves

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֶת־הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ מִן־הַ⁠תֹּרִ֔ים (1)

Alternate translation: “And he shall prepare one of the doves”

from the sons of the pigeon

Quote: מִן־בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

from whatever his hand reaches

Quote: מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָדֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which his hand reaches refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “from that which he can afford”

Leviticus 14:31

whatever his hand reaches

Quote: אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר־תַּשִּׂ֞יג יָד֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which his hand reaches refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “whatever he can afford”

And the priest shall make atonement for the person being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַ֥ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4 and 14:18.

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person who wishes to be clean”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:32

This {is} the instruction of whoever {is} on him an infection of a skin disease

Quote: זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)

Alternate translation: “This is the instruction of whoever has an infectious skin disease”

This {is} the instruction of whoever {is} on him an infection of a skin disease

Quote: זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by referring to a person who has an infection of a skin disease who cannot afford the three lambs normally required for the ritual cleansing. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with whoever has an infection of a skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to whoever has an infection of a skin disease”

an infection of a skin disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated these words in 13:3.

whose hand does not reach his cleansing

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: “who cannot afford the three lambs required for his cleansing”

his cleansing

Quote: בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of cleansing, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the means by which he can become clean” or “the means by which he can be cleansed”

Leviticus 14:33

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 14:34

you enter … to you … your possession

Quote: תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you and your are plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

and I give an infection of a disease

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּי֙ נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7.

an infection of a disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression infection of a disease, while the same expression that was used above for infectious skin diseases, likely refers to an infectious household mold or fungus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “an infection of mold or mildew”

an infection of a disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe an infection that is characterized by the fact that it is the symptom of a disease, likely referring to a mold or mildew. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an infectious disease” or “an infectious mold or mildew”

in a house of the land of your possession

Quote: בְּ⁠בֵ֖ית אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a house that is in the land that the Israelites will come to possess, that is, the land of Canaan. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a house that is in the land that you will possess”

the land of your possession

Quote: אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word possession, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in the land that you will possess”

Leviticus 14:35

then he whom the house {is} to him shall come

Quote: וּ⁠בָא֙ אֲשֶׁר־ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)

Alternate translation: “then he who owns the house shall come”

and he shall inform the priest, saying, ‘{Something} like an infection has appeared to me in the house

Quote: וְ⁠הִגִּ֥יד לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כְּ⁠נֶ֕גַע נִרְאָ֥ה לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and he shall inform the priest that something like an infection has appeared to him in the house”

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 14:36

The priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּ֨ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do”

and they shall open the house before the priest comes to see the infection, and everything that {is} in the house will not be pronounced unclean

Quote: וּ⁠פִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם יָבֹ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ לִ⁠רְא֣וֹת אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means that unless the owners and residents of the house open all the windows in preparation for the priest to arrive to inspect the household mold, the priest will declare the house and everything (and, likely, everyone) in it to be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “and they shall open up the windows of the house before the priest comes to see the infection. If they do not do this, the priest will declare everything that is in the house unclean”

and they shall open the house

Quote: וּ⁠פִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the people in the house shall open the house”

and everything that {is} in the house will not be pronounced unclean

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Once the priest declared the house to be unclean, everything in the house became unclean, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the priest does not need to declare anything or anyone in the house to be unclean”

And after thus

Quote: וְ⁠אַ֥חַר כֵּ֛ן (1)

Alternate translation: “And afterward”

Leviticus 14:37

is} greenish or reddish eruptions

Quote: שְׁקַֽעֲרוּרֹת֙ יְרַקְרַקֹּ֔ת א֖וֹ אֲדַמְדַּמֹּ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These eruptions likely refer to spots on the wall where the mold or mildew has aggressively spread and changed colors. If your language has a word for this kind of infectious mold or mildew, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “is a large spot of mold or mildew that is green or red in color”

and their appearance {is} deeper than the wall

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַ⁠קִּֽיר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

This expression refers to the fact that the priest is to determine whether mold or mildew has gone deeper than just the surface of the wall. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of appearance, you could express the same idea in another way.  Alternate translation: “and they look to be deeper than the surface of the wall”

Leviticus 14:38

and he shall separate the house {for} seven days

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As was the case with the person who had the potential symptom of an infectious skin disease, this expression refers to quarantining the house for a period of time in order to allow the mold to naturally progress and for a diagnosis to be more easily made in one direction or another. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he shall shut up the house for seven days so that no one can come in or out”

Leviticus 14:39

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal (?)

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the last day of that week-long period”

Leviticus 14:40

And the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tell the people what to do”

and they shall pull out … and they shall cast

Quote: וְ⁠חִלְּצוּ֙ & וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֤יכוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “the residents of the house shall pull out … and they shall cast”

the stones that the infection {is} on them

Quote: אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֲבָנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע (1)

Alternate translation: ”the stones that have the infection on them” or “the stones that show signs of the infection”

and they shall cast them to {a place} on the outside of the city, to an unclean place

Quote: וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֤יכוּ אֶתְ⁠הֶן֙ אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and they shall cast them to a place on the outside of the city that is unclean”

to {a place} on the outside of the city, to an unclean place

Quote: אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This unclean place was a location outside of the city limits where refuse and other unclean items would be disposed of. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “to the unclean place on the outside of the city where people dispose of unclean things”

to {a place} on the outside of the city

Quote: אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, as 14:34 also suggests, the inclusion of the word city implies that Yahweh is speaking of a future time when the people of Israel will be living in cities rather than in the wilderness as they were when Yahweh spoke these words to Moses. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “to a place on the outside of the city in which you will one day live”

of the city

Quote: לָ⁠עִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the city does not refer to a specific but to any city in which an Israelite may someday live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “of any city in which you will someday live”

Leviticus 14:41

And the house he shall have scraped from the house all around

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִ⁠בַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to removing the soil that coated the exterior of the walls of the house. This process had the potential to remove the mold or mildew from the walls. If your language has a specific word for this process, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And the house he shall have scraped from the house all around in order to try and remove the infectious mold”

And the house he shall have scraped

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest, although the priest is not the one who will scrape the house. The rest of the verse suggests that the residents of the house will scrape the walls. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall have the house scraped”

And they shall pour out the soil that they scrape off

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁפְכ֗וּ אֶת־הֶֽ⁠עָפָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִקְצ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the residents of the house shall pour out the soil that they scrape off”

the soil

Quote: אֶת־הֶֽ⁠עָפָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This soil likely refers to an earthen, plaster-like material that would be used to cover the outside of the exterior walls of a house. If your language has a word for this kind of building material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “the wall plaster”

at {a place} on the outside of the city, at an unclean place

Quote: אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the similar expression in the previous verse.

Leviticus 14:42

And they shall take … and they shall bring {them

Quote: וְ⁠לָקְחוּ֙ & וְ⁠הֵבִ֖יאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the residents of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the residents of the house shall take … and they shall bring them”

other stones … and … other soil

Quote: אֲבָנִ֣ים אֲחֵר֔וֹת & וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These expressions refer to new, uncontaminated stones and fresh soil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “new, clean stones … fresh soil”

and they shall bring {them} into under the stones

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֖יאוּ אֶל־תַּ֣חַת הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression into under the stones means the location where the infected stones previously were in the walls. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and they shall put them wherever the infected stones were in the wall”

and he shall take other soil and he shall plaster the house

Quote: וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר יִקַּ֖ח וְ⁠טָ֥ח אֶת־הַ⁠בָּֽיִת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers either to: 1) the owner of the house. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the house shall take other soil and he shall plaster the house” or 2) the priest. Alternate translation: “and the priest shall take other soil and he shall plaster the house”

Leviticus 14:43

after the pulling out of the stones and after the scrapping off of the house and after the plastering

Quote: אַחַ֖ר חִלֵּ֣ץ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֛י הִקְצ֥וֹת אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י הִטּֽוֹחַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These expressions refer to the process of scraping off the entire house, removing the infected stones, and re-plastering the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house have pulled out the infected stones, scraped off of the entire house, and re-plastered it with fresh soil”

Leviticus 14:44

it {is} a malignant infection in the house

Quote: צָרַ֨עַת מַמְאֶ֥רֶת הִ֛וא בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if the priest observes these things, the infection (that is, the mold or mildew) is actually a sign of an infectious and potentially deadly disease. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating it plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 13:51. Alternate translation: “the infection is actually a sign that the house has an infectious and potentially deadly mold or mildew on it”

Leviticus 14:45

Then he shall tear down the house

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֣ץ אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers either to: 1) the owner of the house. Alternate translation: “Then the owner of the house shall tear down the house” or 2) the priest. Alternate translation: “Then the priest shall tear down the house”

and … all the soil of the house

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל־עֲפַ֣ר הַ⁠בָּ֑יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the word soil in 14:41.

And he shall take {them} out to {a place} on the outside of the city, to an unclean place

Quote: וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙ אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the similar expression in 14:40.

And he shall take {them} out

Quote: וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to all the parts of the house that were previously mentioned in this verse, including the stones, wood, and soil of the house. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referents plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall take out the stones, wood, and soil of the house”

Leviticus 14:46

And the person who enters into the house

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּא֙ אֶל־הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who enters the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who enters into the house”

all of the days of his separating it

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֖י הִסְגִּ֣יר אֹת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the period of time during which the priest has quarantined the house. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the time when the priest has shut up the house”

Leviticus 14:47

And the person dwelling in the house

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁכֵ֣ב בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who dwells in the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who dwells in the house”

And the person eating in the house

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹכֵ֣ל בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who eats in the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who eats in the house”

Leviticus 14:48

But if, coming, the priest comes

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־בֹּ֨א יָבֹ֜א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb coming in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But if the priest ever comes” or ”But whenever the priest comes”

after the plastering of the house

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֖י הִטֹּ֣חַ אֶת־הַ⁠בָּ֑יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the process of having re-plastered the house with fresh, clean soil. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “after the residents of the house have re-plastered it”

because the infection was healed

Quote: כִּ֥י נִרְפָּ֖א הַ⁠נָּֽגַע׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: “The house should be pronounced clean because the infection was healed”

the infection was healed

Quote: נִרְפָּ֖א הַ⁠נָּֽגַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner has successfully removed the infection from the house”

Leviticus 14:49

And he shall take

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take”

and wood of cedar and scarlet of worm and hyssop

Quote: וְ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֶ֔רֶז וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 14:4.

to cleanse the house

Quote: לְ⁠חַטֵּ֥א אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks cleansing the house as the goal or purpose of the priests’ acquiring these items. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

Leviticus 14:50

And he shall slaughter one bird

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although it is ambiguous, based on 14:4, he likely refers to the owner of the house that is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house that is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird”

into a vessel of clay, over living water

Quote: אֶל־ כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ עַל־ מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 14:5.

Leviticus 14:51

And he shall take

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֣ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall take”

the wood of cedar and the hyssop and the scarlet of worm and the live bird

Quote: אֶת־עֵֽץ־הָ֠⁠אֶרֶז וְ⁠אֶת־הָ֨⁠אֵזֹ֜ב וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שְׁנִ֣י הַ⁠תּוֹלַ֗עַת וְ⁠אֵת֮ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 14:4.

in the blood of the bird, the one that was slaughtered

Quote: בְּ⁠דַם֙ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחוּטָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the blood of the bird that the owner of the house slaughtered”

and in the living water

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠מַּ֖יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 14:5.

and he shall sprinkle {them} on the house seven times

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֥ה אֶל־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the similar ritual action in 14:7.

Leviticus 14:52

And he shall purify the house

Quote: וְ⁠חִטֵּ֣א אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the priest successfully purifying the house so that the items in it and the people residing in it will no longer be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “And he shall purify the house from all of the impurities of the infectious mold or mildew”

and with the living water

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠מַּ֖יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 14:5.

and with the live bird and with the wood of cedar and with the hyssop and with the scarlet of worm

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠חַיָּ֗ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥ץ הָ⁠אֶ֛רֶז וּ⁠בָ⁠אֵזֹ֖ב וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנִ֥י הַ⁠תּוֹלָֽעַת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 14:4.

Leviticus 14:53

And he shall send the live bird

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֞ח אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֧ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall send the live bird”

toward the face of the field

Quote: אֶל־פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 14:7.

And he shall make atonement for the house

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עַל־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. Here, however, make sure your translation makes it clear that the house is not being atoned for because of any sin on the part of anyone who lived in it. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Leviticus 14:54

This {is} the instruction of every infection of the skin disease

Quote: זֹ֖את הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה לְ⁠כָל־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by referring to the process of cleansing for any of the scenarios described in 14:54–57. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with every infection of the skin disease” or “This is the instruction that pertains to every infection of the skin disease”

infection of the skin disease

Quote: נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:3.

and of the scall

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠נָּֽתֶק׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:30.

Leviticus 14:55

and of a skin disease of

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠צָרַ֥עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:47.

Leviticus 14:56

and of the swelling

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠שְׂאֵ֥ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:2.

and of the rash

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠סַּפַּ֖חַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:6.

and of the bright spot

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠בֶּהָֽרֶת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:2.

Leviticus 14:57

in order to teach

Quote: לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֕ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the expression in order to marks teaching how to identify uncleanness and cleanness as the goal or purpose of the instruction. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

on the day of uncleanness or on the day of cleanness

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words uncleanness and cleanness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Additionally, the word day is being used to refer to a period of time. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when a person is unclean or when a person is clean”

This {is} the instruction of the skin disease

Quote: זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠צָּרָֽעַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by referring to the wide variety of skin diseases described in 14:54–57. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with skin diseases” or “This is the instruction that pertains to skin diseases”

Leviticus 15

Leviticus 15 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Bodily fluid

This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: clean, wash)

Cleanliness

While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred)

Leviticus 15:1

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 15:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: “He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them”

Leviticus 15:2

Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-doublet

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses and Aaron are to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you say this to the sons of Israel”

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this metaphor in 1:2.

and you shall say

Quote: וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you here is plural. The word refers to Moses and Aaron. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

A man, a man

Quote: אִ֣ישׁ אִ֗ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, here man is repeated to refer to any male. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “Any man”

when he is flowing from his body

Quote: כִּ֤י יִהְיֶה֙ זָ֣ב מִ⁠בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a scenario when a man has a flowing bodily discharge, specifically (as the next note will clarify) from his genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “when he has a flowing discharge from his flesh”

from his body

Quote: מִ⁠בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here and throughout this chapter the word flesh is a polite way of referring to a man‘s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from his genitals”

Leviticus 15:3

And this is his uncleanness … it {is} his uncleanness

Quote: וְ⁠זֹ֛את תִּהְיֶ֥ה טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ & טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words uncleanness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is what makes him unclean … it makes him unclean”

whether} his flesh secretes his flow

Quote: רָ֣ר בְּשָׂר֞⁠וֹ אֶת־זוֹב֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the manner of the man’s flow. It likely describes a discharge that excretes or drips from a man’s genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whether the discharge drips from his flesh”

or his flesh blocks his flow

Quote: אֽוֹ־הֶחְתִּ֤ים בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Like the previous expression, this phrase refers to the manner of the man’s flow. It likely describes a discharge that is stopped up in a man’s genitals and has become infected. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or the discharge is stopped up in the man’s flesh”

Leviticus 15:4

the flowing {person

Quote: הַ⁠זָּ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here and in the following verses, the expression the flowing man refers to the man who has the flowing infection in his genitals. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using an expression that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man with the discharge”

Leviticus 15:5

And a man who touches his bed shall wash his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠מִשְׁכָּב֑⁠וֹ יְכַבֵּ֧ס בְּגָדָ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled this ritual action in 14:8.

And a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word man is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And any person”

And he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

It might seem that the expression he will wash with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: “And he shall wash thoroughly”

Leviticus 15:6

And the person who sits on the furniture

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁב֙ עַֽל־הַ⁠כְּלִ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who sits on any furniture on which the man with the discharge has sat, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who sits on the furniture”

and he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:7

And the person who touches the flesh of the flowing {person

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּ⁠בְשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, flesh likely represents not the genitals specifically, but the body of the person with the discharge as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the person who touches any part of the flowing man's body”

And the person who touches the flesh of

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּ⁠בְשַׂ֣ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who touches the flesh of the man with the discharge, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And any person who touches the flesh”

And he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:8

and he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:9

And any means of riding on which the flowing {person} rides

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִרְכַּ֥ב עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠זָּ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the expression means of riding translates a noun that is related to the verb rides. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And anything on which the flowing man has ridden”

And any means of riding

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression any means of riding refers to anything that is placed on the back of a horse or donkey on which a person would ride. This includes objects like saddles, clothes, blankets, and the like. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And anything could be used to ride a horse or donkey”

Leviticus 15:10

anything that was under him

Quote: בְּ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה תַחְתָּ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the ”means of riding” that was described in the previous verse. This means that the word him in this expression refers to the man who has the discharge. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “anything that the man with the discharge used to ride a horse or donkey”

And the one who lifts them

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹשֵׂ֣א אוֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who lifts anything on which the man with the discharge has sat while riding, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And whoever lifts them”

Leviticus 15:11

And anyone who the flowing {person} touches him

Quote: וְ⁠כֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגַּע־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠זָּ֔ב (1)

Alternate translation: “And whomever the person with the infected flow touches”

and he does not rinse his hands in water

Quote: וְ⁠יָדָ֖י⁠ו לֹא־שָׁטַ֣ף בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the flowing man, that is, the man who has the genital discharge. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “but the flowing man did not first wash his hands”

Leviticus 15:12

And a container of clay that the flowing {person} touches shall be broken

Quote: וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּע־ בּ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠זָּ֖ב יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And whoever owns the container of clay that the flowing man touches shall break it”

And a container of clay

Quote: וּ⁠כְלִי־חֶ֛רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression container of clay refers to a vessel made from clay or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots, which could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “And a clay pot”

and every vessel of wood shall be rinsed with water

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־ כְּלִי־ עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone must rinse every wooden container with water”

and every vessel of wood shall be rinsed with water

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: “and whoever owns a vessel of wood shall rinse it thoroughly”

and every vessel of wood

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression a vessel of wood is likely an implement, rather than a container. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression.Additionally, the expression here refers to any wooden implement that the flowing man has touched. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and every wooden implement that the flowing man touches”

Leviticus 15:13

And when the flowing {person} cleanses from his flow

Quote: וְ⁠כִֽי־יִטְהַ֤ר הַ⁠זָּב֙ מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a person’s discharge healing. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And when the flowing man recovers from his flow and is not longer infected”

then he shall count for himself seven days

Quote: וְ⁠סָ֨פַר ל֜⁠וֹ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֛ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to determining a week-long period after which the flowing man can be cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “then he shall determine a seven-day period”

for his cleansing

Quote: לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, for marks cleansing as the goal or purpose of counting out seven days. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

for his cleansing

Quote: לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words cleansing, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in order to determine when he can be cleansed”

his body

Quote: בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled this euphemism in 15:2.

in living water

Quote: בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם חַיִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 14:5.

Leviticus 15:14

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”

two sons of a pigeon … he shall

Quote: שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:15

And the priest shall make them

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)

Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare them”

And the priest shall make them

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the two birds that are described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the priest shall make the two birds”

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the man is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:16

when a layer of seed goes out from him

Quote: כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֥א מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ שִׁכְבַת־זָ֑רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a man having an ejaculation. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. However, if this expression would not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when he experiences an ejaculation”

all his flesh

Quote: אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Whereas elsewhere, the word flesh usually refers specifically to a person’s genitals, here the expression all his flesh refers to a man’s entire body. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “his whole body”

Leviticus 15:17

a layer of seed

Quote: שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in the previous verse.

and it shall be washed in water

Quote: וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the owner of the item shall wash it with water”

Leviticus 15:18

And a woman with whom a man lies

Quote: וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֥ב אִ֛ישׁ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And if a man and woman have sexual relations”

a layer of seed

Quote: שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע (1)

Alternate translation: “and there is a layer of seed” or “and the man ejaculates”

then they shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחֲצ֣וּ בַ⁠מַּ֔יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:19

when she is flowing—blood is her flow in her flesh

Quote: כִּֽי־תִהְיֶ֣ה זָבָ֔ה דָּ֛ם יִהְיֶ֥ה זֹבָ֖⁠הּ בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a woman’s normal menstruation. It may be helpful to use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “when she is bleeding normally from her flesh”

in her flesh

Quote: בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, the word flesh is a polite way of referring to a woman’s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “in her genitals”

for} seven days, she will be in her menstruation

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָמִים֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression means that when a woman begins menstruating, she will be considered unclean for seven days. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she will be unclean because of her menstruation”

she will be in her menstruation

Quote: תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word menstruation refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words menstruation, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “she should consider herself to be normally menstruating”

Leviticus 15:20

in her menstruation

Quote: בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of menstruation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when she is menstruating”

Leviticus 15:23

But if it {is} on the bed or on furniture on which she is sitting

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֨ם עַֽל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֜ב ה֗וּא א֧וֹ עַֽל־הַ⁠כְּלִ֛י אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥וא יֹשֶֽׁבֶת־עָלָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to anything that might be placed on a bed or a piece of furniture on which the menstruating woman has sat or on which she has laid. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if an item is placed on the bed or on furniture on which she is sitting”

when he touches it, he shall be unclean until the evening

Quote: בְּ⁠נָגְע⁠וֹ־ב֑⁠וֹ יִטְמָ֖א עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the hypothetical person who touches something that has been placed on the menstruating woman’s bed or furniture. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “when anyone touches it, that person shall be unclean until the evening”

Leviticus 15:24

And if, laying, a man lies with her

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with her”

And if, laying, a man lies with her

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb laying in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And if a man ever lies with her”

and her menstruation is on him

Quote: וּ⁠תְהִ֤י נִדָּתָ⁠הּ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression her menstruation represents a woman’s menstrual blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and her menstrual blood is on him”

Leviticus 15:25

And a woman, when a flow of her blood flows {for} many days when {it is} not the time of her menstruation

Quote: וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜⁠הּ יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֗ים בְּ⁠לֹא֙ עֶת־נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a scenario in which the woman bleeds from her genitals at any time other than her menstruation. If this happens, the woman is unclean just like during her menstruation. If this would be unclear in your language, it may be helpful to express this with a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “And a woman, when she bleeds from her genitals for many days when it is not the time of her normal menstruation”

when a flow of her blood flows

Quote: כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word flow translates a noun that is related to the verb flows. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when her blood flows heavily”

when she flows beyond her menstruation

Quote: כִֽי־תָז֖וּב עַל־נִדָּתָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a scenario in which the woman bleeds from her genitals during her normal menstruation for longer than is typical for her. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when she bleeds from her genitals during her menstruation period for longer than is typical for her”

all the days of the flow of her uncleanness shall be like the days of her menstruation

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗⁠הּ כִּ⁠ימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛⁠הּ תִּהְיֶ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the fact that if either of the scenarios described in this verse occurs, the woman should be considered unclean just as if she were normally menstruating. Additionally, the word days is being used to denote a period of time. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “for as long as she is bleeding, she shall be considered unclean just like when she is menstruating normally”

all the days of the flow of her uncleanness

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean flow. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “as long as she is bleeding and is unclean”

like the days of her menstruation

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the period when she normally menstruates”

Leviticus 15:26

Every bed on which she lies all the days of her flow shall be to her like the bed of her menstruation

Quote: כָּל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־תִּשְׁכַּ֤ב עָלָי⁠ו֙ כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔⁠הּ כְּ⁠מִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ יִֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase means that any bed on which the woman sits while she is experiencing unusual genital bleeding should be considered unclean just like the bed of a woman who is normally menstruating. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Every bed on which she lies all the days of her flow should be considered to be unclean just like the bed of her menstruation”

all the days of her flow

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean flow. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “when she is experiencing unusual genital bleeding”

like the bed of her menstruation

Quote: כְּ⁠מִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a bed that is characterized by its use during the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the bed on which she lays when she is normally menstruating”

like the uncleanness of her menstruation

Quote: כְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe uncleanness that comes from the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “like the uncleanness that she acquires because of her menstruation”

like the uncleanness of her menstruation

Quote: כְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words uncleanness or menstruation, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “like when she is unclean because she is menstruating”

Leviticus 15:27

them

Quote: בָּ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the woman’s bed and furniture that were described in the previous verse. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: “the bed on which the bleeding woman has laid or the furniture on which the bleeding woman has sat”

Leviticus 15:28

But if she cleanses {herself} from her flow

Quote: וְ⁠אִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the woman recovering from her flow and ceasing to bleed from her genitals. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But if she recovers from her unusual genital bleeding”

But if she cleanses {herself} from her flow

Quote: וְ⁠אִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The words she, herself, and her refer to the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: “But if the woman who is experiencing unusual genital bleeding cleanses herself from the flow of her blood”

then she shall count for herself seven days

Quote: וְ⁠סָ֥פְרָה לָּ֛⁠הּ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled this expression in 15:13.

Leviticus 15:29

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “And on the next day”

sons of a pigeon

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

Leviticus 15:30

And the priest shall make

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “And the priest shall prepare”

And the priest shall make atonement for her

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלֶ֤י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, be careful not to convey the idea that the woman has sinned and so is in need of atonement. Here, atonement removes from the woman the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she has bled. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

from the flow of her uncleanness

Quote: מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from her flow of blood that made her unclean”

from the flow of her uncleanness

Quote: מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you handled the similar expression in 15:25.

Leviticus 15:31

And you shall hold back

Quote: וְ⁠הִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and Moses, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this way of referring to the people of Israel in 1:2.

from their uncleanness, … by their uncleanness, by their defiling

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם & בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠טַמְּאָ֥⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word uncleanness comes from a noun that is related to the verb defiling. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.

from their uncleanness

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word uncleanness, you can express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: “from becoming unclean”

and they will not die by their uncleanness, by their defiling my Dwelling that {is} in their midst

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א יָמֻ֨תוּ֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠טַמְּאָ֥⁠ם אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that the people of Israel will die if they defile God’s holy place. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will not die when they are unclean and defile my Dwelling that is in their midst”

my Dwelling that {is} in their midst

Quote: אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the holy place where I live in their midst”

Leviticus 15:32

This {is} the instruction of the flowing {person

Quote: זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠זָּ֑ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the instruction that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of bodily charges listed in 15:32–33. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: “This is the instruction that has to do with people who have discharges” or “This is the instruction that pertains to people who have discharges”

a layer of seed

Quote: שִׁכְבַת־ זֶ֖רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled this expression in 15:16.

to become unclean by it

Quote: לְ⁠טָמְאָה־בָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)

Alternate translation: “and he becomes unclean by it”

Leviticus 15:33

and of {the woman} who is sick in her menstruation

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּוָה֙ בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression does not refer to physical sickness but rather to a woman’s experience of normal menstruation. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the woman who experiences normal menstruation”

and of the flowing of his flow

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word his is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and of the flowing of any person’s flow”

and of the flowing of his flow

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word flow translates a noun that is related to the verb flowing. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: “and of his flowing discharge”

and of the man who lies with an unclean {woman

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־טְמֵאָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This expression refers to sexual relations between a man and a woman in a polite way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and of the man who has sexual relations with an unclean woman”

Leviticus 16

Leviticus 16 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Holiness

Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred and clean, wash)

Day of Atonement

This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: high priest, chief priests and atonement, atone, atoned and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Leviticus 16:1

the two sons of Aaron

Quote: שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן (1)

The phrase the two sons of Aaron refers to Nadab and Abihu, who died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve (Leviticus 10:1–2).

Leviticus 16:4

and the linen undergarments

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ (1)

These undergarments were clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes.

and … the linen sash

Quote: וּ⁠בְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט בַּד֙ (1)

A sash is a piece of cloth that ties around the waist or chest.

and … the linen turban

Quote: וּ⁠בְ⁠מִצְנֶ֥פֶת בַּ֖ד (1)

A turban is a head covering made from wrapped strips of cloth.

Leviticus 16:5

And from the congregation of

Quote: וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֗ת עֲדַת֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “And from the congregation of”

Leviticus 16:6

the sin offering, which {is} for himself

Quote: הַ⁠חַטָּ֖את אֲשֶׁר־ ל֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “as the sin offering for himself”

Leviticus 16:8

to Azazel

Quote: לַ⁠עֲזָאזֵֽל (1)

Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the scapegoat” or “for the goat that is sent away”

Leviticus 16:9

on which the lot … fell

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָלָ֥ה עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל (1)

Alternate translation: “which the lot designated”

Leviticus 16:10

But the goat … shall be made to stand living

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֗יר & יָֽעֳמַד־ חַ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive”

Leviticus 16:11

And he shall slaughter

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֛ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And he must slaughter and catch the blood of”

Leviticus 16:12

the fullness of a censer

Quote: מְלֹֽא־ הַ֠⁠מַּחְתָּה (1)

A censor is a container for fire and incense, used by the priests.

Leviticus 16:14

some of the blood of the bull

Quote: מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֔ר (1)

This is the blood Aaron caught with a bowl in Leviticus 16:11.

on the face of the atonement lid

Quote: עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת (1)

He put the blood on the top part of the lid that was towards him as he entered the most holy place.

And to the face of the atonement lid

Quote: וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֗רֶת (1)

This could mean: (1) “And below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “And onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.”

Leviticus 16:15

And he shall sprinkle it on the atonement lid and to the face of the atonement lid

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ עַל־ הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּֽרֶת (1)

Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in Leviticus 16:14.

Leviticus 16:16

And he shall make atonement for the holy place from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עַל־ הַ⁠קֹּ֗דֶשׁ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)

The sins of the people of Israel made the holy place unclean.

from the uncleanness of … and from their rebellion, … their sins

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ & וּ⁠מִ⁠פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם & חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם (1)

The words uncleanness, rebellion, and sins mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins.

from the uncleanness of

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean.

in the midst of their uncleanness

Quote: בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ טֻמְאֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The phrase their uncleanness represents the people who commit sinful actions. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who commit sinful actions”

Leviticus 16:18

And he shall go out to the altar that {is} to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠יָצָ֗א אֶל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֛חַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־ יְהוָ֖ה (1)

This is the altar of sacrifice just inside the courtyard of the tabernacle.

and he shall make atonement for it

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)

Like the holy place and tent of meeting, the altar is unclean because of the sins of the people.

the horns of the altar

Quote: קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ (1)

The horns of the altar refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in Leviticus 4:7. Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar”

Leviticus 16:19

And he shall cleanse it

Quote: וְ⁠טִהֲר֣⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Making the altar fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the priest were physically cleansing it.

and make it holy from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel

Quote: וְ⁠קִדְּשׁ֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were being physically separated from the sins of the people.

from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physical uncleanness.

Leviticus 16:20

and he shall present the living goat

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֖יב אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֥יר הֶ⁠חָֽי (1)

This goat is called the scapegoat in verse Leviticus 16:10.

Leviticus 16:21

and he shall confess over it

Quote: וְ⁠הִתְוַדָּ֣ה עָלָ֗י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: “and confess over the goat”

the iniquity of … their rebellion, … their sins

Quote: עֲוֺנֹת֙ & פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם & חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם (1)

The words wickedness, rebellion, and sins mean basically the same thing. Aaron is confessing every kind of sin that the people committed.

And he shall give them on the head of the goat

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Aaron’s actions here were a symbolic transfer of the people’s sin to the goat as a sign that the goat would bear the punishment for their guilt.

Leviticus 16:23

and he shall remove the linen clothing

Quote: וּ⁠פָשַׁט֙ אֶת־ בִּגְדֵ֣י הַ⁠בָּ֔ד (1)

These were the special garments Aaron wore only when he entered the most holy place.

Leviticus 16:24

And he shall bathe his flesh in the water in a holy place

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֨ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֤⁠וֹ בַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם קָד֔וֹשׁ (1)

Here, holy place does not refer to the tent of meeting. This was a different place set aside for him to bathe himself.

and he shall wear his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠לָבַ֖שׁ אֶת־ בְּגָדָ֑י⁠ו (1)

These garments were the clothes that Aaron wore for his ordinary duties.

Leviticus 16:25

he shall cause to become smoke

Quote: יַקְטִ֥יר (1)

Alternate translation: “Aaron must burn”

Leviticus 16:26

And the person sending away the goat to Azazel shall wash his clothes, and he shall bathe his flesh in the water

Quote: וְ⁠הַֽ⁠מְשַׁלֵּ֤חַ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִיר֙ לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל יְכַבֵּ֣ס בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)

The man was unclean because of his contact with the scapegoat, which carried the sin of the people.

to Azazel

Quote: לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל (1)

See how you translated this in Leviticus 16:8. Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away”

Leviticus 16:27

whose blood was brought

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּבָ֤א אֶת־ דָּמָ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose blood Aaron brought in”

shall be brought out

Quote: יוֹצִ֖יא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must carry”

their skins

Quote: אֶת־ עֹרֹתָ֥⁠ם (1)

Here, their refers to the bull and the goat. A hide is the skin of an animal. Alternate translation: “the skins of the bull and the goat”

Leviticus 16:29

for you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

The word you is plural and refers to the people of Israel.

in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on the western calendar.

in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The words seventh and tenth are the ordinal forms of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven on day ten of the month”

Leviticus 16:30

he will make atonement for you

Quote: יְכַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron will make atonement for you”

to cleanse you … you will be clean

Quote: לְ⁠טַהֵ֣ר אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּטְהָֽרוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

People who are acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically made clean.

Leviticus 16:31

It {is} a sabbath of sabbaths for you

Quote: שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הִיא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement.

Leviticus 16:32

under his father

Quote: תַּ֣חַת אָבִ֑י⁠ו (1)

When the high priest died, one of his sons would replace him.

the clothes of holiness

Quote: בִּגְדֵ֥י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)

These holy garments were special clothes the high priest must wear when he enters the most holy place.

Leviticus 16:33

all the people of the assembly

Quote: כָּל־ עַ֥ם הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל (1)

Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel”

Leviticus 16:34

General Information:

Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must do on the Day of Atonement.

Leviticus 17

Leviticus 17 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Sacrifices

Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: priest, priesthood and god, false god, goddess, idol, idolater, idolatrous, idolatry)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“The life of each creature is its blood”

It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: INVALID bible/kt/life and INVALID bible/kt/blood)

Leviticus 17:4

before the face of the dwelling of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י מִשְׁכַּ֣ן יְהוָ֑ה (1)

Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle”

and that man must be cut off from among his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree”

and that man must be cut off from among his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”

Leviticus 17:7

whom they prostitute themselves after

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֛ר הֵ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The people being unfaithful to Yahweh by worshiping false gods is spoken of as if they were prostitutes who sold their bodies for money. Alternate translation: “for which they are unfaithful to Yahweh”

This will be a permanent statute for them throughout their generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֛ם תִּֽהְיֶה־ זֹּ֥את לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)

See how you translated this phrase in Leviticus 3:17.

Leviticus 17:9

that man must be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people like a branch is cut from a tree”

that man must be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”

Leviticus 17:10

I will set my face against that person

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י פָנַ֗⁠י בַּ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The idiom set my face against means he “firmly decided to oppose.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that person”

and I will cut him off from among his people

Quote: וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּ֥י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “I will not permit that person to live among his people any longer” or “I will separate that person from his people”

Leviticus 17:11

For the life of the flesh is in its blood, … For it is the blood with the life that atones

Quote: כִּ֣י נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠בָּשָׂר֮ בַּ⁠דָּ֣ם הִוא֒ & כִּֽי־ הַ⁠דָּ֥ם ה֖וּא בַּ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ יְכַפֵּֽר (1)

This means God uses the blood to atone for the sins of the people because the blood is life. The people should not consume the blood because it has this special purpose.

Leviticus 17:12

I said

Quote: אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ (1)

Here, I refers to Yahweh.

every person among you must not eat blood

Quote: כָּל־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם לֹא־ תֹ֣אכַל דָּ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: “no one among you may eat meat with blood in it”

Leviticus 17:13

that may be eaten

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have said they may eat”

Leviticus 17:14

the life of all flesh is its blood

Quote: נֶ֣פֶשׁ כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֗ר דָּמ֣⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means that the blood is enables the creature to be alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “each creature is able to live because of its blood”

All who eat it must be cut off

Quote: כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “ Anyone who eats blood must be cut off from his people, as if he were a branch cut from a tree”

All who eat it must be cut off

Quote: כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “You must separate from his people anyone who eats blood”

Leviticus 17:15

or that has been torn by wild animals

Quote: וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or that wild animals have killed”

among the native born

Quote: בָּ⁠אֶזְרָ֖ח (1)

Alternate translation: “among the Israelites”

and he will be unclean … And he will be clean

Quote: וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א & וְ⁠טָהֵֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean.

until the evening

Quote: עַד־ הָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב (1)

Alternate translation: “until sunset”

Leviticus 17:16

then he must carry his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here a person’s iniquity is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries.

then he must carry his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word iniquity represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin”

Leviticus 18

Leviticus 18 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Uncovering nakedness

To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations.

Leviticus 18:4

My laws you must do, and my statutes you must keep

Quote: אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֧⁠י תַּעֲשׂ֛וּ וְ⁠אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments”

so that you walk in them

Quote: לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them”

Leviticus 18:6

to uncover nakedness

Quote: לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

The phrase to uncover nakedness is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations”

Leviticus 18:7

The nakedness of your father and the nakedness of your mother you must not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father or your mother”

you must not uncover her nakedness

Quote: לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her”

Leviticus 18:8

the wife of your father

Quote: אֵֽשֶׁת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ (1)

Sometimes men had more than one wife. God did not allow a son to have sexual intercourse with any woman married to his father, even if she was not his mother.

It is the nakedness of your father

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא (1)

Alternate translation: “You would dishonor your father”

Leviticus 18:9

The nakedness of your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside, you must not uncover their nakedness

Quote: עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֤ בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת בַּ֔יִת א֖וֹ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת ח֑וּץ לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside”

the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother

Quote: בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ (1)

This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father.

Leviticus 18:10

for they are your nakedness

Quote: כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה (1)

Alternate translation: “for you will dishonor yourself as well as them”

Leviticus 18:11

your father’s wife’s daughter

Quote: בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ (1)

This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married.

Leviticus 18:12

The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father’s sister”

Leviticus 18:14

to his wife you must not come near

Quote: אֶל־ אִשְׁתּ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her”

Leviticus 18:15

The nakedness of your daughter-in-law you must not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law”

You must not uncover her nakedness

Quote: לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her”

Leviticus 18:16

That is your brother’s nakedness

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא (1)

Alternate translation: “if you do that, you will dishonor your brother”

Leviticus 18:17

The nakedness of a woman and her daughter you must not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אִשָּׁ֛ה וּ⁠בִתָּ֖⁠הּ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with a woman and her daughter”

to uncover her nakedness

Quote: לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָתָ֔⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”

Leviticus 18:19

in the impurity of her uncleanness

Quote: בְּ⁠נִדַּ֣ת טֻמְאָתָ֑⁠הּ (1)

This refers to the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb.

to uncover her nakedness

Quote: לְ⁠גַלּ֖וֹת עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her”

Leviticus 18:20

your neighbor’s wife

Quote: אֵ֨שֶׁת֙ עֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֔ (1)

Alternate translation: “any man’s wife”

Leviticus 18:21

And you must not give any of your children to cause to pass over to Molech

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ לֹא־ תִתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠הַעֲבִ֣יר לַ⁠מֹּ֑לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase to pass over to Molech refers to burning a child in the fire as a sacrifice to the idol Molech. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive for Molech”

And you must not profane the name of your God

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֧א תְחַלֵּ֛ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word profane means to dishonor. The word namerepresents God himself. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor your God”

Leviticus 18:22

And you must not lie with

Quote: וְ⁠אֶ֨ת & לֹ֥א תִשְׁכַּ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with”

That is detestable

Quote: תּוֹעֵבָ֖ה הִֽוא (1)

Here, detestable refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be.

Leviticus 18:23

to lie down with it

Quote: לְ⁠רִבְעָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it”

Leviticus 18:24

the nations … have become unclean

Quote: נִטְמְא֣וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the nations refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term nations is clarified as people. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations … have defiled themselves”

Leviticus 18:25

And the land became unclean

Quote: וַ⁠תִּטְמָ֣א הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ (1)

Alternate translation: “And the people defiled the land”

And the land vomited out its inhabitants

Quote: וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. Alternate translation: “I forcibly removed the people from the land”

And the land vomited out its inhabitants

Quote: וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit.

Leviticus 18:26

any of these detestable things

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל הַ⁠תּוֹעֵבֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה (1)

Alternate translation: “any of these disgusting things”

Leviticus 18:28

so the land does not vomit you out … it vomited out

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & קָאָ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. See how you translated this metaphor in Leviticus 18:25.

so the land does not vomit you out … it vomited out

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & קָאָ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit. See how you translated these phrases in Leviticus 18:25.

Leviticus 18:29

the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “the people who do these things must be separated from their people as a branch is cut from a tree”

the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must separate the who do such things from their people”

Leviticus 18:30

which were done before you

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשׂ֣וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came”

by them

Quote: בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)

Here, them refers to the detestable customs.

Leviticus 19

Leviticus 19 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Obeying Yahweh

Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred and righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness and just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification)

Leviticus 19:3

you must keep my sabbaths

Quote: שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ (1)

Alternate translation: “you must observe my sabbaths” or “you must respect my day of rest”

Leviticus 19:4

Do not turn to worthless idols

Quote: אַל־ תִּפְנוּ֙ אֶל־ הָ֣⁠אֱלִילִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols”

Leviticus 19:5

you must sacrifice it for your acceptance

Quote: לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֖ם תִּזְבָּחֻֽ⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean: (1) Yahweh will accept the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept you” or (2) Yahweh will accept the sacrifice from the person. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept your sacrifice”

Leviticus 19:6

it must be eaten

Quote: יֵאָכֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it”

and what is left until the third day must be burned up in the fire

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָר֙ עַד־ י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn up in the fire what is left until the third day”

Leviticus 19:7

And if it is eaten at all

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֛ם הֵאָכֹ֥ל יֵאָכֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you eat any of it”

It will not be accepted

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating”

Leviticus 19:8

And the one who eats it must carry his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person’s iniquity is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries.

And the one who eats it must carry his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word iniquity represents the punishment for that sin. Alternate translation: “And everyone who eats the sacrifice is responsible for his own sin” or “Yahweh will punish the sin of everyone who eats the sacrifice”

and that person must be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree”

and that person must be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”

Leviticus 19:9

And when you harvest the harvest of your land, you must not completely … the edge of your field

Quote: וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֧א תְכַלֶּ֛ה פְּאַ֥ת שָׂדְ⁠ךָ֖ (1)

Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields”

and you must not gather the gleaning of your harvest

Quote: וְ⁠לֶ֥קֶט קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תְלַקֵּֽט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind”

Leviticus 19:12

And you must not swear by my name falsely

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִשָּׁבְע֥וּ בִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י לַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶר (1)

Alternate translation: “And do not use my name to swear about something that is not true”

Leviticus 19:13

You must not oppress your neighbor and you must not rob

Quote: לֹֽא־ תַעֲשֹׁ֥ק אֶת־ רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֣א תִגְזֹ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, neighbor means “anyone.” The meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not hurt or rob anyone”

The wages of a hired worker must not stay all night with you until morning

Quote: לֹֽא־ תָלִ֞ין פְּעֻלַּ֥ת שָׂכִ֛יר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַד־ בֹּֽקֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Yahweh commands the employer to pay his servant promptly when his work is done that day. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear.

Leviticus 19:15

You must not do injustice in judgment

Quote: לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֨וֶל֙ בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֔ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes

The double negative not … injustice is used for emphasis. It can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “Always judge rightly”

You must not lift up the face of the poor, and you must not give preference to the face of the great

Quote: לֹא־ תִשָּׂ֣א פְנֵי־ דָ֔ל וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֶהְדַּ֖ר פְּנֵ֣י גָד֑וֹל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The words poor and great are two extremes, which together mean “anyone.” You can translate this to clarify the terms. Alternate translation: “You must not show favoritism to anyone based on how much money they have”

In justice you must judge your neighbor

Quote: בְּ⁠צֶ֖דֶק תִּשְׁפֹּ֥ט עֲמִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ (1)

Alternate translation: “Judge everyone according to what is right”

Leviticus 19:16

as a slanderer

Quote: רָכִיל֙ (1)

A slanderer is someone who says untrue, hurtful messages about other people.

Leviticus 19:17

You must not hate your brother in your heart

Quote: לֹֽא־ תִשְׂנָ֥א אֶת־ אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בִּ⁠לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the heart. Alternate translation: “Do not continually hate your brother”

You must surely rebuke your fellow citizen

Quote: הוֹכֵ֤חַ תּוֹכִ֨יחַ֙ אֶת־ עֲמִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ (1)

Alternate translation: “You must correct your fellow Israelite who is sinning”

Leviticus 19:20

lies with

Quote: יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with”

who is promised to a man

Quote: נֶחֱרֶ֣פֶת לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom someone promised to give to a man as his wife”

and she has not been ransomed at all or freedom has not been given to her

Quote: וְ⁠הָפְדֵּה֙ לֹ֣א נִפְדָּ֔תָה א֥וֹ חֻפְשָׁ֖ה לֹ֣א נִתַּן־ לָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom”

They must not be put to death

Quote: לֹ֥א יוּמְת֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them”

Leviticus 19:21

And he must bring his guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting—a ram as a guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲשָׁמ⁠וֹ֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אֶל־ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֵ֖יל אָשָֽׁם (1)

Alternate translation: “And a man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting”

Leviticus 19:22

And it will be forgiven him for his sin which he has sinned

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֔⁠וֹ מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed”

Leviticus 19:23

then you must regard its fruit as being uncircumcised in its foreskin. Three years it will be uncircumcised for you. It must not be eaten

Quote: וַ⁠עֲרַלְתֶּ֥ם עָרְלָת֖⁠וֹ אֶת־ פִּרְי֑⁠וֹ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֗ים יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲרֵלִ֖ים לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: “then you must consider the fruit of the trees to be unclean for the first three years and not eat any of it until after that”

It must not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it”

Leviticus 19:29

and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here both occurrences of the word land represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things”

and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Many people practicing prostitution and other wicked deeds is spoken of as if the they have fallen into or become full of those things. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things”

Leviticus 19:31

the necromancers or to the soothsayers

Quote: הָ⁠אֹבֹת֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ הַ⁠יִּדְּעֹנִ֔ים (1)

The necromancers were people who claimed to speak with dead people. The soothsayers claimed to be able to predict what will happen in the future. The Israelites were not allowed to have anything to do with these people.

Do not seek to become unclean by them

Quote: אַל־ תְּבַקְשׁ֖וּ לְ⁠טָמְאָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: “Do not seek those people out. If you do, they will defile you”

Leviticus 19:32

you must rise

Quote: תָּק֔וּם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Standing up in front of someone is a sign of respect.

the gray-haired person

Quote: שֵׂיבָה֙ (1)

A gray-haired person refers to a person whose hair has turned gray from age, or “an old person.”

Leviticus 19:35

You must not do injustice in judgment, in measurement of length, in weight, or in quantity

Quote: לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֖וֶל בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט בַּ⁠מִּדָּ֕ה בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֖ל וּ⁠בַ⁠מְּשׂוּרָֽה (1)

This prohibits the practice of intentionally using instruments that give inaccurate readings when measuring things.

Leviticus 19:36

a just ephah

Quote: אֵ֥יפַת צֶ֛דֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah was a measurement for grain.

and a just hin

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֥ין צֶ֖דֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

A hin was a measurement for liquids.

Leviticus 19:37

And you must keep … and you must do

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֤ם & וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience.

Leviticus 20

Leviticus 20 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Punishments for serious sins

This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning and INVALID bible/other/death)

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Euphemism

“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: Euphemism)

Metaphor

The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death.

Leviticus 20:2

who gives any of his offspring to Molech

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֧ן מִ⁠זַּרְע֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Those who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech”

must certainly be put to death

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must certainly stone him to death”

Leviticus 20:3

And I also will set my face against that man

Quote: וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶתֵּ֤ן אֶת־ פָּנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The idiom *set me face means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose that man”

For he has given his offspring to Molech

Quote: כִּ֤י מִ⁠זַּרְע⁠וֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַ⁠מֹּ֔לֶךְ (1)

Se how you translated a similar phrase in 20:2. Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child”

so as to make my holy place unclean and to profane my holy name

Quote: לְמַ֗עַן טַמֵּא֙ אֶת־ מִקְדָּשִׁ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י (1)

Alternate translation: “and by doing that, he has defiled my holy place and profaned my holy name”

and to profane my holy name

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here God’s name represents God and his reputation. Alternate translation: “and to dishonor my reputation” or “and to dishonor me”

Leviticus 20:4

the people of the land cause their eyes to be hidden at all from that man

Quote: הַעְלֵ֣ם יַעְלִימֽוּ֩ עַ֨ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִן־ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The phrase to cause their eyes to be hidden implies they do not see that thing. This speaks of ignoring something as closing the eyes. Alternate translation: “the people of the land disregard that man at all” or “the people of the land even partially ignore that man”

Leviticus 20:5

all the ones who prostitute themselves after him, by prostituting themselves after Molech

Quote: כָּל־ הַ⁠זֹּנִ֣ים אַחֲרָ֗י⁠ו לִ⁠זְנ֛וֹת אַחֲרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This phrase compares those who are unfaithful to Yahweh to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “who is unfaithful to Yahweh”

Leviticus 20:6

so as to prostitute themselves after them

Quote: לִ⁠זְנ֖וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This phrase compares the unfaithful people to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “by doing that, they seek advice from the spirits rather than from me”

I will set my face against that person

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ פָּנַ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֔וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The idiom set my face means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind that I will oppose that person”

Leviticus 20:8

And you must keep my statutes and do them

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The words keep and do mean basically the same thing. They are used together in order to emphasize that the people must obey God.

Leviticus 20:9

he must surely be put to death

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put him to death”

Leviticus 20:10

must certainly be put to death

Quote: מֽוֹת־ יוּמַ֥ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put both of them to death”

Leviticus 20:11

lies with … s wife, … his father

Quote: יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ אֵ֣שֶׁת אָבִ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Some languages use more direct phrases such as “has sex with his father’s wife.”

Leviticus 20:12

They have committed perversion

Quote: תֶּ֥בֶל עָשׂ֖וּ (1)

Here God calls a man having sex with his son’s wife a perversion, an especially serious sin. See how you translated perversion in Leviticus 18:23.

Leviticus 20:13

lies with

Quote: יִשְׁכַּ֤ב אֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with”

as one lies with a woman

Quote: מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אִשָּׁ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

The way he treats the man is the same way he would treat a woman. Alternate translation: “just like he would with a woman”

a detestable thing

Quote: תּוֹעֵבָ֥ה (1)

Alternate translation: “something detestable” or “something detestable”

They must surely be put to death

Quote: מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put them to death”

Leviticus 20:14

In the fire they must be burned, he and they

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֞שׁ יִשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹת⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶתְ⁠הֶ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn to death in the fire both the man and the women”

Leviticus 20:15

lies with an animal

Quote: יִתֵּ֧ן שְׁכָבְתּ֛⁠וֹ בִּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with an animal”

he must surely be put to death

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put him to death”

Leviticus 20:16

to lie with it

Quote: לְ⁠רִבְעָ֣ה אֹתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it”

then you must kill the woman and the animal. They must certainly be put to death

Quote: וְ⁠הָרַגְתָּ֥ אֶת־ הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Both clauses mean the same thing. They emphasize that the woman and animal must die.

They must certainly be put to death

Quote: מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly put them to death”

Leviticus 20:17

takes

Quote: יִקַּ֣ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This could mean: (1) this is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” or (2) it simply means “to marry.”

a daughter of his father or a daughter of his mother

Quote: בַּת־ אָבִ֣י⁠ו א֣וֹ בַת־ אִ֠מּ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister, even if she has a different mother or father. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “whether it is his full sister or half-sister”

and he sees her nakedness, and she sees his nakedness

Quote: וְ⁠רָאָ֨ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָתָ֜⁠הּ וְ⁠הִֽיא־ תִרְאֶ֤ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Alternate translation: “they have sexual relations”

He has uncovered the nakedness of his sister

Quote: עֶרְוַ֧ת אֲחֹת֛⁠וֹ גִּלָּ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of referring to sexual activity. Alternate translation: “He has had sexual relations with his sister”

He must bear his iniquity

Quote: עֲוֺנ֥⁠וֹ יִשָּֽׂא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This phrase means the man is responsible for his sin. Alternate translation: “He is responsible for his sin” or “You must punish him for his sin”

Leviticus 20:18

And if a man lies with a menstruating woman

Quote: וְ֠⁠אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת־ אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with a menstruating woman”

a menstruating woman

Quote: אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה (1)

This means it is the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb.

he has exposed her flow and she has uncovered the flow of her blood

Quote: אֶת־ מְקֹרָ֣⁠הּ הֶֽעֱרָ֔ה וְ⁠הִ֕יא גִּלְּתָ֖ה אֶת־ מְק֣וֹר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This phrase compares having sex with a woman during her menstrual period to removing the cover off of something that should remain hidden.

he has exposed her flow and she has uncovered the flow of her blood

Quote: אֶת־ מְקֹרָ֣⁠הּ הֶֽעֱרָ֔ה וְ⁠הִ֕יא גִּלְּתָ֖ה אֶת־ מְק֣וֹר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The fact that this was a shameful thing to do can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have done a shameful thing by exposing and uncovering the flow of her blood”

And both of them must be cut off from among their people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

People being excluded from their community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated a similar phrase in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “And both of them must be cut off among their people as a branch is cut from a tree”

And both of them must be cut off from among their people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people”

And both of them must be cut off

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It can be stated clearly why this must be done. Alternate translation: “Because they have done this shameful thing, both the man and woman must be cut off”

Leviticus 20:19

And the nakedness of your mother’s sister, or your father’s sister, you must not uncover

Quote: וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲח֧וֹת אִמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וַ⁠אֲח֥וֹת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “You must not have sexual relations with your mother’s sister”

They must bear their iniquity

Quote: עֲוֺנָ֥⁠ם יִשָּֽׂאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The idiom “carry your own guilt” means “you are responsible for your own sin.” Alternate translation: “They are responsible for their own sin” or “You must punish them for their sin”

Leviticus 20:20

And if a man lies with his aunt

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ דֹּ֣דָת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if a man has sexual relations with his aunt”

Leviticus 20:21

And if a man takes his brother’s wife

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִקַּ֛ח אֶת־ אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This could mean: (1) this is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man has sexual relations with his brother’s wife” or (2) it simply means “to marry.”

Leviticus 20:22

and the land which I am bringing you there to dwell in will not vomit you out

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֜י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת בָּֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This phrase describes the removal of the people from the land as if they were bad food that a person vomits out. See how you translated this metaphor in Leviticus 18:25. Alternate translation: “the land to which I am bringing you will not reject you”

and the land which I am bringing you there to dwell in will not vomit you out

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֜י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת בָּֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land is describes as if it were a person who could vomit. Alternate translation: “the land to which I am bringing you will not reject you”

Leviticus 20:23

And you must not walk in the statutes of the nations

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א תֵֽלְכוּ֙ בְּ⁠חֻקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠גּ֔וֹי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Doing the actions of idol worshipers is spoken of as walking in their ways. Alternate translation: “And you must not act like the nations”

I will drive out

Quote: אֲנִ֥י מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ (1)

Alternate translation: “I will remove”

Leviticus 20:24

a land flowing with milk and honey

Quote: אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase flowing with milk and honey means “that is rich and productive with enough food for everyone.” Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming” or “a productive land”

Leviticus 20:26

and I have separated you

Quote: וָ⁠אַבְדִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם (1)

Alternate translation: “and I have distinguished you” or “and I have set you apart”

Leviticus 20:27

they must certainly be put to death

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must certainly put them to death”

Leviticus 21

Leviticus 21 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Priests must be holy

Priests must be separate from the rest of the world. Priests should not do anything that would be unclean. They also cannot be unclean because of a birth defect, and they must not marry an unclean woman. (See: priest, priesthood and holy, holiness, unholy, sacred and clean, wash)

Leviticus 21:1

he must not make himself unclean

Quote: לֹֽא־ יִטַּמָּ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean.

among his people

Quote: בְּ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: “among the Israelites”

Leviticus 21:3

virgin

Quote: הַ⁠בְּתוּלָה֙ (1)

The word virgin is sometimes translated as “young woman.”

Leviticus 21:5

and they must not shave off the corner of their beard

Quote: וּ⁠פְאַ֥ת זְקָנָ֖⁠ם לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חוּ (1)

It is impossible to be certain what the writer intended here. This could mean: (1) shave off certain parts of their beards or (2) cut or shave any part of their beards.

Leviticus 21:6

and they must not profane the name of their God

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֣א יְחַלְּל֔וּ שֵׁ֖ם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This word name is used to represent Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “and they must not disgrace God’s reputation” or “and they must not disgrace their God”

the bread of their God

Quote: לֶ֧חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, bread represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. It is the sincerity of those offering the food that pleases God.

so they must be holy

Quote: וְ⁠הָ֥יוּ קֹֽדֶשׁ (1)

Alternate translation: “so they must be set apart”

Leviticus 21:7

He must not take … he must not take

Quote: לֹ֣א יִקָּ֔חוּ & לֹ֣א יִקָּ֑חוּ (1)

Alternate translation: “The priest must not take … the priest must not take”

For he is holy

Quote: כִּֽי־ קָדֹ֥שׁ ה֖וּא (1)

Alternate translation: “For he is set apart”

Leviticus 21:8

And you will make him holy

Quote: וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “And you people must treat the priest as holy”

for he is the one who offers the bread of your God

Quote: כִּֽי־ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֑יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, bread represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. Translate this in a way that makes it clear that Yahweh does not actually eat the food.

He must be holy for you

Quote: קָדֹשׁ֙ יִֽהְיֶה־ לָּ֔⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must regard him as holy”

Leviticus 21:9

she must be burned

Quote: תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn her to death”

Leviticus 21:10

the oil of anointing

Quote: שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This is a reference to the anointing oil used in the ceremony consecrating a new the high priest. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit.

who has had the oil of anointing poured upon his head and has had his hand filled

Quote: אֲֽשֶׁר־ יוּצַ֥ק עַל־ רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ׀ שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֙ וּ⁠מִלֵּ֣א אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on whose head they poured anointing oil and whose hand they filled”

he must not let his head be unbound and he must not tear his clothes

Quote: אֶת־ רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א יִפְרָ֔ע וּ⁠בְגָדָ֖י⁠ו לֹ֥א יִפְרֹֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Loose hair and torn clothes were signs of mourning. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he must not mourn for dead relatives”

Leviticus 21:12

And he must not leave from the holy place

Quote: וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠מִּקְדָּשׁ֙ לֹ֣א יֵצֵ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This does not mean the high priest could never leave. God did not allow him to leave in order to grieve over someone who died.

Leviticus 21:14

from his people

Quote: מֵ⁠עַמָּ֖י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: “from among his own tribe, the tribe of Levi”

Leviticus 21:15

And he will not profane his offspring among his people

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יְחַלֵּ֥ל זַרְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠עַמָּ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

By marrying an unholy or ungodly woman, the priest would have children unworthy to be priest. Alternate translation: “And he will not have unworthy children by marrying an ungodly woman”

Leviticus 21:17

must not come near to offer food to his God

Quote: לֹ֣א יִקְרַ֔ב לְ⁠הַקְרִ֖יב לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not come to burn the burnt offering of food on God’s altar”

Leviticus 21:18

must not come near

Quote: לֹ֣א יִקְרָ֑ב (1)

A priest had to meet specific physical standards in order to approach Yahweh. This does not imply that physical defects were the result of immorality or that all people with physical defects are unable to approach Yahweh.

Leviticus 21:21

He must not approach to offer the bread of his God

Quote: אֵ֚ת לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔י⁠ו לֹ֥א יִגַּ֖שׁ לְ⁠הַקְרִֽיב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, bread represents food in general. Alternate translation: “He must not make burnt offering of food on God’s altar”

Leviticus 21:22

The food of his God, some of the holiest holy things and some of the holy things, he may eat

Quote: לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔י⁠ו מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים יֹאכֵֽל (1)

Parts of the sacrifices belonged to the priests and could be eaten. Alternate translation: “He may eat the food offering of his God, some of the holiest holy things and some of the holy things”

he may eat

Quote: יֹאכֵֽל (1)

Here, he refers to the priest with the bodily defect.

some of the holiest holy things and some of the holy things

Quote: מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This also refers to the food that was sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “some of the sacrifices offered in the most holy place or some of the sacrifices offered in the holy place”

Leviticus 21:24

and to his sons

Quote: וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֑י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: “and to Aaron’s sons”

Leviticus 22

Leviticus 22 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Special concepts in this chapter

Holy things

Priests who are unclean must not touch any holy thing. The things in the temple and involved in sacrifices must remain clean. An unclean priest would cause anything he touched to become unclean. (See: priest, priesthood and clean, wash and holy, holiness, unholy, sacred)

Leviticus 22:2

that they must deal respectfully with the holy things of

Quote: וְ⁠יִנָּֽזְרוּ֙ מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֣י (1)

Yahweh is about to describe situations where a priest is unclean and not allowed to touch holy things. Alternate translation: “that there are times when they should keep away from the holy things”

And they must not profane my holy name

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְחַלְּל֖וּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The word profane here means to dishonor. The word name represents Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “And they must not dishonor my reputation” or “And they must not dishonor me”

Leviticus 22:3

Throughout your generations

Quote: לְ⁠דֹרֹ֨תֵי⁠כֶ֜ם (1)

Alternate translation: “from now on”

and his uncleanness is upon him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “while he is unclean”

that person must be cut off from before my face

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֛וא מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A priest no longer being able to serve Yahweh is spoken of as if that person had been cut off from Yahweh’s presence, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from before me as a branch is cut from a tree”

that person must be cut off from before my face

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֛וא מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person will no longer be able to serve as a priest”

Leviticus 22:4

one with a skin disease

Quote: צָר֨וּעַ֙ (1)

This refers to a disease on the skin easily spread from one person to another.

until he becomes clean

Quote: עַ֖ד אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְהָ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean.

And the one who touches anything unclean

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֨עַ֙ בְּ⁠כָל־ טְמֵא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Something that Yahweh has said is unfit to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean.

Leviticus 22:5

a man who touches any swarming thing that makes him unclean, or a person who makes him unclean

Quote: אִישׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגַּ֔ע בְּ⁠כָל־ שֶׁ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְמָא־ ל֑⁠וֹ א֤וֹ בְ⁠אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְמָא־ ל֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “or whoever is unclean from touching a creeping animal or from touching another unclean person”

Leviticus 22:6

the person who touches it will be unclean

Quote: נֶ֚פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּגַּע־ בּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠טָמְאָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean.

until the evening

Quote: עַד־ הָ⁠עָ֑רֶב (1)

Alternate translation: “until sunset”

Leviticus 22:7

then he will be clean

Quote: וְ⁠טָהֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. Alternate translation: “then he will be considered clean”

Leviticus 22:8

an animal found dead or killed by wild animals

Quote: נְבֵלָ֧ה וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an animal that someone found dead or that a wild animal has killed”

Leviticus 22:12

the contributions of the holy things

Quote: בִּ⁠תְרוּמַ֥ת הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word contributions, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the holy offerings which people have contributed”

Leviticus 22:14

then he must add its fifth on it and give the holy thing to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠יָסַ֤ף חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן אֶת־ הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)

This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten.

its fifth

Quote: חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The term its fifth refers to one part out of five equal parts.

Leviticus 22:15

that they lifted up

Quote: אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־ יָרִ֖ימוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here the phrase lifted up refers to a symbolic gesture of respect that represents offering something to Yahweh. It means basically the same thing as “presented.” Alternate translation: “that they offered”

Leviticus 22:16

and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, guilt is spoken of as if it were an object that people can carry.

and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This could mean: (1) they would be responsible for their sin and so become guilty. Alternate translation: “they would be guilty for the sin that they committed” or (2) the word guilt is a metonym for punishment for the sin that they committed. Alternate translation: “they would receive the punishment because they are guilty”

Leviticus 22:18

the sojourners

Quote: הַ⁠גֵּ֣ר (1)

Alternate translation: “the foreigner”

Leviticus 22:19

for your acceptance

Quote: לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: “in order for Yahweh to accept it”

Leviticus 22:21

to be accepted

Quote: לְ⁠רָצ֔וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for me to accept it” or “for Yahweh to accept it”

Leviticus 22:22

disabled, … maimed, or

Quote: שָׁב֜וּר אוֹ־ חָר֣וּץ (1)

The words disabled and maimed refer to defects caused by accidents.

or … that have warts, … eczema, or scabs

Quote: יַבֶּ֗לֶת א֤וֹ גָרָב֙ א֣וֹ יַלֶּ֔פֶת (1)

The words warts, eczema, and scabs refer to types of skin diseases.

Leviticus 22:23

that is deformed or stunted

Quote: שָׂר֣וּעַ וְ⁠קָל֑וּט (1)

The words deformed andsmall refer to defects the animal has from birth.

it will not be accepted

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not accept it” or “Yahweh will not accept it”

Leviticus 22:25

And from the hand of the son of a foreigner you must not offer the food of your God from any of these because their deformity is in them and a defect is in them

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠כָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֣י מָשְׁחָתָ֤⁠ם בָּ⁠הֶם֙ מ֣וּם בָּ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here the word hand represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “And you must not offer as food to your God any deformed animal from a foreigner”

you must not offer the food of your God

Quote: לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

God did not actually eat the sacrifices. Priests would offer the sacrifice on God’s altar, and they would eat some of the meat. Alternate translation: “you must not present an animal as a food offering to your God”

And from the hand of the son of a foreigner you must not offer the food of your God from any of these because their deformity is in them and a defect is in them

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠כָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה כִּ֣י מָשְׁחָתָ֤⁠ם בָּ⁠הֶם֙ מ֣וּם בָּ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that Israelites could not use animals as a sacrifice to God if they bought it from a foreigner, because foreigners castrated their animals making them unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “And you must not offer to your God any animal that a foreigner has castrated, because that animal is deformed as a result”

They will not be accepted for you

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵרָצ֖וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept them from you”

Leviticus 22:27

it may be accepted

Quote: יֵרָצֶ֕ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may accept it”

an offering made by fire

Quote: אִשֶּׁ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for a burnt offering”

Leviticus 22:30

it must be eaten

Quote: יֵאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it”

Leviticus 22:31

And you must keep my commandments and you must do them

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The words keep and do mean the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey God’s commands. Alternate translation: “you must obey my commandments”

Leviticus 22:32

And you must not profane my holy name

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א תְחַלְּלוּ֙ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word name represents Yahweh himself and his reputation and profane means to remove the honor that belongs to God as Creator and Lord of the universe. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor me, for I am holy” or “And you must not dishonor my holy reputation”

I must be treated as holy in the midst of the sons of Israel

Quote: וְ⁠נִ֨קְדַּשְׁתִּ֔י בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must treat me as holy”

Leviticus 23

Leviticus 23 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Special concepts in this chapter

The feasts

The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: Sabbath, Passover and firstfruits and atonement, atone, atoned)

Leviticus 23:2

the appointed times of Yahweh

Quote: מוֹעֲדֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)

These refers to festivals that the Lord had appointed to happen on specific dates. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals”

Leviticus 23:3

and on the seventh day is a sabbath of solemn rest

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ (1)

The people must rest habitually on the seventh day. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day.

a holy assembly

Quote: מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The requirement that people assemble to worship God on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Alternate translation: “a holy day, when you must assemble together to worship me”

Leviticus 23:4

at their appointed times

Quote: בְּ⁠מוֹעֲדָֽ⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: “at their proper times”

Leviticus 23:5

In the first month, on day 14 of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

The first month of the Hebrew calendar marks when Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fourteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar.

In the first month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word first is the ordinal form of “one”. Alternate translation: “In month one”

between the evenings

Quote: בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם (1)

Alternate translation: “at sunset”

Leviticus 23:6

And on day 15 of this month

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

Here, this month is the first month of the Hebrew calendar (verse 5). It was in the first month that Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. The fifteenth day is around the beginning of April on the Western calendar.

Leviticus 23:7

On the first day there will be a holy assembly for you

Quote: בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן מִקְרָא־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: “You must set apart the first day to gather together” or “You must treat the first day as different and gather together”

Leviticus 23:8

And you will offer an offering made by fire

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֛ה (1)

They would present the offering to Yahweh by burning it on the altar.

On day seven is a holy assembly

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ מִקְרָא־ קֹ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The requirement that people assemble on that day is spoken of as if that day were an assembly. Being holy means that when they assemble, they must worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The seventh day is a day when you must assemble together to worship Yahweh”

Leviticus 23:11

to be accepted for you

Quote: לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh to accept it for you” or “and I will accept it for you”

Leviticus 23:13

two-tenths of an ephah of

Quote: שְׁנֵ֨י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah is 22 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters”

a fourth of a hin of

Quote: רְבִיעִ֥ת הַ⁠הִֽין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

A hin is 3.7 liters. Alternate translation: “a liter”

Leviticus 23:14

It is a permanent statute throughout your generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated this in Leviticus 3:17.

Leviticus 23:16

seventh

Quote: הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal for number seven.

Leviticus 23:17

They must be two loaves of two-tenths of an ephah of fine flour. They must be baked with yeast

Quote: שְׁ֚תַּיִם שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים סֹ֣לֶת תִּהְיֶ֔ינָה חָמֵ֖ץ תֵּאָפֶ֑ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must be two loaves of bread that you have made from two-tenths of an ephah of flour and then baked with yeast”

two … tenths of an ephah of

Quote: שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah is 22 liters. Two-tenths of an ephah is is approximately 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters”

Leviticus 23:18

a sweet aroma for Yahweh

Quote: רֵֽיחַ־ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be pleased with you” or “that pleases the Yahweh”

Leviticus 23:22

And when you harvest the harvest of your land, you must not finish the edge of your field

Quote: וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶ֞ם אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֗ם לֹֽא־ תְכַלֶּ֞ה פְּאַ֤ת שָֽׂדְ⁠ךָ֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather them all the way to the edges of your fields”

Leviticus 23:24

In the seventh month, on day one of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of September on Western calendars.

In the seventh month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “In month seven”

a solemn rest

Quote: שַׁבָּת֔וֹן (1)

This was a period of time that was only for worship and not for work.

Leviticus 23:25

and you must offer a sacrifice made by fire to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must offer a sacrifice that you make by fire to Yahweh” or “and you must burn an offering on the altar to Yahweh”

Leviticus 23:27

on day 10 of this seventh month

Quote: בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֣וֹר לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on Western calendars.

of this seventh month

Quote: לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven”

the Day of Atonement

Quote: י֧וֹם הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֣ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

On this day each year the high priest made a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the Day of Sacrifice for Forgiveness”

Leviticus 23:29

then he must be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Being excluded is spoken of as being cut off. See how you translated this idea in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: “then he must be cut off from his people as a branch is cut off”

then he must be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then you must exclude him from his people” or “then you must separate that person from his people”

Leviticus 23:30

on that very day

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה (1)

Alternate translation: “on the Day of Atonement”

Leviticus 23:31

It is a permanent statute throughout your generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in Leviticus 3:17.

Leviticus 23:32

It is a sabbath of solemn rest

Quote: שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הוּא֙ (1)

This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement.

and you must humble yourselves

Quote: וְ⁠עִנִּיתֶ֖ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this case humbling themselves implies that they would not eat any food. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and you must humble yourselves and eat nothing”

on day nine of the month

Quote: בְּ⁠תִשְׁעָ֤ה לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The ninth day is near the end of September on Western calendars. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ninth day of the seventh month”

From evening until evening

Quote: מֵ⁠עֶ֣רֶב עַד־ עֶ֔רֶב (1)

Alternate translation: “From sunset to sunset on the next day”

Leviticus 23:34

On day 15 of the seventh month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֜ר י֗וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This date is near the beginning of October on Western calendars.

of the seventh month

Quote: לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven”

is the Festival of Huts

Quote: חַ֧ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֛וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt.

Leviticus 23:37

These are … appointed times of

Quote: אֵ֚לֶּה מוֹעֲדֵ֣י (1)

This refers to the festivals mentioned in 23:1–36.

Leviticus 23:39

on day 15 of the seventh month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October on Western calendars.

of the seventh month

Quote: לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven”

when you have gathered the produce of

Quote: בְּ⁠אָסְפְּ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ תְּבוּאַ֣ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The word produce here represents various kinds of crops. Alternate translation: “after you have gathered the crops of”

Leviticus 23:40

branches of palm trees, and branches of leafy trees, and willows of the stream

Quote: כַּפֹּ֣ת תְּמָרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲנַ֥ף עֵץ־ עָבֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַרְבֵי־ נָ֑חַל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Possible uses for these branches are: (1) to make temporary shelters or (2) to wave them as part of their joyous celebration. Some translations state their use clearly; other translations leave it implicit.

and willows of

Quote: וְ⁠עַרְבֵי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The willows are trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water.

Leviticus 24

Leviticus 24 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Cursing God

The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: curse, cursed, cursing)

Leviticus 24:1

General Information:

God gives Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting.

Leviticus 24:2

pure beaten oil of the olive

Quote: שֶׁ֣מֶן זַ֥יִת זָ֛ךְ כָּתִ֖ית (1)

Alternate translation: “pure olive oil”

the lamp

Quote: נֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to the lamp or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting”

Leviticus 24:3

Outside the curtain of the testimony

Quote: מִ⁠חוּץ֩ לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת הָ⁠עֵדֻ֜ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, the testimony represents either the tablets that the decrees were written on or the box that the tablets were put in. These were kept in the very holy place, which was the room behind the curtain in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “Outside the curtain that is in front of the tablets of the covenant decrees” or “Outside the curtain that is in front of the box of the covenant”

the curtain of

Quote: לְ⁠פָרֹ֨כֶת (1)

This curtain was a thick fabric hung as a wall. It was not like a light window curtain.

from evening until morning

Quote: מֵ⁠עֶ֧רֶב עַד־ בֹּ֛קֶר (1)

Alternate translation: “from sunset to sunrise” or “all night”

It is a permanent statute throughout your generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)

This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in Leviticus 3:17.

Leviticus 24:5

two-tenths of an ephah

Quote: שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah is about 22 litres. This two-tenths is about 4.4 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters”

Leviticus 24:6

the pure gold table before the face of Yahweh

Quote: הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָ֥ן הַ⁠טָּהֹ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)

This table is in the holy place, which is before the most holy place.

Leviticus 24:7

And you must put on the row pure incense

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּעֲרֶ֖כֶת לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The incense was probably next to the loaves, rather than directly on the loaves. Alternate translation: “And you must put pure incense next to the loaves in each row”

and it will be a memorial portion for the bread

Quote: וְ⁠הָיְתָ֤ה לַ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ לְ⁠אַזְכָּרָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and it will represent the loaves as an offering” or “and it will be an offering that represents the loaves”

Leviticus 24:9

And it will be

Quote: וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “And this bread that is offered will be”

from Yahweh’s offerings made by fire

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)

Alternate translation: “fro the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “from the offerings that you burn to Yahweh”

Leviticus 24:10

Now … went out

Quote: וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ (1)

This phrase marks a new section of the book.

Leviticus 24:11

And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed the Name and cursed

Quote: וַ֠⁠יִּקֹּב בֶּן־ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֨ה הַ⁠יִּשְׂרְאֵלִ֤ית אֶת־ הַ⁠שֵּׁם֙ וַ⁠יְקַלֵּ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The words blasphemed and cursed mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “And the son of the Israelite woman said terrible things about Yahweh”

Shelomith

Quote: שְׁלֹמִ֥ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Shelomith is the name of a woman.

the daughter of Dibri

Quote: בַּת־ דִּבְרִ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

** Dibri** is the name of a man.

Leviticus 24:14

And all the hearers must lay their hands on his head

Quote: וְ⁠סָמְכ֧וּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠שֹּׁמְעִ֛ים אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־ רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

They were to put their hands on his head to show that he was the guilty one.

Leviticus 24:15

then he must bear his sin

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א חֶטְאֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Suffering for sin is spoken of if a person were to carry his guilt. Alternate translation: “then he must suffer for his sin” or “then he must be punished

Leviticus 24:16

he must be put to death

Quote: יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people must put him to death” or “the people must kill him”

Leviticus 24:17

he must certainly be put to death

Quote: מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put him to death”

Leviticus 24:18

must repay it

Quote: יְשַׁלְּמֶ֑⁠נָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

How he would repay it can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “must pay it back by giving him a live animal”

life in place of life

Quote: נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom that means that one life would replace the other. Alternate translation: “one life to replace the other life” or “to replace the one that he killed”

Leviticus 24:19

so it will be done to him

Quote: כֵּ֖ן יֵעָ֥שֶׂה לּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must do the same to him”

Leviticus 24:20

fracture in place of fracture, eye in place of eye, tooth in place of tooth

Quote: שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן (1)

These phrases emphasize that a person should receive the same harm he did to someone else.

fracture in place of fracture

Quote: שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

A fracture refers to broken bones. Alternate translation: “broken bone for broken bone” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, one of his bones must be broken” or “if he breaks someone’s bone, they will break one of his bones”

eye in place of eye

Quote: עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This refers to an eye being seriously injured or gouged out. Alternate translation: “if he destroys someone’s eye, one of his bones must be destroyed” or “if he destroys someone’s eye, they will destroy his eye”

tooth in place of tooth

Quote: שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This refers to a tooth being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “if he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth”

Leviticus 24:21

And he who strikes dead a human must be put to death

Quote: וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָדָ֖ם יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must put to death anyone who kills a person”

Leviticus 25

Leviticus 25 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Over-farming

There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything.

Sabbath and Jubilee Years

Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty.

Leviticus 25:2

then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The land is spoken of as if it were a person that could obey the Sabbath by resting.

then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here the people honoring God by not farming the land every seventh year is spoken of as if the land were taking a sabbath rest. Alternate translation: “you must let the land rest every seventh year to honor Yahweh” or “you must obey Yahweh’s Sabbath by not farming the land every seventh year”

Leviticus 25:3

you must prune your vineyard

Quote: תִּזְמֹ֣ר כַּרְמֶ֑⁠ךָ (1)

To prune a vineyard is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better.

Leviticus 25:4

there must be a sabbath of solemn rest for the land

Quote: שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Not farming the land is spoken of as letting the land rest. Alternate translation: “you must observe a Sabbath of solemn rest for the land by not farming it” or “you must obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year”

Leviticus 25:5

You must not harvest the second growth of your harvest and you must not gather the grapes of your unpruned vines

Quote: אֵ֣ת סְפִ֤יחַ קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְצ֔וֹר וְ⁠אֶת־ עִנְּבֵ֥י נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תִבְצֹ֑ר (1)

Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find.

your unpruned vines

Quote: נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

To be unpruned means that no one has taken care of the vines and cut them as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your vines that you do not prune”

Leviticus 25:6

And the sabbath of the land will be for you, as food for you, and for your male slave, and for your female slave, and for your hired servant, and for the foriegn resident who is sojourning with you

Quote: וְ֠⁠הָיְתָה שַׁבַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֤רֶץ לָ⁠כֶם֙ לְ⁠אָכְלָ֔ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׂכִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֣בְ⁠ךָ֔ הַ⁠גָּרִ֖ים עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ (1)

Yahweh will not allow the owner of a field to organize his workers and harvest the land as he does the other six years. However, Yahweh will allow individuals to go through the fields to pick and eat the fruit they find.

Leviticus 25:7

all its yield

Quote: כָל־ תְּבוּאָתָ֖⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the land”

Leviticus 25:8

seven sabbaths of years

Quote: שֶׁ֚בַע שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים (1)

Alternate translation: “seven sets of seven years”

Leviticus 25:9

on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on Western calendars.

on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The words seventh and tenth are the ordinals of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven, on day ten of the month”

On the Day of Atonement

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים (1)

On ** the Day of Atonement** each year the high priest would make a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. See how you translated this in Leviticus 23:27.

Leviticus 25:10

It will be a jubilee for you

Quote: יוֹבֵ֥ל הִוא֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its’ original owners and set slaves free. Alternate translation: “it will be a year of restoration for you” or “it will be a year for you to return land and free slaves”

Leviticus 25:11

will be a jubilee for you

Quote: יוֹבֵ֣ל & תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

You can state clearly who they were returning the land to. Alternate translation: “will be a year for you to return the land to me”

Leviticus 25:12

You must eat its yield from the field

Quote: מִן־ הַ֨⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה תֹּאכְל֖וּ אֶת־ תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)

Yahweh did not allow the land owner to organize his workers and harvest the land as he did the other six years. However, he did allow individuals to go through the fields and eat what they find.

Leviticus 25:13

In this Year of Jubilee

Quote: בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֖ל הַ⁠זֹּ֑את (1)

Alternate translation: “In this year of restoration” or “In this year to return land and free slaves”

Leviticus 25:18

And you must do my statutes, and my laws you must keep and do them

Quote: וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

All of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything Yahweh says.

Leviticus 25:19

and you will eat to satisfaction

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם לָ⁠שֹׂ֑בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This means that they would eat enough until their stomach was full. Alternate translation: “and you will eat till you are full” or “snd you will eat plenty”

Leviticus 25:20

you say

Quote: תֹאמְר֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you

Here, you refers to the people of Israel.

Leviticus 25:21

Then I will command my blessing for you

Quote: וְ⁠צִוִּ֤יתִי אֶת־ בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

God speaks of Yahweh’s blessing as if it were a person that could obey him. Alternate translation: “Then I will send my blessing on you” or “Then I will bless you”

Leviticus 25:23

And the land must not be sold

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ לֹ֤א תִמָּכֵר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell your land”

Leviticus 25:24

you must give redemption for the land

Quote: גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּתְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word redemption, you can express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “you must remember that the original owner has the right to redeem the land whenever he wants”

Leviticus 25:27

the years of its sale

Quote: אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֣י מִמְכָּר֔⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “the number of years since he sold the land”

and return the balance to the man whom he sold it to

Quote: וְ⁠הֵשִׁיב֙ אֶת־ הָ֣⁠עֹדֵ֔ף לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽכַר־ ל֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and repay to the purchaser who bought it the money the purchaser would have made”

Leviticus 25:28

the Year of Jubilee

Quote: שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֑ל (1)

See how you translated this in Leviticus 25:10. Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land”

and he will return to his property

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁ֖ב לַ⁠אֲחֻזָּתֽ⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “and he will go back to his land”

Leviticus 25:29

his right of redemption

Quote: גְּאֻלָּת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word redemption, you can express the same idea with the verbs “redeem” or “buy back.” Alternate translation: “the right to redeem it”

Leviticus 25:30

And if it is not redeemed

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם לֹֽא־ יִגָּאֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if he or his family does not redeem the house”

Leviticus 25:31

And the houses of the villages that have no wall around them

Quote: וּ⁠בָתֵּ֣י הַ⁠חֲצֵרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵין־ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם חֹמָה֙ סָבִ֔יב (1)

Some villages did not have a wall around them.

Leviticus 25:33

a sold house

Quote: מִמְכַּר־ בַּ֛יִת (1)

Alternate translation: “a house that he has sold”

in the Jubilee

Quote: בַּ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל (1)

Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “in the year to return land and free slaves”

it is their possession among the sons of Israel

Quote: הִ֚וא אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)

The land of Canaan was divided up among the people of Israel, but of that land, the Levites were only given 48 cities with the fields around them. Alternate translation: “it is their part of the land that the Israelites possessed” or “it is their property in the land of Israel”

Leviticus 25:34

And the field of the pastureland of their cities must not be sold

Quote: וּֽ⁠שְׂדֵ֛ה מִגְרַ֥שׁ עָרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֣א יִמָּכֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the Levites must not sell the fields around their cities”

Leviticus 25:36

Do not take from him interest or usury

Quote: אַל־ תִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תַרְבִּ֔ית (1)

Alternate translation: “Do not make him pay you back more than what you lend him”

Leviticus 25:39

you must not make him work the work of a slave

Quote: לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ד בּ֖⁠וֹ עֲבֹ֥דַת עָֽבֶד (1)

The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave.

Leviticus 25:40

Like a hired worker, like a temporary resident, he must be with you

Quote: כְּ⁠שָׂכִ֥יר כְּ⁠תוֹשָׁ֖ב יִהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ (1)

The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave.

the Year of Jubilee

Quote: שְׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל (1)

Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves”

Leviticus 25:42

they are my servants

Quote: עֲבָדַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen are my servants”

They will not be sold in a slave sale

Quote: לֹ֥א יִמָּכְר֖וּ מִמְכֶּ֥רֶת עָֽבֶד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell them as slaves”

Leviticus 25:48

after he has been sold, there will be redemption for him. One of his brothers may redeem him

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֣י נִמְכַּ֔ר גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּהְיֶה־ לּ֑⁠וֹ אֶחָ֥ד מֵ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו יִגְאָלֶֽ⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the foreigner buys your fellow Israelite, someone in the Israelite’s family may buy him back”

Leviticus 25:50

until the Year of Jubilee

Quote: עַ֖ד שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל (1)

An Israelite could be a slave only until the year of Jubilee. These instructions are for when an Israelite wanted to buy back his freedom before the year of Jubilee.

the Year of Jubilee

Quote: שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֑ל (1)

Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and to free slaves”

according to the number of years

Quote: בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שָׁנִ֔ים (1)

Alternate translation: “according to the number of years until the jubilee that the Israelite would have continued to work but will not”

like the days of a hired worker it will be with him

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֥י שָׂכִ֖יר יִהְיֶ֥ה עִמּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If the Israelite bought back his freedom, the foreigner would have to hire a servant to do the work that the Israelite would have done but will not. If your language does not use the passive verb hired in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the rate a person would pay to hire a servant”

Leviticus 25:51

he must pay back

Quote: יָשִׁ֣יב (1)

Alternate translation: “the Israelite slave must pay back”

Leviticus 25:54

And if he is not redeemed by these

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means”

And if he is not redeemed by these

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

You can state explicitly who he is to be redeemed from. Alternate translation: “If no one redeems him by these means from the one who bought him as a slave”

then he must go out in the Year of Jubilee, he and his sons with him

Quote: וְ⁠יָצָא֙ בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֔ל ה֖וּא וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו עִמּֽ⁠וֹ (1)

The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the Year of Jubilee, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free.

Leviticus 25:55

to me the sons of Israel are servants

Quote: לִ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ עֲבָדִ֔ים (1)

This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his servants. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave. Alternate translation: “it is to me that the people of Israel are servants”

Leviticus 26

Leviticus 26 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Worship only Yahweh

If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God and repent, repentance and promise, promised)

Leviticus 26:1

General Information:

Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.

Leviticus 26:2

My sabbaths you must keep

Quote: אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֔רוּ (1)

Alternate translation: “You must obey the rules for my Sabbaths”

Leviticus 26:3

you walk in my statutes and keep my commandments and do them

Quote: בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ מִצְוֺתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֔וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands”

you walk in my statutes

Quote: בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Behaving according to the statutes is spoken of as if they were to walk in the laws. Alternate translation: “you behave according to my laws” or “you live according to my laws”

Leviticus 26:5

And you will eat your bread to satisfaction

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here bread represents food. Alternate translation: “will eat your food to satisfaction”

And you will eat your bread to satisfaction

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word satisfaction, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And you will eat food until you are satisfied” or “And you will have plenty of food to eat”

Leviticus 26:6

And I will give peace in the land

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י שָׁלוֹם֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ (1)

Alternate translation: “And I will cause there to be peace in the land”

and the sword will not pass through your land

Quote: וְ⁠חֶ֖רֶב לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּ⁠אַרְצְ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word sword represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “and no armies will attack you”

Leviticus 26:7

and they will fall before your face by the sword

Quote: וְ⁠נָפְל֥וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לֶ⁠חָֽרֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, fall represents dying, and the sword represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “and they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “and you will kill them in battle”

Leviticus 26:8

And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand

Quote: וְ⁠רָדְפ֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵאָ֥ה מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ (1)

This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies.

Leviticus 26:9

And I will turn to you

Quote: וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And I will show you favor” or “And I will bless you”

and make you fruitful and multiply you

Quote: וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֖י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group.

and make you fruitful

Quote: וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “and cause you to have many children”

Leviticus 26:10

And you will eat the old that has grown old

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֥ם יָשָׁ֖ן נוֹשָׁ֑ן (1)

Alternate translation: “And you will have enough food stored to eat for a long time” or “And you will have enough food to store and eat it for a long time”

Leviticus 26:11

and my spirit will not detest you

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִגְעַ֥ל נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives

If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the double-negative not detest in positive form. Alternate translation: “and I will accept you”

Leviticus 26:12

And I will walk in the midst of you

Quote: וְ⁠הִתְהַלַּכְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Walking among them represents living with them. Alternate translation: “And I will live with you”

Leviticus 26:13

And I broke the bars of your yoke

Quote: וָ⁠אֶשְׁבֹּר֙ מֹטֹ֣ת עֻלְּ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God speaks of their slavery as if they had to wear a yoke that animals wear in order to do hard work. Breaking the bars of the yoke represents setting them free. Alternate translation: “I have set you free from the hard labor they made you do”

Leviticus 26:16

I will inflict terror on you

Quote: וְ⁠הִפְקַדְתִּ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֤ם בֶּֽהָלָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, terror represents the things that will cause them to be terrified. Alternate translation: “I will send disasters that will terrify you”

and drains away life

Quote: וּ⁠מְדִיבֹ֣ת נָ֑פֶשׁ (1)

It is the diseases and the fever that will do this. Alternate translation: “and will slowly take away your life” or “and will slowly make you die”

And you will sow your seed for nothing

Quote: וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֤ם לָ⁠רִיק֙ זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase for nothing means that they would get nothing from their work. Alternate translation: “And you will plant your seeds in vain” or “And you will plant your seeds, but you will not get anything from them”

Leviticus 26:17

And I will set my face against you

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י פָנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose you”

Leviticus 26:18

seven times

Quote: שֶׁ֖בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, seven times is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment.

Leviticus 26:19

And I will break the pride of your power

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁבַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ גְּא֣וֹן עֻזְּ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Using force to cause them not to be proud is spoken of as if he were to break their pride. Alternate translation: “And I will punish you and so end the pride that you feel about your power” or “And I will punish you so that you will no longer be proud of your power”

And I will make your sky like iron and your land like bronze

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ שְׁמֵי⁠כֶם֙ כַּ⁠בַּרְזֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶֽת־ אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֖ם כַּ⁠נְּחֻשָֽׁה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

This means God will stop the rain from falling from the sky. This will make the ground hard so that people cannot plant seed or grow crops.

Leviticus 26:20

And your strength will be used up for nothing

Quote: וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Working very hard is spoken of as if they were to use all their strength until they had no more strength.

And your strength will be used up for nothing

Quote: וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase for nothing means that they would get nothing from working so hard. Alternate translation: “You will work very hard in vain” or “You will work very hard, but you will not receive anything good from working so hard”

Leviticus 26:21

you walk against me

Quote: תֵּֽלְכ֤וּ עִמִּ⁠י֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Walking represents behavior. To walk against God represents opposing him or rebelling against him. Alternate translation: “you rebel against me”

then I will add upon you a plague seven times

Quote: וְ⁠יָסַפְתִּ֤י עֲלֵי⁠כֶם֙ מַכָּ֔ה שֶׁ֖בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Yahweh causing disasters to happen to the Israelites is spoken of as if he would strike them with blows or hit them. Alternate translation: “I will cause seven times as many disasters to come against you” or “I will punish you seven times more severely”

seven times

Quote: שֶׁ֖בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, seven times is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment.

according to your sins

Quote: כְּ⁠חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word sins, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “according to how much you have sinned”

Leviticus 26:22

And your roads will become deserted

Quote: וְ⁠נָשַׁ֖מּוּ דַּרְכֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)

Here, deserted means that there is no one there. Alternate translation: “And so no one will travel on your roads”

Leviticus 26:23

And if in spite of these things

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֨ם־ בְּ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה (1)

Alternate translation: “And if when I punish you like this” or “And if I discipline you like this and”

you do not accept my discpline

Quote: לֹ֥א תִוָּסְר֖וּ לִ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Accepting his discipline represents responding rightly to it. In this case responding rightly to it is choosing to obey him. Alternate translation: “you still do not listen to my correction” or “you still do not obey me”

and you walk against me in opposition

Quote: וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י קֶֽרִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To walk represents behavior. Walking in opposition to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me”

Leviticus 26:24

then I will also walk, I myself, against you in opposition

Quote: וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֧י אַף־ אֲנִ֛י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠קֶ֑רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To walk represents behavior. Walking in opposition to him means opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I myself will also oppose you” or “ then I myself will also fight against you”

And I will strike you, even I myself, seven times

Quote: וְ⁠הִכֵּיתִ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ גַּם־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע (1)

The number seven represents completeness. Alternate translation: “And I will personally punish you many times” or “And I myself will punish you most severely”

because of your sins

Quote: עַל־ חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word sins, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to sin against me”

Leviticus 26:25

And I will bring a sword upon you

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֜ם חֶ֗רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word sword represents an army or an attack from an army. Alternate translation: “And I will bring an enemy army against you” or “And I will cause an enemy army to attack you”

that will avenge with the vengeance of the covenant

Quote: נֹקֶ֨מֶת֙ נְקַם־ בְּרִ֔ית (1)

Alternate translation: “that will punish you because you broke the covenant”

and you will be gathered

Quote: וְ⁠נֶאֱסַפְתֶּ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you will gather together” or “and you will run to hide”

and you will be given into the hand of the one who is hostile

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here “into the hand” means “into the control” and refers to defeat by their enemy. Alternate translation: “and you will be place under the control of your enemy”

and you will be given into the hand of the one who is hostile

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־ אוֹיֵֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will deliver you into the hand of your enemy” or “I will allow your enemy to control you”

Leviticus 26:26

When I break the staff of your bread

Quote: בְּ⁠שִׁבְרִ֣⁠י לָ⁠כֶם֮ מַטֵּה־ לֶחֶם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Destroying the food that people have stored or stopping people from being able to get it is spoken of as breaking the staff of their bread. Alternate translation: “When I destroy the food you have stored” or “When I cut off your food supply”

then ten women will bake your bread in one oven

Quote: וְ֠⁠אָפוּ עֶ֣שֶׂר נָשִׁ֤ים לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ בְּ⁠תַנּ֣וּר אֶחָ֔ד (1)

This implies that there will be so little flour that one small oven will be able to hold all the bread that many women have to put into it.

And they will distribute your bread by weight

Quote: וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֥יבוּ לַחְמְ⁠כֶ֖ם בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֑ל (1)

This means there will be so little bread that they will have to measure how much each person gets.

Leviticus 26:27

you do not listen to me

Quote: לֹ֥א תִשְׁמְע֖וּ לִ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

To listen represents obeying what he has said. Alternate translation: “you do not obey me”

and you walk against me in opposition

Quote: וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קֶֽרִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To walk represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “and you oppose me” or “and you fight against me”

Leviticus 26:28

then I will walk against you

Quote: וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֥י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To walk represents behavior. Walking against someone represents opposing him or fighting against him. Alternate translation: “then I will oppose you”

And I will discipline you, even I, seven times

Quote: וְ⁠יִסַּרְתִּ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ אַף־ אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, seven times is not literal. It means Yahweh will increase the severity of his punishment.

Leviticus 26:30

And I will destroy your high places, and cut down your incense altars, and put your corpses on the corpses of your idols

Quote: וְ⁠הִשְׁמַדְתִּ֞י אֶת־ בָּמֹֽתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּי֙ אֶת־ חַמָּ֣נֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נָֽתַתִּי֙ אֶת־ פִּגְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם עַל־ פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Because God would send an army to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send an enemy army to destroy your high places, and cut down your incense altars, and put your corpses on the corpses of your idols”

the corpses of your idols

Quote: פִּגְרֵ֖י גִּלּוּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

God speaks of idols not being alive as if they had been alive and then died. Alternate translation: “your lifeless idols”

Leviticus 26:31

And I will lay your cities in ruins and make your holy places desolate

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י אֶת־ עָֽרֵי⁠כֶם֙ חָרְבָּ֔ה וַ⁠הֲשִׁמּוֹתִ֖י אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Because God would send armies to do these things, he speaks as if he would do them. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies to turn your cities into ruins and destroy your sanctuaries”

your holy places

Quote: אֶת־ מִקְדְּשֵׁי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)

These holy places were places where people worshiped idols instead of God.

And I will not smell your sweet aromas

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֣א אָרִ֔יחַ בְּ⁠רֵ֖יחַ נִיחֹֽחֲ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Normally the Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with those who burn the offering. But in this case, people would burn offerings, but God would not be pleased with them. Alternate translation: “You will burn offerings, but I will not be pleased with you”

Leviticus 26:33

and I will unsheathe a sword behind you

Quote: וַ⁠הֲרִיקֹתִ֥י אַחֲרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

To ** unsheathe a sword** represents sending armies to chase them. Alternate translation: “and I will send enemy armies to chase you” or “and I will send enemy armies to attack you with their swords”

Leviticus 26:34

Then the land will enjoy its sabbaths

Quote: אָז֩ תִּרְצֶ֨ה הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The people were supposed to obey the sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year. God speaks about this as if the land were a person that would obey the sabbath law and rest. Alternate translation: “Then the land will rest according to the sabbath law” or “Then, as required by the sabbath law, the land will not be farmed”

Leviticus 26:35

it will rest

Quote: תִּשְׁבֹּ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

God speaks about the land not being farmed as if it were a person that would rest. Alternate translation: “it will not be farmed”

Leviticus 26:36

I will bring despair into their hearts

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבֵ֤אתִי מֹ֨רֶךְ֙ בִּ⁠לְבָבָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To bring despair into their hearts represents making them afraid. Alternate translation: “I will make you terribly afraid”

as one fleeing from a sword

Quote: מְנֻֽסַת־ חֶ֛רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were fleeing from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were fleeing from an enemy army”

Leviticus 26:37

as from the face of a sword

Quote: כְּ⁠מִ⁠פְּנֵי־ חֶ֖רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The sword represents either someone who is ready to kill using a sword or an attack from an enemy army. Alternate translation: “as though you were running away from someone who was chasing you with a sword” or “as though you were running away from an enemy army”

power to stand to the face of those who are hostile to you

Quote: תְּקוּמָ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Standing before the enemies represents not falling when the enemies attack and fighting against them. Alternate translation: “power to resist your enemies when they attack you” or “power to fight back against your enemies”

Leviticus 26:38

and the land of those who are hostile to you will devour you

Quote: וְ⁠אָכְלָ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶ֖רֶץ אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Yahweh speaks about the enemies’ land as if it were a wild animal that would eat the Israelites. The word devour emphasizes that most of the Israelites will die there. Alternate translation: “and you will die in your enemies’ land”

Leviticus 26:39

And the ones who are remaining among you

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֣ים בָּ⁠כֶ֗ם (1)

Alternate translation: “And those of you who do not die”

will rot in their iniquity

Quote: יִמַּ֨קּוּ֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם (1)

To rot in their * iniquity** represents wasting away because of their sins.

in the iniquities of their fathers

Quote: בַּ⁠עֲוֺנֹ֥ת אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, their fathers represents their ancestors.

Leviticus 26:40

the iniquity of their fathers

Quote: עֲוֺ֣ן אֲבֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, their fathers represents their ancestors.

in their unfaithfulness which they acted unfaithfully against me

Quote: בְּ⁠מַעֲלָ֖⁠ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽעֲלוּ־ בִ֑⁠י (1)

Alternate translation: “the way that they were unfaithful to me and tuned against me after I had been so good to them”

Leviticus 26:41

went against them in opposition

Quote: אֵלֵ֤ךְ עִמָּ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֔רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

To go against them represents opposing them. Alternate translation: “opposed them”

if then their uncircumcised hearts become humbled

Quote: אוֹ־ אָ֣ז יִכָּנַ֗ע לְבָבָ⁠ם֙ הֶֽ⁠עָרֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here the term uncircumcised hearts refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “if they will be humble instead of stubbornly disobedient”

Leviticus 26:42

then I will remember my covenant with Jacob

Quote: וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־ בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י יַעֲק֑וֹב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, remember represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “then I will fulfill the covenant I made with Jacob”

And I will remember the land

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ אֶזְכֹּֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, remember represents fulfilling his promise concerning the land. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my promise about the land”

Leviticus 26:43

And the land was abandoned by them

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אָרֶץ֩ תֵּעָזֵ֨ב מֵ⁠הֶ֜ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will abandon their land”

and it will rejoice with its sabbaths

Quote: וְ⁠תִ֣רֶץ אֶת־ שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Yahweh speaks about the land as if it were a person who will rejoice about resting, because no one will be planting seed or growing crops on it. This will allow the land to become more fertile. Alternate translation: “so it will benefit from the sabbaths”

Leviticus 26:45

And I will remember for their sake the covenant with their ancestors

Quote: וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, remember represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my covenant with their ancestors”

in the eyes of the nations

Quote: לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here , eyes represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it”

the nations

Quote: הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, nations represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations”

Leviticus 27

Leviticus 27 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Dedicated to Yahweh

This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: INVALID bible/kt/vow)

Leviticus 27:2

If a man vows a vow according to your valuation of persons to Yahweh

Quote: אִ֕ישׁ כִּ֥י יַפְלִ֖א נֶ֑דֶר בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh”

according to your valuation of persons

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. Alternate translation: “according to the following values for the person” or “according to the following amounts of silver instead of the person”

Leviticus 27:3

your valuation … your valuation

Quote: עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֙ & עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֗ (1)

Alternate translation: “the amount … the amount”

50 shekels of silver

Quote: חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כֶּ֖סֶף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver”

according to the shekel of the holy place

Quote: בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “the weight that is used in the sanctuary”

Leviticus 27:4

30 shekels

Quote: שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים שָֽׁקֶל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “30 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “300 grams of silver”

Leviticus 27:5

your valuation

Quote: עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ (1)

Alternate translation: “the amount you must pay”

20 shekels

Quote: עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “20 pieces of silver” or “200 grams of silver”

and for the female ten shekels

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels”

ten shekels

Quote: עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “100 grams of silver”

Leviticus 27:6

five shekels of silver

Quote: חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּ֑סֶף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “50 grams of silver”

three shekels of silver

Quote: שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּֽסֶף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “30 grams of silver”

Leviticus 27:7

60 years and up

Quote: שִׁשִּׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה וָ⁠מַ֨עְלָ⁠ה֙ (1)

Alternate translation: “60 years old and older”

15 shekels

Quote: חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר שָׁ֑קֶל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “15 pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver”

and for the female ten shekels

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֥ה שְׁקָלִֽים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels”

Leviticus 27:10

then it will be and the exchanged one will be set apart

Quote: וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֥וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֖⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will set apart both it and the one he exchanges it for”

Leviticus 27:11

And if any animal is unclean from which an offering must not be offered to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠אִם֙ כָּל־ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹא־ יַקְרִ֧יבוּ מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה קָרְבָּ֖ן לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “And if it is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept”

Leviticus 27:12

According to the valuation of you

Quote: כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ (1)

This refers to the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it.

Leviticus 27:13

he ever redeems it

Quote: גָּאֹ֖ל יִגְאָלֶ֑⁠נָּה (1)

Alternate translation: “he every buys it back”

Leviticus 27:15

then he must add a fifth of the silver of your valuation to it

Quote: וְ֠⁠יָסַף חֲמִישִׁ֧ית כֶּֽסֶף־ עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ עָלָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

A fifth is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “then he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it”

Leviticus 27:16

then your valuation will be in proportion to its seed—a homer of barley seed for 50 shekels of silver

Quote: וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פִ֣י זַרְע֑⁠וֹ זֶ֚רַע חֹ֣מֶר שְׂעֹרִ֔ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, a homer of barley seed represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “then you will value a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it at 50 shekels of silver” or ‘then the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be 50 shekels”

a homer of

Quote: חֹ֣מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

A homer is 220 liters.

for 50 shekels of silver

Quote: בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two way of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver”

Leviticus 27:17

during the Year of Jubilee

Quote: מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל (1)

The Jubilee occurs every 50 years. See how you translated Jubilee in Leviticus 25:10.

according to your valuation it will stand

Quote: כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ יָקֽוּם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, stand represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount”

Leviticus 27:18

and it must be reduced from your valuation

Quote: וְ⁠נִגְרַ֖ע מֵֽ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he must reduce the estimated value”

Leviticus 27:20

And if he does not redeem the field

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֤א יִגְאַל֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “And if he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee”

it cannot be redeemed again

Quote: לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל עֽוֹד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back”

Leviticus 27:21

in the Jubilee

Quote: בַ⁠יֹּבֵ֗ל (1)

The Jubilee was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free. See how you translated it in Leviticus 25:13. Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves”

that has been dedicated by ban

Quote: הַ⁠חֵ֑רֶם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh”

Leviticus 27:24

to whom he bought it from, to whom belongs the posession of the land

Quote: לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר קָנָ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁר־ ל֖⁠וֹ אֲחֻזַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ (1)

These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner.

Leviticus 27:25

by the shekel of the holy place

Quote: בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent.

20 gerahs must be the shekel

Quote: עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “one shekel must equal 20 gerahs”

20 gerahs must be the shekel

Quote: עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here is a way to do it. Alternate translation: “one shekel must weigh ten grams”

Leviticus 27:26

a man must not set it apart

Quote: לֹֽא־ יַקְדִּ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “no one may set it apart to Yahweh”

Leviticus 27:27

And if it is not redeemed

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the person does not buy back the animal”

then it will be sold at your valuation

Quote: וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֥ר בְּ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest must sell it at the set value”

Leviticus 27:28

any dedicated thing that a man dedicates to Yahweh, from all that belongs to him, from human or animal, or from the field of his property, must not be sold and must not be redeemed

Quote: כָּל־ חֵ֡רֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַחֲרִם֩ אִ֨ישׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה מִ⁠כָּל־ אֲשֶׁר־ ל֗⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠שְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֔⁠וֹ לֹ֥א יִמָּכֵ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִגָּאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “if a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it”

Every dedicated thing, it is the holiest holy thing to Yahweh

Quote: כָּל־ חֵ֕רֶם קֹֽדֶשׁ־ קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)

Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh”

Leviticus 27:29

Every dedicated one who is dedicated

Quote: כָּל־ חֵ֗רֶם אֲשֶׁ֧ר יָחֳרַ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Why a person would be dedicated to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin”

must not be ransomed

Quote: לֹ֣א יִפָּדֶ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “no one may pay a ransom for it”

He must surely be put to death

Quote: מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute him”

Leviticus 27:31

And if a man ever redeems some of his tenth

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ גָּאֹ֥ל יִגְאַ֛ל אִ֖ישׁ מִ⁠מַּֽעַשְׂר֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: “And if a man wants to buy back any of his tithe”

Leviticus 27:32

anything that passes under the rod

Quote: כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־ יַעֲבֹ֖ר תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שָּׁ֑בֶט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “any animals you count by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “any animals you count”

the tenth must be set apart to Yahweh

Quote: הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּ֖דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh”

the tenth

Quote: הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י (1)

Alternate translation: “every tenth animal”

Leviticus 27:33

then it will be and its substitute will be set apart

Quote: וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֧וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֛⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ (1)

Alternate translation: “then you will set apart both animals”

It must not be redeemed

Quote: לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back”

Leviticus 27:34

These are the commandments

Quote: אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠מִּצְוֺ֗ת (1)

This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters.